US20050064395A1 - Liquid crystal based analyte detection - Google Patents
Liquid crystal based analyte detection Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20050064395A1 US20050064395A1 US10/897,626 US89762604A US2005064395A1 US 20050064395 A1 US20050064395 A1 US 20050064395A1 US 89762604 A US89762604 A US 89762604A US 2005064395 A1 US2005064395 A1 US 2005064395A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- substrate
- detection
- group
- virus
- analyte
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 305
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 174
- 239000012491 analyte Substances 0.000 title claims description 171
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 claims abstract description 214
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 112
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 456
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 245
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 134
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 134
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 claims description 105
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 claims description 105
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 99
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 claims description 96
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 87
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 84
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 84
- 241000710886 West Nile virus Species 0.000 claims description 78
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 claims description 72
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 claims description 68
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 64
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 claims description 63
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 63
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 63
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims description 61
- HHPCNRKYVYWYAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-cyano-4'-pentylbiphenyl Chemical group C1=CC(CCCCC)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 HHPCNRKYVYWYAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 60
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 claims description 55
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 claims description 54
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 52
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims description 52
- -1 mesogens Substances 0.000 claims description 51
- 239000004205 dimethyl polysiloxane Substances 0.000 claims description 48
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 claims description 48
- 229920000435 poly(dimethylsiloxane) Polymers 0.000 claims description 48
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 48
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 44
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 claims description 40
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims description 37
- 239000005212 4-Cyano-4'-pentylbiphenyl Substances 0.000 claims description 35
- FEIWNULTQYHCDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N mbba Chemical compound C1=CC(CCCC)=CC=C1N=CC1=CC=C(OC)C=C1 FEIWNULTQYHCDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 35
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 claims description 34
- CSQPODPWWMOTIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-octylphenyl)benzonitrile Chemical compound C1=CC(CCCCCCCC)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 CSQPODPWWMOTIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 33
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 33
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 claims description 33
- 238000004720 dielectrophoresis Methods 0.000 claims description 31
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 claims description 26
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 claims description 26
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 claims description 26
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 claims description 25
- 102000025171 antigen binding proteins Human genes 0.000 claims description 25
- 108091000831 antigen binding proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 claims description 24
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 24
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims description 23
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims description 22
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 claims description 20
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 241000710888 St. Louis encephalitis virus Species 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 claims description 16
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 claims description 15
- 101710204837 Envelope small membrane protein Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 101710088839 Replication initiation protein Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000013060 biological fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 claims description 11
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 claims description 10
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 101710091045 Envelope protein Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000011823 Juvenile amyotrophic lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 101710188315 Protein X Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 claims description 8
- 229920003051 synthetic elastomer Polymers 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000005061 synthetic rubber Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 241000711950 Filoviridae Species 0.000 claims description 7
- 206010036790 Productive cough Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 241000961587 Secoviridae Species 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000003608 fece Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000000582 semen Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000003802 sputum Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000024794 sputum Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 241000711573 Coronaviridae Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000710843 Japanese encephalitis virus group Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 241000712892 Arenaviridae Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000701513 Badnavirus Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000710936 Partitiviridae Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000710924 Togaviridae Species 0.000 claims description 4
- 241000701242 Adenoviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241001533362 Astroviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241001533462 Bromoviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000714198 Caliciviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241001533399 Circoviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000710781 Flaviviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000702463 Geminiviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000700739 Hepadnaviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000700586 Herpesviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000701377 Iridoviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000204031 Mycoplasma Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000712464 Orthomyxoviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000711504 Paramyxoviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000701945 Parvoviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000150350 Peribunyaviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241001533393 Potyviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000702247 Reoviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000712907 Retroviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000711931 Rhabdoviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 241001533336 Tombusviridae Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 108700010877 adenoviridae proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000709664 Picornaviridae Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000013870 dimethyl polysiloxane Nutrition 0.000 claims 7
- CXQXSVUQTKDNFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N octamethyltrisiloxane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)C CXQXSVUQTKDNFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 7
- 238000004987 plasma desorption mass spectroscopy Methods 0.000 claims 7
- 102100021696 Syncytin-1 Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 230000010460 detection of virus Effects 0.000 abstract description 10
- 238000012876 topography Methods 0.000 abstract description 8
- 238000002820 assay format Methods 0.000 abstract description 4
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 116
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 81
- 239000013545 self-assembled monolayer Substances 0.000 description 56
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 53
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 49
- 239000002094 self assembled monolayer Substances 0.000 description 48
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 37
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 36
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 34
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 34
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 33
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 32
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 31
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 31
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 27
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 25
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 24
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 24
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 24
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 23
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 22
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 21
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 20
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 20
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 18
- 230000001745 anti-biotin effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 17
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 16
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 16
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 15
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 14
- ZWIBGKZDAWNIFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N disuccinimidyl suberate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O ZWIBGKZDAWNIFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 13
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 13
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 12
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 12
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 11
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 11
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- WCDSVWRUXWCYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminobenzenethiol Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(S)C=C1 WCDSVWRUXWCYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 10
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 10
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 9
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229910052809 inorganic oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 8
- 229920002799 BoPET Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 8
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 8
- 239000005041 Mylar™ Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 8
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 8
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 7
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 7
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 7
- 239000004990 Smectic liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000012502 diagnostic product Substances 0.000 description 7
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229920000620 organic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 7
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 7
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 6
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 6
- 102100034349 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 208000031888 Mycoses Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000004988 Nematic liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 241000193738 Bacillus anthracis Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 5
- 241000255925 Diptera Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000723873 Tobacco mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 5
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O ammonium group Chemical group [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 5
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000007306 functionalization reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 5
- 210000003292 kidney cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000000682 scanning probe acoustic microscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical compound O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000011895 specific detection Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)propanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCSSC1=CC=CC=N1 JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- STLICVZWECVJDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(4-hexylcyclohexyl)-4-isothiocyanatobenzene Chemical compound C1CC(CCCCCC)CCC1C1=CC=C(N=C=S)C=C1 STLICVZWECVJDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 4
- 206010012310 Dengue fever Diseases 0.000 description 4
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000709661 Enterovirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 4
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 4
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229940065181 bacillus anthracis Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 4
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 4
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000002019 disulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000012149 elution buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000004009 herbicide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000003100 immobilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007641 inkjet printing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002535 lyotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000002898 organic sulfur compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 4
- OJQSISYVGFJJBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(4-isocyanatophenyl)pyrrole-2,5-dione Chemical compound C1=CC(N=C=O)=CC=C1N1C(=O)C=CC1=O OJQSISYVGFJJBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000186216 Corynebacterium Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000001490 Dengue Diseases 0.000 description 3
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 3
- 206010017533 Fungal infection Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241001272567 Hominoidea Species 0.000 description 3
- 101001099381 Homo sapiens Peroxisomal biogenesis factor 19 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 3
- WTDRDQBEARUVNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-Dopa Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 WTDRDQBEARUVNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012901 Milli-Q water Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000588652 Neisseria gonorrhoeae Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000588650 Neisseria meningitidis Species 0.000 description 3
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100038883 Peroxisomal biogenesis factor 19 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000014680 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 description 3
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000194017 Streptococcus Species 0.000 description 3
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000607479 Yersinia pestis Species 0.000 description 3
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000004873 anchoring Methods 0.000 description 3
- SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-N-Acetyl-D-neuraminic acid Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)OC1C(O)C(O)CO SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VYLDEYYOISNGST-UHFFFAOYSA-N bissulfosuccinimidyl suberate Chemical compound O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)C(S(O)(=O)=O)CC1=O VYLDEYYOISNGST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002981 blocking agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000001444 catalytic combustion detection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013256 coordination polymer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003983 crown ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002178 crystalline material Substances 0.000 description 3
- UFULAYFCSOUIOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteamine Chemical compound NCCS UFULAYFCSOUIOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000025729 dengue disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000013601 eggs Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229960004502 levodopa Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960003151 mercaptamine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000004377 microelectronic Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004001 molecular interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940053934 norethindrone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- VIKNJXKGJWUCNN-XGXHKTLJSA-N norethisterone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@@H]2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@](CC4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 VIKNJXKGJWUCNN-XGXHKTLJSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000575 pesticide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000206 photolithography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000010287 polarization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920000889 poly(m-phenylene isophthalamide) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 3
- SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-OQPLDHBCSA-N sialic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@](O)(C(O)=O)OC1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-OQPLDHBCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N triton Chemical compound [3H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- KWTSXDURSIMDCE-QMMMGPOBSA-N (S)-amphetamine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 KWTSXDURSIMDCE-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MYRTYDVEIRVNKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Divinylbenzene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C MYRTYDVEIRVNKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DSNRWDQKZIEDDB-SQYFZQSCSA-N 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phospho-(1'-sn-glycerol) Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H](O)CO)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC DSNRWDQKZIEDDB-SQYFZQSCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoserine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ULGGZAVAARQJCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 11-sulfanylundecan-1-ol Chemical compound OCCCCCCCCCCCS ULGGZAVAARQJCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YQQXBCJQEGWHRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-hexoxyphenyl)-5-nonylpyrimidine Chemical compound N1=CC(CCCCCCCCC)=CN=C1C1=CC=C(OCCCCCC)C=C1 YQQXBCJQEGWHRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SLXKOJJOQWFEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-aminohexanoic acid Chemical compound NCCCCCC(O)=O SLXKOJJOQWFEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000186046 Actinomyces Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000710929 Alphavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000003829 American Hemorrhagic Fever Diseases 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000712891 Arenavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001225321 Aspergillus fumigatus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000351920 Aspergillus nidulans Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000304886 Bacilli Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000252229 Carassius auratus Species 0.000 description 2
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000606161 Chlamydia Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000193403 Clostridium Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000193449 Clostridium tetani Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000223205 Coccidioides immitis Species 0.000 description 2
- 201000007336 Cryptococcosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000221204 Cryptococcus neoformans Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000005698 Diels-Alder reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diisopropyl ether Chemical compound CC(C)OC(C)C ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000710188 Encephalomyocarditis virus Species 0.000 description 2
- ULGZDMOVFRHVEP-RWJQBGPGSA-N Erythromycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](C)C(=O)O[C@@H]([C@@]([C@H](O)[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](C)C[C@@](C)(O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@@H](C)O2)N(C)C)O)[C@H]1C)(C)O)CC)[C@H]1C[C@@](C)(OC)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 ULGZDMOVFRHVEP-RWJQBGPGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylethanolamin Natural products NCCOP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylserin Natural products OC(=O)C(N)COP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930186217 Glycolipid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 208000009889 Herpes Simplex Diseases 0.000 description 2
- RPTUSVTUFVMDQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hidralazin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(NN)=NN=CC2=C1 RPTUSVTUFVMDQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000010747 Hodgkins lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000700588 Human alphaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701024 Human betaherpesvirus 5 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000589248 Legionella Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000007764 Legionnaires' Disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010000817 Leuprolide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000555688 Malassezia furfur Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000712079 Measles morbillivirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 201000009906 Meningitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241001430197 Mollicutes Species 0.000 description 2
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000150452 Orthohantavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000425347 Phyla <beetle> Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000588769 Proteus <enterobacteria> Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000606701 Rickettsia Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000702670 Rotavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000607768 Shigella Species 0.000 description 2
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000713675 Spumavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000191940 Staphylococcus Species 0.000 description 2
- 229930182558 Sterol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 241000193998 Streptococcus pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 2
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N Tamoxifen Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=1)/C1=CC=CC=C1 NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MUMGGOZAMZWBJJ-DYKIIFRCSA-N Testostosterone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MUMGGOZAMZWBJJ-DYKIIFRCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004974 Thermotropic liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 240000001068 Thogoto virus Species 0.000 description 2
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010046865 Vaccinia virus infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000607626 Vibrio cholerae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000710772 Yellow fever virus Species 0.000 description 2
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010061418 Zygomycosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001266 acyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 208000009956 adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003146 anticoagulant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940127219 anticoagulant drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000739 antihistaminic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940091771 aspergillus fumigatus Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon carbon Chemical compound C.C CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- AQIXAKUUQRKLND-UHFFFAOYSA-N cimetidine Chemical compound N#C/N=C(/NC)NCCSCC=1N=CNC=1C AQIXAKUUQRKLND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001380 cimetidine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- MYSWGUAQZAJSOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ciprofloxacin Chemical compound C12=CC(N3CCNCC3)=C(F)C=C2C(=O)C(C(=O)O)=CN1C1CC1 MYSWGUAQZAJSOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OROGSEYTTFOCAN-DNJOTXNNSA-N codeine Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@H](N(CC[C@@]112)C)C3)=C[C@H](O)[C@@H]1OC1=C2C3=CC=C1OC OROGSEYTTFOCAN-DNJOTXNNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037029 cross reaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- QDOXWKRWXJOMAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichromium trioxide Chemical compound O=[Cr]O[Cr]=O QDOXWKRWXJOMAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MHUWZNTUIIFHAS-CLFAGFIQSA-N dioleoyl phosphatidic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP(O)(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC MHUWZNTUIIFHAS-CLFAGFIQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002019 doping agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000806 elastomer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- AEUTYOVWOVBAKS-UWVGGRQHSA-N ethambutol Chemical compound CC[C@@H](CO)NCCN[C@@H](CC)CO AEUTYOVWOVBAKS-UWVGGRQHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JYILPERKVHXLNF-QMNUTNMBSA-N ethynodiol Chemical compound O[C@H]1CC[C@@H]2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@](CC4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 JYILPERKVHXLNF-QMNUTNMBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000218 etynodiol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000012632 fluorescent imaging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002270 gangliosides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N haloperidol Chemical compound C1CC(O)(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CCN1CCCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 206010073071 hepatocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N hydrocortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010045069 keyhole-limpet hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- GFIJNRVAKGFPGQ-LIJARHBVSA-N leuprolide Chemical compound CCNC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 GFIJNRVAKGFPGQ-LIJARHBVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004338 leuprorelin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000005229 liver cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960004616 medroxyprogesterone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- FRQMUZJSZHZSGN-HBNHAYAOSA-N medroxyprogesterone Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2CC[C@]2(C)[C@@](O)(C(C)=O)CC[C@H]21 FRQMUZJSZHZSGN-HBNHAYAOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000000813 microcontact printing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002991 molded plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002086 nanomaterial Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940021182 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940094443 oxytocics prostaglandins Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XQYZDYMELSJDRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N papaverine Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=C1CC1=NC=CC2=CC(OC)=C(OC)C=C12 XQYZDYMELSJDRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960003330 pentetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- DHHVAGZRUROJKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N phentermine Chemical compound CC(C)(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 DHHVAGZRUROJKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000008104 phosphatidylethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000867 polyelectrolyte Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003180 prostaglandins Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 2
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-LHHVKLHASA-N quinidine Chemical compound C([C@H]([C@H](C1)C=C)C2)C[N@@]1[C@H]2[C@@H](O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-LHHVKLHASA-N 0.000 description 2
- VMXUWOKSQNHOCA-LCYFTJDESA-N ranitidine Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)/C=C(/NC)NCCSCC1=CC=C(CN(C)C)O1 VMXUWOKSQNHOCA-LCYFTJDESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000620 ranitidine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000003753 real-time PCR Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940031000 streptococcus pneumoniae Drugs 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002207 thermal evaporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin dioxide Chemical compound O=[Sn]=O XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYWHKKSPHMUBEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tioguanine Chemical compound N1C(N)=NC(=S)C2=C1N=CN2 WYWHKKSPHMUBEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006163 transport media Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960005294 triamcinolone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- GFNANZIMVAIWHM-OBYCQNJPSA-N triamcinolone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@@]3(F)[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@]([C@H](O)C4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 GFNANZIMVAIWHM-OBYCQNJPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LZAJKCZTKKKZNT-PMNGPLLRSA-N trichothecene Chemical compound C12([C@@]3(CC[C@H]2OC2C=C(CCC23C)C)C)CO1 LZAJKCZTKKKZNT-PMNGPLLRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000007089 vaccinia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940051021 yellow-fever virus Drugs 0.000 description 2
- DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N β‐Mercaptoethanol Chemical compound OCCS DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WWYNJERNGUHSAO-XUDSTZEESA-N (+)-Norgestrel Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@@H]2[C@H]3CC[C@](CC)([C@](CC4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 WWYNJERNGUHSAO-XUDSTZEESA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBGIVFWFUFKIQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+-)-Fenfluramine Chemical compound CCNC(C)CC1=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C1 DBGIVFWFUFKIQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WYTZZXDRDKSJID-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-aminopropyl)triethoxysilane Chemical compound CCO[Si](OCC)(OCC)CCCN WYTZZXDRDKSJID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASWBNKHCZGQVJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-hexadecanoyloxy-2-hydroxypropyl) 2-(trimethylazaniumyl)ethyl phosphate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C ASWBNKHCZGQVJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VCOPTHOUUNAYKQ-WBTCAYNUSA-N (3s)-3,6-diamino-n-[[(2s,5s,8e,11s,15s)-15-amino-11-[(6r)-2-amino-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-6-yl]-8-[(carbamoylamino)methylidene]-2-(hydroxymethyl)-3,6,9,12,16-pentaoxo-1,4,7,10,13-pentazacyclohexadec-5-yl]methyl]hexanamide;(3s)-3,6-diamino-n-[[(2s,5s,8 Chemical compound N1C(=O)\C(=C/NC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CNC(=O)C[C@@H](N)CCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CNC(=O)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1NC(N)=NCC1.N1C(=O)\C(=C/NC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CNC(=O)C[C@@H](N)CCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CNC(=O)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1NC(N)=NCC1 VCOPTHOUUNAYKQ-WBTCAYNUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DEQANNDTNATYII-OULOTJBUSA-N (4r,7s,10s,13r,16s,19r)-10-(4-aminobutyl)-19-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-16-benzyl-n-[(2r,3r)-1,3-dihydroxybutan-2-yl]-7-[(1r)-1-hydroxyethyl]-13-(1h-indol-3-ylmethyl)-6,9,12,15,18-pentaoxo-1,2-dithia-5,8,11,14,17-pentazacycloicosane-4-carboxa Chemical compound C([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]1CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC1=O)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 DEQANNDTNATYII-OULOTJBUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XIYOPDCBBDCGOE-IWVLMIASSA-N (4s,4ar,5s,5ar,12ar)-4-(dimethylamino)-1,5,10,11,12a-pentahydroxy-6-methylidene-3,12-dioxo-4,4a,5,5a-tetrahydrotetracene-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C=C1C2=CC=CC(O)=C2C(O)=C2[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H]1[C@H](N(C)C)C(=O)C(C(N)=O)=C(O)[C@@]1(O)C2=O XIYOPDCBBDCGOE-IWVLMIASSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGKRLCUYIXIAHR-AKNGSSGZSA-N (4s,4ar,5s,5ar,6r,12ar)-4-(dimethylamino)-1,5,10,11,12a-pentahydroxy-6-methyl-3,12-dioxo-4a,5,5a,6-tetrahydro-4h-tetracene-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2[C@H](C)[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H]3[C@](C(O)=C(C(N)=O)C(=O)[C@H]3N(C)C)(O)C3=O)C3=C(O)C2=C1O SGKRLCUYIXIAHR-AKNGSSGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFTVPQUHLQBXQZ-KVUCHLLUSA-N (4s,4as,5ar,12ar)-4,7-bis(dimethylamino)-1,10,11,12a-tetrahydroxy-3,12-dioxo-4a,5,5a,6-tetrahydro-4h-tetracene-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C1C2=C(N(C)C)C=CC(O)=C2C(O)=C2[C@@H]1C[C@H]1[C@H](N(C)C)C(=O)C(C(N)=O)=C(O)[C@@]1(O)C2=O FFTVPQUHLQBXQZ-KVUCHLLUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UNBRKDKAWYKMIV-QWQRMKEZSA-N (6aR,9R)-N-[(2S)-1-hydroxybutan-2-yl]-7-methyl-6,6a,8,9-tetrahydro-4H-indolo[4,3-fg]quinoline-9-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=CC(C=2[C@H](N(C)C[C@@H](C=2)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)CC)C2)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 UNBRKDKAWYKMIV-QWQRMKEZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GMVPRGQOIOIIMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N (8R,11R,12R,13E,15S)-11,15-Dihydroxy-9-oxo-13-prostenoic acid Natural products CCCCCC(O)C=CC1C(O)CC(=O)C1CCCCCCC(O)=O GMVPRGQOIOIIMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TWBNMYSKRDRHAT-RCWTXCDDSA-N (S)-timolol hemihydrate Chemical compound O.CC(C)(C)NC[C@H](O)COC1=NSN=C1N1CCOCC1.CC(C)(C)NC[C@H](O)COC1=NSN=C1N1CCOCC1 TWBNMYSKRDRHAT-RCWTXCDDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSPOMRSOLSGNFJ-AUWJEWJLSA-N (Z)-chlorprothixene Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C=C2C(=C/CCN(C)C)\C3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WSPOMRSOLSGNFJ-AUWJEWJLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVAKQZXLNBBOTG-JYFOCSDGSA-N (e)-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-n-[(e)-(4-methoxyphenyl)methylideneamino]methanimine Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1\C=N\N=C\C1=CC=C(OC)C=C1 SVAKQZXLNBBOTG-JYFOCSDGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PORPENFLTBBHSG-MGBGTMOVSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycerol-3-phosphate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC PORPENFLTBBHSG-MGBGTMOVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNKAWJBJQDLSFF-NVKMUCNASA-N 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC SNKAWJBJQDLSFF-NVKMUCNASA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWGJDPKCLMLPJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-diaminooctane Chemical compound NCCCCCCCCN PWGJDPKCLMLPJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical class C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRKMQKLGEQPLNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Pentanethiol Chemical compound CCCCCS ZRKMQKLGEQPLNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OZOMQRBLCMDCEG-CHHVJCJISA-N 1-[(z)-[5-(4-nitrophenyl)furan-2-yl]methylideneamino]imidazolidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1C(O1)=CC=C1\C=N/N1C(=O)NC(=O)C1 OZOMQRBLCMDCEG-CHHVJCJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUWZBLSXACKFQX-IBGZPJMESA-N 1-[4-[ethyl-[(2s)-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-2-yl]amino]butanoyl]-n,n-dimethylpiperidine-4-carboxamide Chemical compound CCN([C@@H](C)CC=1C=CC(OC)=CC=1)CCCC(=O)N1CCC(C(=O)N(C)C)CC1 FUWZBLSXACKFQX-IBGZPJMESA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYCNUMLMNKHWPZ-SNVBAGLBSA-N 1-acetyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C RYCNUMLMNKHWPZ-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LEBVLXFERQHONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butyl-N-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)piperidine-2-carboxamide Chemical compound CCCCN1CCCCC1C(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C LEBVLXFERQHONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFJMRBQWBDQYMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-phenyl-1-cyclopentanecarboxylic acid 2-[2-(diethylamino)ethoxy]ethyl ester Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C1(C(=O)OCCOCCN(CC)CC)CCCC1 CFJMRBQWBDQYMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUFLCEKSBBHCMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 11-dehydrocorticosterone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(=O)CC(C)(C(CC4)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 FUFLCEKSBBHCMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFPYWIDHMRZLRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 17alpha-ethynyl estradiol Natural products OC1=CC=C2C3CCC(C)(C(CC4)(O)C#C)C4C3CCC2=C1 BFPYWIDHMRZLRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GCKMFJBGXUYNAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 17alpha-methyltestosterone Natural products C1CC2=CC(=O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C)(O)C1(C)CC2 GCKMFJBGXUYNAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 17β-estradiol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFBJCMHMOXMLKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-dinitrophenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O UFBJCMHMOXMLKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGTNSNPWRIOYBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-{[2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl](methyl)amino}-2-(propan-2-yl)pentanenitrile Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=C1CCN(C)CCCC(C#N)(C(C)C)C1=CC=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 SGTNSNPWRIOYBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YMJMZFPZRVMNCH-FMIVXFBMSA-N 2-[methyl-[(e)-3-phenylprop-2-enyl]amino]-1-phenylpropan-1-ol Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1/C=C/CN(C)C(C)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 YMJMZFPZRVMNCH-FMIVXFBMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGUAFYQXFOLMHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-5-{1-hydroxy-2-[(4-phenylbutan-2-yl)amino]ethyl}benzamide Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C(C(N)=O)=CC=1C(O)CNC(C)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 SGUAFYQXFOLMHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ILYSAKHOYBPSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylbenzoic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ILYSAKHOYBPSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYVKHNNGDFVQGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dimethoxybenzoic acid 4-[ethyl-[1-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-2-yl]amino]butyl ester Chemical compound C=1C=C(OC)C=CC=1CC(C)N(CC)CCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 VYVKHNNGDFVQGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGTZNGICWXYDPR-ZJWHSJSFSA-N 3-[[(2r)-2-[[(2s)-2-(azepane-1-carbonylamino)-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]-3-(1h-indol-3-yl)propanoyl]amino]butanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)NC(C)CC(O)=O)C(=O)N1CCCCCC1 MGTZNGICWXYDPR-ZJWHSJSFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypropyl Chemical group [CH2]CCO QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZZGHGKTHXIOMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-trimethoxysilyl-n-(3-trimethoxysilylpropyl)propan-1-amine Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCNCCC[Si](OC)(OC)OC TZZGHGKTHXIOMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJECZPVISLOESU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-trimethoxysilylpropan-1-amine Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCN SJECZPVISLOESU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IALWCYFULVHLEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(octyloxy)benzoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCOC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 IALWCYFULVHLEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GHEOCRUPTSCQLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-octoxyphenyl)iminomethyl]benzonitrile Chemical compound C1=CC(OCCCCCCCC)=CC=C1N=CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 GHEOCRUPTSCQLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTGXAUBQBSGPKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[1-hydroxy-2-(4-phenylbutan-2-ylamino)propyl]phenol Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(O)C(C)NC(C)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 PTGXAUBQBSGPKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005277 4-cyanobenzylidene-4'-n-octyloxyanaline Substances 0.000 description 1
- QRDAGKVHMGNVHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-chloro-1,1-dioxo-3,4-dihydro-2h-1$l^{6},2,4-benzothiadiazine-7-sulfonamide;3,5-diamino-6-chloro-n-(diaminomethylidene)pyrazine-2-carboxamide;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.NC(N)=NC(=O)C1=NC(Cl)=C(N)N=C1N.C1=C(Cl)C(S(=O)(=O)N)=CC2=C1NCNS2(=O)=O QRDAGKVHMGNVHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UQXNEWQGGVUVQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-aminooctanoic acid Chemical compound NCCCCCCCC(O)=O UQXNEWQGGVUVQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930008281 A03AD01 - Papaverine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229930000680 A04AD01 - Scopolamine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700606 Acanthocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000024893 Acute lymphoblastic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014697 Acute lymphocytic leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031261 Acute myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000702423 Adeno-associated virus - 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607534 Aeromonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701386 African swine fever virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000724328 Alfalfa mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724330 Alfamovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005047 Allyltrichlorosilane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000405760 Alphapartitivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001664176 Alpharetrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006576 Althaea officinalis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ITPDYQOUSLNIHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Amiodarone hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC(I)=C(OCC[NH+](CC)CC)C(I)=C1 ITPDYQOUSLNIHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000272525 Anas platyrhynchos Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000003076 Angiosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000710189 Aphthovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710009 Apple chlorotic leaf spot virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001135987 Apple stem grooving virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001533425 Aquabirnavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702652 Aquareovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000009695 Argentine hemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001480043 Arthrodermataceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000238421 Arthropoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001533466 Asfivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000002909 Aspergillosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000228212 Aspergillus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000036641 Aspergillus infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003571 Astrocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000701061 Ateline gammaherpesvirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930003347 Atropine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000701802 Aviadenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713826 Avian leukosis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701397 Avihepadnavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700663 Avipoxvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000010839 B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000063299 Bacillus subtilis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000031729 Bacteremia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000606125 Bacteroides Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724306 Barley stripe mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000709756 Barley yellow dwarf virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724681 Barley yellow mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010004146 Basal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000702286 Bean golden mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702325 Beet curly top virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710149 Beet yellows virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702451 Begomovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711515 Berne virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000405758 Betapartitivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010004593 Bile duct cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010005003 Bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000335423 Blastomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010005098 Blastomycosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001493069 Bluetongue virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010005913 Body tinea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000034200 Bolivian hemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000588807 Bordetella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589969 Borreliella burgdorferi Species 0.000 description 1
- 101500025538 Bos taurus Saposin-A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000003508 Botulism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000712462 Bovine ephemeral fever virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714266 Bovine leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000010424 Brazilian hemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000372028 Broad bean wilt virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724256 Brome mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724268 Bromovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000005653 Brownian motion process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000589562 Brucella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000508772 Brucella sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010006500 Brucellosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001493154 Bunyamwera virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000722910 Burkholderia mallei Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010069747 Burkholderia mallei infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001533357 Bymovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- KLFWZLIQGDSBQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=CCC.C=CCCCO(CCCC)c1ccc(-c2ncc(CCCCCCCC)cn2)cc1 Chemical compound C=CCC.C=CCCCO(CCCC)c1ccc(-c2ncc(CCCCCCCC)cn2)cc1 KLFWZLIQGDSBQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YZHXHULFLUDWIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(C)Cc1ccc(OC(=O)c2ccc(-c3ccc(OC)cc3)cc2)cc1 Chemical compound CCC(C)Cc1ccc(OC(=O)c2ccc(-c3ccc(OC)cc3)cc2)cc1 YZHXHULFLUDWIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OTIQJNRJCLZQHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCC1CCC(c2ccc(C(=O)Oc3ccc(N=C=S)cc3)cc2)CC1 Chemical compound CCCCCCCC1CCC(c2ccc(C(=O)Oc3ccc(N=C=S)cc3)cc2)CC1 OTIQJNRJCLZQHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTIMESSLYFMSPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCCCOc1ccc(C=Nc2ccc(C=CC(=O)OCC(C)CC)cc2)cc1 Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCOc1ccc(C=Nc2ccc(C=CC(=O)OCC(C)CC)cc2)cc1 UTIMESSLYFMSPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JWMSIRWJOWLGNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCCOc1ccc(N=Cc2ccc(C#N)cc2)cc1 Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCOc1ccc(N=Cc2ccc(C#N)cc2)cc1 JWMSIRWJOWLGNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNTSGVRDFZEPEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCOc1ccc(OC(=O)c2ccc(OCc3ccc(C#N)cc3)cc2)cc1 Chemical compound CCCCCCCCOc1ccc(OC(=O)c2ccc(OCc3ccc(C#N)cc3)cc2)cc1 BNTSGVRDFZEPEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KLTRAKZQWILICF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCc1ccc(OC(=O)c2ccc(OC(=O)c3ccc([N+](=O)[O-])cc3)cc2)cc1 Chemical compound CCCCCCCc1ccc(OC(=O)c2ccc(OC(=O)c3ccc([N+](=O)[O-])cc3)cc2)cc1 KLTRAKZQWILICF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YJOVQAHQGZBWIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC(=O)c1ccc(-c2ccc(OC)cc2)cc1 Chemical compound COC(=O)c1ccc(-c2ccc(OC)cc2)cc1 YJOVQAHQGZBWIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 0 COc1ccC(=NN=Cc2ccc(OC)cc2)cc1 Chemical compound COc1ccC(=NN=Cc2ccc(OC)cc2)cc1 0.000 description 1
- RINYLKSNGRLNCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N COc1ccc(-c2ccc(C#N)cc2)cc1 Chemical compound COc1ccc(-c2ccc(C#N)cc2)cc1 RINYLKSNGRLNCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZEYHEAKUIGZSGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N COc1ccc(C(=O)O)cc1 Chemical compound COc1ccc(C(=O)O)cc1 ZEYHEAKUIGZSGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OZSJZQZBUUDQQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N COc1ccc(C(=O)Sc2ccc(C)cc2)cc1 Chemical compound COc1ccc(C(=O)Sc2ccc(C)cc2)cc1 OZSJZQZBUUDQQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BSINSMVDCTUMHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N COc1ccc(C=Nc2ccc(C)cc2)cc1 Chemical compound COc1ccc(C=Nc2ccc(C)cc2)cc1 BSINSMVDCTUMHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WUKZVWKCEPXTAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N COc1ccc(N2=N(c3ccc(OC)cc3)O2)cc1 Chemical compound COc1ccc(N2=N(c3ccc(OC)cc3)O2)cc1 WUKZVWKCEPXTAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KORNTPPJEAJQIU-KJXAQDMKSA-N Cabaser Chemical compound C1=CC([C@H]2C[C@H](CN(CC=C)[C@@H]2C2)C(=O)N(CCCN(C)C)C(=O)NCC)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 KORNTPPJEAJQIU-KJXAQDMKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000589876 Campylobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589875 Campylobacter jejuni Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222120 Candida <Saccharomycetales> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222122 Candida albicans Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222178 Candida tropicalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710011 Capillovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010065839 Capreomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700664 Capripoxvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000565 Capsid Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGFAIRIUMAVXCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon monoxide Chemical compound [O+]#[C-] UGFAIRIUMAVXCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000710190 Cardiovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710175 Carlavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714207 Carmovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710173 Carnation latent virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714206 Carnation mottle virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000723666 Carnation ringspot virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000969784 Carrot mottle virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701489 Cauliflower mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701459 Caulimovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- QIBWMVSMTSYUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1ccc(-c2ccc(C#N)cc2)cc1 Chemical compound Cc1ccc(-c2ccc(C#N)cc2)cc1 QIBWMVSMTSYUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100023321 Ceruloplasmin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010008342 Cervix carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000725585 Chicken anemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- GHXZTYHSJHQHIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorhexidine Chemical compound C=1C=C(Cl)C=CC=1NC(N)=NC(N)=NCCCCCCN=C(N)N=C(N)NC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 GHXZTYHSJHQHIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282552 Chlorocebus aethiops Species 0.000 description 1
- RKWGIWYCVPQPMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloropropamide Chemical compound CCCNC(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 RKWGIWYCVPQPMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCKAMNXUHHNZLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorphentermine Chemical compound CC(C)(N)CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 ZCKAMNXUHHNZLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004099 Chlortetracycline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010009685 Cholinergic Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000005243 Chondrosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000009047 Chordoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006332 Choriocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001533384 Circovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- GJSURZIOUXUGAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Clonidine Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1NC1=NCCN1 GJSURZIOUXUGAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000710151 Closterovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193163 Clostridioides difficile Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193155 Clostridium botulinum Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000204955 Colorado tick fever virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702669 Coltivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000272201 Columbiformes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701515 Commelina yellow mottle virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000723607 Comovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-ZPOLXVRWSA-N Cortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-ZPOLXVRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cortisone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(=O)CC(C)(C(CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001655249 Corvus brachyrhynchos Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186227 Corynebacterium diphtheriae Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000742 Cotton Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000723655 Cowpea mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001445332 Coxiella <snail> Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000009798 Craniopharyngioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000699800 Cricetinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010011409 Cross infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000223936 Cryptosporidium parvum Species 0.000 description 1
- KOPBYBDAPCDYFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cs2O Inorganic materials [O-2].[Cs+].[Cs+] KOPBYBDAPCDYFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000724252 Cucumber mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724253 Cucumovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702461 Curtovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001137256 Cyanocitta cristata Species 0.000 description 1
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N Cyclosporin A Chemical compound CC[C@@H]1NC(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@H](C)C\C=C\C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C1=O PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930105110 Cyclosporin A Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010036949 Cyclosporine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-WFVLMXAXSA-N DEAE-cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1C(CO)OC(O)C(O)C1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-WFVLMXAXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000018 DNA microarray Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010000437 Deamino Arginine Vasopressin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001533413 Deltavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000004624 Dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HCYAFALTSJYZDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Desimpramine Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=CC=C2N(CCCNC)C2=CC=CC=C21 HCYAFALTSJYZDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000723672 Dianthovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010012735 Diarrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl ether Chemical class COC LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004985 Discotic Liquid Crystal Substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- JRWZLRBJNMZMFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dobutamine Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C(O)=CC=1CCNC(C)CCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 JRWZLRBJNMZMFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000725618 Duck hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000710945 Eastern equine encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000011001 Ebola Hemorrhagic Fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030820 Ebola disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000588877 Eikenella Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000009051 Embryonal Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010061435 Enalapril Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000723747 Enamovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588914 Enterobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194033 Enterococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000991587 Enterovirus C Species 0.000 description 1
- 101800001632 Envelope protein E Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010014967 Ependymoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001455610 Ephemerovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102400001368 Epidermal growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800003838 Epidermal growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001480036 Epidermophyton floccosum Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000710803 Equine arteritis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000031637 Erythroblastic Acute Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036566 Erythroleukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000121268 Erythroparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588722 Escherichia Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000867232 Escherichia coli Heat-stable enterotoxin II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BFPYWIDHMRZLRN-SLHNCBLASA-N Ethinyl estradiol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@](CC4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 BFPYWIDHMRZLRN-SLHNCBLASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000006168 Ewing Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091008794 FGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000723648 Fabavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000272184 Falconiformes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282324 Felis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000044168 Fibroblast Growth Factor Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000008808 Fibrosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001302129 Fiji disease virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702658 Fijivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710831 Flavivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PLDUPXSUYLZYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluphenazine Chemical compound C1CN(CCO)CCN1CCCN1C2=CC(C(F)(F)F)=CC=C2SC2=CC=CC=C21 PLDUPXSUYLZYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000710194 Foot-and-mouth disease virus - type O Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701796 Fowl aviadenovirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700662 Fowlpox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589602 Francisella tularensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701383 Frog virus 3 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000723722 Furovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000605909 Fusobacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001663880 Gammaretrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010017711 Gangrene Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005577 Gastroenteritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930182566 Gentamicin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N Gentamicin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C(C)NC)CC[C@@H](N)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](NC)[C@@](C)(O)CO2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000003641 Glanders Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032612 Glial tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010018338 Glioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001098133 Golden shiner reovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- BLCLNMBMMGCOAS-URPVMXJPSA-N Goserelin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](COC(C)(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)NNC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 BLCLNMBMMGCOAS-URPVMXJPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010069236 Goserelin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000003794 Gram staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000606768 Haemophilus influenzae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010061192 Haemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000150562 Hantaan orthohantavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000001258 Hemangiosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000711557 Hepacivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711549 Hepacivirus C Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002971 Heparan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000700721 Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724709 Hepatitis delta virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000709715 Hepatovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000709721 Hepatovirus A Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000228404 Histoplasma capsulatum Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000002563 Histoplasmosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZTVIKZXZYLEVOL-MCOXGKPRSA-N Homatropine Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@H]2CC[C@@H](C1)N2C)C(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZTVIKZXZYLEVOL-MCOXGKPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000724309 Hordeivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000701109 Human adenovirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701085 Human alphaherpesvirus 3 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724642 Human astrovirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701027 Human herpesvirus 6 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711920 Human orthopneumovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000709701 Human poliovirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000726041 Human respirovirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710130 Human rhinovirus 1A Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001135958 Human type D retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- RKUNBYITZUJHSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hyosciamin-hydrochlorid Natural products CN1C(C2)CCC1CC2OC(=O)C(CO)C1=CC=CC=C1 RKUNBYITZUJHSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STECJAGHUSJQJN-GAUPFVANSA-N Hyoscine Natural products C1([C@H](CO)C(=O)OC2C[C@@H]3N([C@H](C2)[C@@H]2[C@H]3O2)C)=CC=CC=C1 STECJAGHUSJQJN-GAUPFVANSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004566 IR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241001533403 Idaeovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724277 Ilarvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108010058683 Immobilized Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010061598 Immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000711450 Infectious bronchitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702626 Infectious bursal disease virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710921 Infectious pancreatic necrosis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712431 Influenza A virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713196 Influenza B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713297 Influenza C virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001500351 Influenzavirus A Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001500343 Influenzavirus C Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010064593 Intercellular Adhesion Molecule-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100037877 Intercellular adhesion molecule 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010065973 Iron Overload Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000701646 Kappapapillomavirus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588748 Klebsiella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588747 Klebsiella pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- WTDRDQBEARUVNC-LURJTMIESA-N L-DOPA Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 WTDRDQBEARUVNC-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUIIKFGFIJCVMT-LBPRGKRZSA-N L-thyroxine Chemical compound IC1=CC(C[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O)=CC(I)=C1OC1=CC(I)=C(O)C(I)=C1 XUIIKFGFIJCVMT-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MKXZASYAUGDDCJ-SZMVWBNQSA-N LSM-2525 Chemical compound C1CCC[C@H]2[C@@]3([H])N(C)CC[C@]21C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C3 MKXZASYAUGDDCJ-SZMVWBNQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010023927 Lassa fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000018142 Leiomyosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700563 Leporipoxvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589902 Leptospira Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010024305 Leukaemia monocytic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000232 Lipid Bilayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000186781 Listeria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186779 Listeria monocytogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000019693 Lung disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000709757 Luteovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701043 Lymphocryptovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001505329 Lymphocystis disease virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701387 Lymphocystivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000031422 Lymphocytic Chronic B-Cell Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000712899 Lymphocytic choriomeningitis mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000711828 Lyssavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001533339 Machlomovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710118 Maize chlorotic mottle virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000611254 Maize rayado fino virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702489 Maize streak virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001480512 Mammalian orthoreovirus 3 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000709759 Marafivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000932 Marburg Virus Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000011013 Marburg hemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001115401 Marburgvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713821 Mason-Pfizer monkey virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701244 Mastadenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702459 Mastrevirus Species 0.000 description 1
- OCJYIGYOJCODJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Meclizine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(CN2CCN(CC2)C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)=C1 OCJYIGYOJCODJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000007054 Medullary Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000172 Medulloblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000266847 Mephitidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010027406 Mesothelioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanethiol Chemical class SC LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DUGOZIWVEXMGBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylphenidate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C(=O)OC)C1CCCCN1 DUGOZIWVEXMGBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FQISKWAFAHGMGT-SGJOWKDISA-M Methylprednisolone sodium succinate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@@]12C)=CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@](O)(C(=O)COC(=O)CCC([O-])=O)CC[C@H]21 FQISKWAFAHGMGT-SGJOWKDISA-M 0.000 description 1
- GCKMFJBGXUYNAG-HLXURNFRSA-N Methyltestosterone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@](C)(O)[C@@]1(C)CC2 GCKMFJBGXUYNAG-HLXURNFRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006845 Michael addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006957 Michael reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- BYBLEWFAAKGYCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Miconazole Chemical compound ClC1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1COC(C=1C(=CC(Cl)=CC=1)Cl)CN1C=NC=C1 BYBLEWFAAKGYCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000893980 Microsporum canis Species 0.000 description 1
- ZFMITUMMTDLWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Minoxidil Chemical compound NC1=[N+]([O-])C(N)=CC(N2CCCCC2)=N1 ZFMITUMMTDLWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000702623 Minute virus of mice Species 0.000 description 1
- KLPWJLBORRMFGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molindone Chemical compound O=C1C=2C(CC)=C(C)NC=2CCC1CN1CCOCC1 KLPWJLBORRMFGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700559 Molluscipoxvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700560 Molluscum contagiosum virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700627 Monkeypox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588655 Moraxella catarrhalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712045 Morbillivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713333 Mouse mammary tumor virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000235395 Mucor Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000034578 Multiple myelomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005647 Mumps Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000711386 Mumps virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701029 Murid betaherpesvirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000714177 Murine leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711408 Murine respirovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701034 Muromegalovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000829388 Mus musculus polyomavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186359 Mycobacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187479 Mycobacterium tuberculosis Species 0.000 description 1
- 231100000678 Mycotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108010013731 Myelin-Associated Glycoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000017099 Myelin-Associated Glycoprotein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000033776 Myeloid Acute Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700562 Myxoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical class ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STECJAGHUSJQJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methyl-scopolamin Natural products C1C(C2C3O2)N(C)C3CC1OC(=O)C(CO)C1=CC=CC=C1 STECJAGHUSJQJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001457453 Nairobi sheep disease virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010028851 Necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000588653 Neisseria Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930193140 Neomycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000723638 Nepovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000061176 Nicotiana tabacum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002637 Nicotiana tabacum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000526636 Nipah henipavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000187654 Nocardia Species 0.000 description 1
- PHVGLTMQBUFIQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nortryptiline Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=CC=C2C(=CCCNC)C2=CC=CC=C21 PHVGLTMQBUFIQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000712466 Nucleorhabdovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010016076 Octreotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000010133 Oligodendroglioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001388 Opportunistic Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007027 Oral Candidiasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000702259 Orbivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700635 Orf virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713112 Orthobunyavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700732 Orthohepadnavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000150218 Orthonairovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700629 Orthopoxvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702244 Orthoreovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712894 Orthotospovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702633 Oryzavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010031252 Osteomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004100 Oxytetracycline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102400000050 Oxytocin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- XNOPRXBHLZRZKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxytocin Natural products N1C(=O)C(N)CSSCC(C(=O)N2C(CCC2)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C1CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XNOPRXBHLZRZKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101800000989 Oxytocin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108020002230 Pancreatic Ribonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000005891 Pancreatic ribonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001631646 Papillomaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000526686 Paracoccidioides brasiliensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010033767 Paracoccidioides infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000301 Paracoccidioidomycosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700639 Parapoxvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- UOZODPSAJZTQNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Paromomycin II Natural products NC1C(O)C(O)C(CN)OC1OC1C(O)C(OC2C(C(N)CC(N)C2O)OC2C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O2)N)OC1CO UOZODPSAJZTQNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000726026 Parsnip yellow fleck virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000287127 Passeridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606860 Pasteurella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000237988 Patellidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001443531 Pea enation mosaic virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010071384 Peptide T Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000710778 Pestivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713137 Phlebovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000702656 Phytoreovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000007641 Pinealoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010035148 Plague Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010035502 Plasmodium ovale infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000242594 Platyhelminthes Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010035664 Pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000711902 Pneumovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100029740 Poliovirus receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005062 Polybutadiene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002367 Polyisobutene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010039918 Polylysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001505332 Polyomavirus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000709992 Potato virus X Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000723762 Potato virus Y Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001474398 Potato yellow dwarf nucleorhabdovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710007 Potexvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710078 Potyvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000006664 Precursor Cell Lymphoblastic Leukemia-Lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000029797 Prion Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000054 Prion Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282335 Procyon Species 0.000 description 1
- ZGUGWUXLJSTTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Promazinum Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(CCCN(C)C)C3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 ZGUGWUXLJSTTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000125945 Protoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589517 Pseudomonas aeruginosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010037688 Q fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010037742 Rabies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000711798 Rabies lyssavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000001069 Raman spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000701382 Ranavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724648 Raspberry bushy dwarf virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700157 Rattus norvegicus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000006265 Renal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000702263 Reovirus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000018569 Respiratory Tract disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000582 Retinoblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000701037 Rhadinovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000235527 Rhizopus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000144068 Rice ragged stunt virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724205 Rice stripe tenuivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001492231 Rice tungro spherical virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010039491 Ricin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000122129 Roseolovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710799 Rubella virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710801 Rubivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001533467 Rubulavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000124072 Ryegrass mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001533356 Rymovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607149 Salmonella sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001135555 Sandfly fever Sicilian virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000605036 Selenomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000010208 Seminoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000709666 Sequivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000009714 Severe Dengue Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700665 Sheeppox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910008051 Si-OH Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910008045 Si-Si Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052581 Si3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silane Chemical compound [SiH4] BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000702678 Simian rotavirus A/SA11 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710960 Sindbis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910006358 Si—OH Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910006411 Si—Si Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000001203 Smallpox Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000710119 Sobemovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001135883 Soil-borne wheat mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000005157 Somatostatin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010056088 Somatostatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000710117 Southern bean mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589970 Spirochaetales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001149963 Sporothrix schenckii Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010041736 Sporotrichosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LKAJKIOFIWVMDJ-IYRCEVNGSA-N Stanazolol Chemical compound C([C@@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@@H]3CC[C@@]([C@]3(CC[C@@H]2[C@@]1(C)C1)C)(O)C)C2=C1C=NN2 LKAJKIOFIWVMDJ-IYRCEVNGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000193985 Streptococcus agalactiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194049 Streptococcus equinus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193996 Streptococcus pyogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194021 Streptococcus suis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187747 Streptomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700568 Suipoxvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700565 Swinepox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724318 Tenuivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000024313 Testicular Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010043376 Tetanus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000534944 Thia Species 0.000 description 1
- KLBQZWRITKRQQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thioridazine Chemical compound C12=CC(SC)=CC=C2SC2=CC=CC=C2N1CCC1CCCCN1C KLBQZWRITKRQQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUYYCJSJGJYCDS-LBPRGKRZSA-N Thyrolar Chemical compound IC1=CC(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CC(I)=C1OC1=CC=C(O)C(I)=C1 AUYYCJSJGJYCDS-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000002474 Tinea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007712 Tinea Versicolor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010043866 Tinea capitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010056131 Tinea versicolour Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000723573 Tobacco rattle virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000723677 Tobacco ringspot virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000724291 Tobacco streak virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000723848 Tobamovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000723717 Tobravirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710145 Tomato bushy stunt virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000016010 Tomato spotted wilt orthotospovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710141 Tombusvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711517 Torovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589886 Treponema Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589884 Treponema pallidum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223238 Trichophyton Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001045770 Trichophyton mentagrophytes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223229 Trichophyton rubrum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000122134 Trichovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- XEFQLINVKFYRCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triclosan Chemical compound OC1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1Cl XEFQLINVKFYRCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000034784 Tularaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000710155 Turnip yellow mosaic virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710136 Tymovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001533358 Umbravirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000006105 Uterine Cervical Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000000188 Vaccinium ovalifolium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000701067 Varicellovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700647 Variola virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010003205 Vasoactive Intestinal Peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102400000015 Vasoactive intestinal peptide Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000710959 Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000009693 Venezuelan hemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001494970 Vesicular exanthema of swine virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711973 Vesicular stomatitis Indiana virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711970 Vesiculovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000014070 Vestibular schwannoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000607598 Vibrio Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607594 Vibrio alginolyticus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607265 Vibrio vulnificus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010003533 Viral Envelope Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000010530 Virus Neutralization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000709760 Waikavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000033559 Waldenström macroglobulinemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000710951 Western equine encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001137667 White clover cryptic virus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001396914 White clover cryptic virus 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702661 Wound tumor virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000004833 X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241001536558 Yaba monkey tumor virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700574 Yatapoxvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607734 Yersinia <bacteria> Species 0.000 description 1
- JSZILQVIPPROJI-CEXWTWQISA-N [(2R,3R,11bS)-3-(diethylcarbamoyl)-9,10-dimethoxy-2,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-1H-benzo[a]quinolizin-2-yl] acetate Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(OC)=C(OC)C=C2[C@H]2N1C[C@@H](C(=O)N(CC)CC)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2 JSZILQVIPPROJI-CEXWTWQISA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATBOMIWRCZXYSZ-XZBBILGWSA-N [1-[2,3-dihydroxypropoxy(hydroxy)phosphoryl]oxy-3-hexadecanoyloxypropan-2-yl] (9e,12e)-octadeca-9,12-dienoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C\C\C=C\CCCCC ATBOMIWRCZXYSZ-XZBBILGWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000222126 [Candida] glabrata Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010000269 abscess Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- GTDPSWPPOUPBNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N ac1mqpva Chemical compound CC12C(=O)OC(=O)C1(C)C1(C)C2(C)C(=O)OC1=O GTDPSWPPOUPBNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOEMGAFJFRBGGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N acebutolol Chemical compound CCCC(=O)NC1=CC=C(OCC(O)CNC(C)C)C(C(C)=O)=C1 GOEMGAFJFRBGGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002122 acebutolol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000034337 acetylcholine receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000004064 acoustic neuroma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000017733 acquired polycythemia vera Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000021841 acute erythroid leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000012873 acute gastroenteritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000674 adrenergic antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940009456 adriamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004520 agglutination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001347 alkyl bromides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001351 alkyl iodides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001356 alkyl thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-glycerophosphate Natural products OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000711 alprostadil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000323 aluminium silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960004821 amikacin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LKCWBDHBTVXHDL-RMDFUYIESA-N amikacin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](N)C[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1O)O[C@@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)NC(=O)[C@@H](O)CCN)[C@H]1O[C@H](CN)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O LKCWBDHBTVXHDL-RMDFUYIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002684 aminocaproic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005260 amiodarone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000836 amitriptyline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KRMDCWKBEZIMAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N amitriptyline Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=CC=C2C(=CCCN(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C21 KRMDCWKBEZIMAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940025084 amphetamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002105 amrinone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RNLQIBCLLYYYFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N amrinone Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(N)=CC(C=2C=CN=CC=2)=C1 RNLQIBCLLYYYFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124325 anabolic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001195 anabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002269 analeptic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003098 androgen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940030486 androgens Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005349 anion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthraquinone Natural products CCC(=O)c1c(O)c2C(=O)C3C(C=CC=C3O)C(=O)c2cc1CC(=O)OC PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004056 anthraquinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002280 anti-androgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001078 anti-cholinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002686 anti-diuretic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003474 anti-emetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940046836 anti-estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001833 anti-estrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000843 anti-fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001387 anti-histamine Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124599 anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000340 anti-metabolite Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000842 anti-protozoal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000051 antiandrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940030495 antiandrogen sex hormone and modulator of the genital system Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003416 antiarrhythmic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000935 antidepressant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124538 antidiuretic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002111 antiemetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940053200 antiepileptics fatty acid derivative Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125715 antihistaminic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002220 antihypertensive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127088 antihypertensive drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940111133 antiinflammatory and antirheumatic drug oxicams Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940111131 antiinflammatory and antirheumatic product propionic acid derivative Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940100197 antimetabolite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002256 antimetabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127248 antinauseant drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003904 antiprotozoal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003908 antipruritic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000164 antipsychotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003200 antithyroid agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940043671 antithyroid preparations Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003434 antitussive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124584 antitussives Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003699 antiulcer agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002830 appetite depressant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000005160 aryl oxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 244000309743 astrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000004630 atomic force microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKUNBYITZUJHSG-SPUOUPEWSA-N atropine Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@H]2CC[C@@H](C1)N2C)C(=O)C(CO)C1=CC=CC=C1 RKUNBYITZUJHSG-SPUOUPEWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000396 atropine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002170 azathioprine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LMEKQMALGUDUQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N azathioprine Chemical compound CN1C=NC([N+]([O-])=O)=C1SC1=NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 LMEKQMALGUDUQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DMLAVOWQYNRWNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azobenzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1N=NC1=CC=CC=C1 DMLAVOWQYNRWNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940092705 beclomethasone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NBMKJKDGKREAPL-DVTGEIKXSA-N beclomethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(Cl)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O NBMKJKDGKREAPL-DVTGEIKXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoin Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YXKTVDFXDRQTKV-HNNXBMFYSA-N benzphetamine Chemical compound C([C@H](C)N(C)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 YXKTVDFXDRQTKV-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002837 benzphetamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004564 benzquinamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl bromide Chemical compound BrCC1=CC=CC=C1 AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000012740 beta Adrenergic Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010079452 beta Adrenergic Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-galactosamine Natural products NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-QZABAPFNSA-N beta-D-glucosamine Chemical compound N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-QZABAPFNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002537 betamethasone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-DVTGEIKXSA-N betamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-DVTGEIKXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004324 betaxolol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CHDPSNLJFOQTRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N betaxolol hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(OCC(O)C[NH2+]C(C)C)=CC=C1CCOCC1CC1 CHDPSNLJFOQTRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000007180 bile duct carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003124 biologic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004057 biotinyl group Chemical group [H]N1C(=O)N([H])[C@]2([H])[C@@]([H])(SC([H])([H])[C@]12[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000001531 bladder carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010836 blood and blood product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125691 blood product Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010504 bond cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010006451 bronchitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003362 bronchogenic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005537 brownian motion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001705 buclizine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MOYGZHXDRJNJEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N buclizine Chemical compound C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1CN1CCN(C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CC1 MOYGZHXDRJNJEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003455 buphenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003150 bupivacaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940074375 burkholderia mallei Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002092 busulfan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960004596 cabergoline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WUKWITHWXAAZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium difluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[Ca+2] WUKWITHWXAAZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910001634 calcium fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940095731 candida albicans Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000003984 candidiasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960004602 capreomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 1
- 229910002091 carbon monoxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000496 cardiotonic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001746 carotenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005473 carotenes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005341 cation exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- CETPSERCERDGAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ceric oxide Chemical compound O=[Ce]=O CETPSERCERDGAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000422 cerium(IV) oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 201000010881 cervical cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000019065 cervical carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010382 chemical cross-linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003889 chemical engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006757 chemical reactions by type Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002575 chemical warfare agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ANTSCNMPPGJYLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlordiazepoxide Chemical compound O=N=1CC(NC)=NC2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1 ANTSCNMPPGJYLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004782 chlordiazepoxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003260 chlorhexidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VXIVSQZSERGHQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroacetamide Chemical compound NC(=O)CCl VXIVSQZSERGHQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007265 chloromethylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930002875 chlorophyll Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019804 chlorophyll Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001752 chlorophylls and chlorophyllins Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002023 chloroprocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroprocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1Cl VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYDMQBQPVICBEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorotetracycline Natural products C1=CC(Cl)=C2C(O)(C)C3CC4C(N(C)C)C(O)=C(C(N)=O)C(=O)C4(O)C(O)=C3C(=O)C2=C1O CYDMQBQPVICBEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950007046 chlorphentermine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZPEIMTDSQAKGNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorpromazine Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C=C2N(CCCN(C)C)C3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 ZPEIMTDSQAKGNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001076 chlorpromazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001761 chlorpropamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001552 chlorprothixene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004475 chlortetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CYDMQBQPVICBEU-XRNKAMNCSA-N chlortetracycline Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=C2[C@](O)(C)[C@H]3C[C@H]4[C@H](N(C)C)C(O)=C(C(N)=O)C(=O)[C@@]4(O)C(O)=C3C(=O)C2=C1O CYDMQBQPVICBEU-XRNKAMNCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019365 chlortetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003098 cholesteric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000812 cholinergic antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012501 chromatography medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- KRVSOGSZCMJSLX-UHFFFAOYSA-L chromic acid Substances O[Cr](O)(=O)=O KRVSOGSZCMJSLX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000024207 chronic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032852 chronic lymphocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960001265 ciclosporin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PUFQVTATUTYEAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinchocaine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(OCCCC)=CC(C(=O)NCCN(CC)CC)=C21 PUFQVTATUTYEAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001747 cinchocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinchonine Natural products C1C(C(C2)C=C)CCN2C1C(O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001750 cinnamedrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003405 ciprofloxacin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KDLRVYVGXIQJDK-AWPVFWJPSA-N clindamycin Chemical compound CN1C[C@H](CCC)C[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H]([C@H](C)Cl)[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](SC)O1 KDLRVYVGXIQJDK-AWPVFWJPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002227 clindamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012568 clinical material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002842 clobetasol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FCSHDIVRCWTZOX-DVTGEIKXSA-N clobetasol Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CCl)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O FCSHDIVRCWTZOX-DVTGEIKXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002896 clonidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000003486 coccidioidomycosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960004126 codeine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010009887 colitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007398 colorimetric assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000006834 complement receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010047295 complement receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004154 complement system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005094 computer simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004624 confocal microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002508 contact lithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124558 contraceptive agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003433 contraceptive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004544 cortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052593 corundum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960000265 cromoglicic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009260 cross reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002858 crystal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960003564 cyclizine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UVKZSORBKUEBAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclizine Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 UVKZSORBKUEBAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006352 cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- JURKNVYFZMSNLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclobenzaprine Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC=CC=C2C(=CCCN(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C21 JURKNVYFZMSNLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003572 cyclobenzaprine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930182912 cyclosporin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000002445 cystadenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 231100000409 cytocidal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000445 cytocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- POZRVZJJTULAOH-LHZXLZLDSA-N danazol Chemical compound C1[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@](CC4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=CC2=C1C=NO2 POZRVZJJTULAOH-LHZXLZLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000766 danazol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001987 dantrolene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000002950 dengue hemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037304 dermatophytes Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003914 desipramine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NFLWUMRGJYTJIN-NXBWRCJVSA-N desmopressin Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSCCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)N1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)=O)CCC(=O)N)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFLWUMRGJYTJIN-NXBWRCJVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004281 desmopressin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RPLCPCMSCLEKRS-BPIQYHPVSA-N desogestrel Chemical compound C1CC[C@@H]2[C@H]3C(=C)C[C@](CC)([C@](CC4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 RPLCPCMSCLEKRS-BPIQYHPVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004976 desogestrel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000632 dexamfetamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001985 dextromethorphan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AKUNKIJLSDQFLS-UHFFFAOYSA-M dicesium;hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Cs+].[Cs+] AKUNKIJLSDQFLS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RGLYKWWBQGJZGM-ISLYRVAYSA-N diethylstilbestrol Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(/CC)=C(\CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RGLYKWWBQGJZGM-ISLYRVAYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FMSYTQMJOCCCQS-UHFFFAOYSA-L difluoromercury Chemical compound F[Hg]F FMSYTQMJOCCCQS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- HESHRHUZIWVEAJ-JGRZULCMSA-N dihydroergotamine Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N2CCC[C@H]2[C@]2(O)O[C@@](C(N21)=O)(C)NC(=O)[C@H]1CN([C@H]2[C@@H](C3=CC=CC4=NC=C([C]34)C2)C1)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 HESHRHUZIWVEAJ-JGRZULCMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004704 dihydroergotamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004990 dihydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- SPCNPOWOBZQWJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethoxy-(2-propan-2-ylsulfanylethylsulfanyl)-sulfanylidene-$l^{5}-phosphane Chemical compound COP(=S)(OC)SCCSC(C)C SPCNPOWOBZQWJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001873 dinitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-ARSRFYASSA-N dinoprostone Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@H]1[C@H](O)CC(=O)[C@@H]1C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-ARSRFYASSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002986 dinoprostone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HNPSIPDUKPIQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxosilane;oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O HNPSIPDUKPIQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XQRLCLUYWUNEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-L diphosphonate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)OP([O-])=O XQRLCLUYWUNEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 206010013023 diphtheria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960003983 diphtheria toxoid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical class [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VLARUOGDXDTHEH-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium cromoglycate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].O1C(C([O-])=O)=CC(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2OCC(O)COC1=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)C=C(C([O-])=O)O2 VLARUOGDXDTHEH-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002934 diuretic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001882 diuretic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001089 dobutamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003722 doxycycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002196 ecbolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010291 electrical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000609 electron-beam lithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007336 electrophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000572 ellipsometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- GBXSMTUPTTWBMN-XIRDDKMYSA-N enalapril Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)OCC)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 GBXSMTUPTTWBMN-XIRDDKMYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000873 enalapril Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002081 enamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PJWPNDMDCLXCOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N encainide Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1CCC1N(C)CCCC1 PJWPNDMDCLXCOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001142 encainide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000002491 encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010014665 endocarditis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002124 endocrine Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005447 environmental material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116977 epidermal growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001317 epifluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000037828 epithelial carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- OFKDAAIKGIBASY-VFGNJEKYSA-N ergotamine Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N2CCC[C@H]2[C@]2(O)O[C@@](C(N21)=O)(C)NC(=O)[C@H]1CN([C@H]2C(C3=CC=CC4=NC=C([C]34)C2)=C1)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 OFKDAAIKGIBASY-VFGNJEKYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004943 ergotamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XCGSFFUVFURLIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N ergotaminine Natural products C1=C(C=2C=CC=C3NC=C(C=23)C2)C2N(C)CC1C(=O)NC(C(N12)=O)(C)OC1(O)C1CCCN1C(=O)C2CC1=CC=CC=C1 XCGSFFUVFURLIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003276 erythromycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930182833 estradiol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229960005309 estradiol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940011871 estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000328 estrogen antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000285 ethambutol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002568 ethinylestradiol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- XFBVBWWRPKNWHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N etodolac Chemical compound C1COC(CC)(CC(O)=O)C2=N[C]3C(CC)=CC=CC3=C21 XFBVBWWRPKNWHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005293 etodolac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000763 evoking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- XUFQPHANEAPEMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N famotidine Chemical compound NC(N)=NC1=NC(CSCCC(N)=NS(N)(=O)=O)=CS1 XUFQPHANEAPEMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001596 famotidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZWJINEZUASEZBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N fenamic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 ZWJINEZUASEZBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001582 fenfluramine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- SPIUTQOUKAMGCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N flavoxate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C(C)=C(C=3C=CC=CC=3)OC2=C1C(=O)OCCN1CCCCC1 SPIUTQOUKAMGCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000855 flavoxate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002313 fluoropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YLRFCQOZQXIBAB-RBZZARIASA-N fluoxymesterone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@](C)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O YLRFCQOZQXIBAB-RBZZARIASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001751 fluoxymesterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002690 fluphenazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MKXKFYHWDHIYRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N flutamide Chemical compound CC(C)C(=O)NC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C(C(F)(F)F)=C1 MKXKFYHWDHIYRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002074 flutamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000078673 foodborn pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940118764 francisella tularensis Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AWJWCTOOIBYHON-UHFFFAOYSA-N furo[3,4-b]pyrazine-5,7-dione Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=N1 AWJWCTOOIBYHON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QPJBWNIQKHGLAU-IQZHVAEDSA-N ganglioside GM1 Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC[C@H](NC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)[C@H](O)\C=C\CCCCCCCCCCCCC)O[C@H](CO)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@]2(O[C@H]([C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@@H](O)C2)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO)C(O)=O)[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](CO)O1 QPJBWNIQKHGLAU-IQZHVAEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003193 general anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004580 glibenclamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003862 glucocorticoid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZNNLBTZKUZBEKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N glyburide Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1C(=O)NCCC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)NC(=O)NC2CCCCC2)C=C1 ZNNLBTZKUZBEKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002339 glycosphingolipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002913 goserelin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HPBNRIOWIXYZFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanadrel Chemical compound O1C(CNC(=N)N)COC11CCCCC1 HPBNRIOWIXYZFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003845 guanadrel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ACGDKVXYNVEAGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanethidine Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCN1CCCCCCC1 ACGDKVXYNVEAGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003602 guanethidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003977 halocarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005658 halogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003878 haloperidol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000025750 heavy chain disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000002222 hemangioblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108060003552 hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000005343 heterocyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008241 heterogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- ORTRWBYBJVGVQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecane-1-thiol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCS ORTRWBYBJVGVQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010299 hexamethylene tetramine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VKYKSIONXSXAKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylenetetramine Chemical compound C1N(C2)CN3CN1CN2C3 VKYKSIONXSXAKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001915 hexamidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OQLKNTOKMBVBKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamidine Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=N)N)=CC=C1OCCCCCCOC1=CC=C(C(N)=N)C=C1 OQLKNTOKMBVBKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NAQMVNRVTILPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diamine Chemical compound NCCCCCCN NAQMVNRVTILPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003485 histamine H2 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003630 histaminocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960000857 homatropine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002474 hydralazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002429 hydrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007857 hydrazones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OROGSEYTTFOCAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrocodone Natural products C1C(N(CCC234)C)C2C=CC(O)C3OC2=C4C1=CC=C2OC OROGSEYTTFOCAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000890 hydrocortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000930 hydroxyzine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZQDWXGKKHFNSQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyzine Chemical compound C1CN(CCOCCO)CCN1C(C=1C=CC(Cl)=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZQDWXGKKHFNSQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950000141 idaverine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004801 imipramine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BCGWQEUPMDMJNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N imipramine Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=CC=C2N(CCCN(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C21 BCGWQEUPMDMJNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940124622 immune-modulator drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003444 immunosuppressant agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002847 impedance measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- PJXISJQVUVHSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium(III) oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[In+3].[In+3] PJXISJQVUVHSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003317 industrial substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012678 infectious agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010022000 influenza Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001410 inorganic ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940079322 interferon Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VBUWHHLIZKOSMS-RIWXPGAOSA-N invicorp Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1NC=NC=1)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBUWHHLIZKOSMS-RIWXPGAOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PGLTVOMIXTUURA-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodoacetamide Chemical compound NC(=O)CI PGLTVOMIXTUURA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJTQJERLRPWUGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethylbenzene Chemical compound ICC1=CC=CC=C1 XJTQJERLRPWUGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(III) oxide Inorganic materials O=[Fe]O[Fe]=O JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960000318 kanamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930027917 kanamycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N kanamycin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182823 kanamycin A Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DKYWVDODHFEZIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ketoprofen Chemical compound OC(=O)C(C)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 DKYWVDODHFEZIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000991 ketoprofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OZWKMVRBQXNZKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ketorolac Chemical compound OC(=O)C1CCN2C1=CC=C2C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OZWKMVRBQXNZKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004752 ketorolac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011898 label-free detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001632 labetalol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YADSGOSSYOOKMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N lead dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Pb]=O YADSGOSSYOOKMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004400 levonorgestrel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950008325 levothyroxine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004194 lidocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012886 linear function Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010024627 liposarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000464 low-speed centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000423 loxapine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YQZBAXDVDZTKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N loxapine succinate Chemical compound [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O.C1CN(C)CCN1C1=NC2=CC=CC=C2OC2=CC=C(Cl)C=C12 YQZBAXDVDZTKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000005296 lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000005265 lung cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000037829 lymphangioendotheliosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000012804 lymphangiosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 201000000564 macroglobulinemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910001635 magnesium fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000015486 malignant pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003577 mebeverine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001474 meclozine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000023356 medullary thyroid gland carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960001786 megestrol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RQZAXGRLVPAYTJ-GQFGMJRRSA-N megestrol acetate Chemical compound C1=C(C)C2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@@](C(C)=O)(OC(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 RQZAXGRLVPAYTJ-GQFGMJRRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010027191 meningioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GLVAUDGFNGKCSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercaptopurine Chemical compound S=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 GLVAUDGFNGKCSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001428 mercaptopurine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IMSSROKUHAOUJS-MJCUULBUSA-N mestranol Chemical compound C1C[C@]2(C)[C@@](C#C)(O)CC[C@H]2[C@@H]2CCC3=CC(OC)=CC=C3[C@H]21 IMSSROKUHAOUJS-MJCUULBUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001390 mestranol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002923 metal particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940042016 methacycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001252 methamphetamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004011 methenamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PMRYVIKBURPHAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methimazole Chemical compound CN1C=CNC1=S PMRYVIKBURPHAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000328 methylergometrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001344 methylphenidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004584 methylprednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001566 methyltestosterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002237 metoprolol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IUBSYMUCCVWXPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N metoprolol Chemical compound COCCC1=CC=C(OCC(O)CNC(C)C)C=C1 IUBSYMUCCVWXPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000282 metronidazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VAOCPAMSLUNLGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N metronidazole Chemical compound CC1=NC=C([N+]([O-])=O)N1CCO VAOCPAMSLUNLGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002509 miconazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 244000000010 microbial pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000001000 micrograph Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960003574 milrinone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PZRHRDRVRGEVNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N milrinone Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(C#N)=CC(C=2C=CN=CC=2)=C1C PZRHRDRVRGEVNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007758 minimum essential medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004023 minocycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003632 minoxidil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004938 molindone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000006894 monocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000007524 mucormycosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010805 mumps infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000002636 mycotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003158 myorelaxant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000001611 myxosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PNQCMZHRTCNQMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-iodooxamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C(=O)NI PNQCMZHRTCNQMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBOAVDSSZWDGTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(4-butylphenyl)-1-(4-ethoxyphenyl)methanimine Chemical compound C1=CC(CCCC)=CC=C1N=CC1=CC=C(OCC)C=C1 DBOAVDSSZWDGTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001989 nasopharynx Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004927 neomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000025189 neoplasm of testis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZBGPYVZLYBDXKO-HILBYHGXSA-N netilmycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](N)C[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1O)O[C@@H]1[C@]([C@H](NC)[C@@H](O)CO1)(C)O)NCC)[C@H]1OC(CN)=CC[C@H]1N ZBGPYVZLYBDXKO-HILBYHGXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GNRSAWUEBMWBQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel(II) oxide Inorganic materials [Ni]=O GNRSAWUEBMWBQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006502 nitrobenzyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000615 nonconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- OGJPXUAPXNRGGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N norfloxacin Chemical compound C1=C2N(CC)C=C(C(O)=O)C(=O)C2=CC(F)=C1N1CCNCC1 OGJPXUAPXNRGGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001180 norfloxacin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001473 noxious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000633 nuclear envelope Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108091008104 nucleic acid aptamers Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000010534 nucleophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000016709 nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002700 octreotide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- QVYRGXJJSLMXQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N orphenadrine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(C)C=1C(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 QVYRGXJJSLMXQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003941 orphenadrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000008968 osteosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002924 oxiranes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000625 oxytetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IWVCMVBTMGNXQD-PXOLEDIWSA-N oxytetracycline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2[C@](O)(C)[C@H]3[C@H](O)[C@H]4[C@H](N(C)C)C(O)=C(C(N)=O)C(=O)[C@@]4(O)C(O)=C3C(=O)C2=C1O IWVCMVBTMGNXQD-PXOLEDIWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019366 oxytetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002863 oxytocic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- XNOPRXBHLZRZKH-DSZYJQQASA-N oxytocin Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](N)C(=O)N1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XNOPRXBHLZRZKH-DSZYJQQASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001723 oxytocin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000636 p-nitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 1
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001789 papaverine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000004019 papillary adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000010198 papillary carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- UOZODPSAJZTQNH-LSWIJEOBSA-N paromomycin Chemical compound N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)C[C@@H](N)[C@@H]2O)O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)N)O[C@@H]1CO UOZODPSAJZTQNH-LSWIJEOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001914 paromomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011236 particulate material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013618 particulate matter Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- XDRYMKDFEDOLFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentamidine Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=N)N)=CC=C1OCCCCCOC1=CC=C(C(N)=N)C=C1 XDRYMKDFEDOLFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004448 pentamidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003436 pentoxyverine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002080 perylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=C2C=CC=C3C4=CC=CC5=CC=CC(C1=C23)=C45)* 0.000 description 1
- CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N peryrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=3C2=C2C=CC=3)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 CSHWQDPOILHKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001539 phagocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920001568 phenolic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005011 phenolic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003562 phentermine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003014 phosphoric acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006552 photochemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005289 physical deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004375 physisorption Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000024724 pineal body neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004123 pineal gland cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000508 pityriasis versicolor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007505 plaque formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012123 point-of-care testing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001907 polarising light microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010048507 poliovirus receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000765 poly(2-oxazolines) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000548 poly(silane) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002492 poly(sulfone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002037 poly(vinyl butyral) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002239 polyacrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000447 polyanionic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002857 polybutadiene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002721 polycyanoacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000037244 polycythemia vera Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005597 polymer membrane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013047 polymeric layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006264 polyurethane film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960005205 prednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N prednisolone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- REQCZEXYDRLIBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N procainamide Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 REQCZEXYDRLIBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000244 procainamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003598 promazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000005599 propionic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AQHHHDLHHXJYJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N propranolol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(OCC(O)CNC(C)C)=CC=CC2=C1 AQHHHDLHHXJYJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- GMVPRGQOIOIIMI-DWKJAMRDSA-N prostaglandin E1 Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@H]1[C@H](O)CC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCCCCC(O)=O GMVPRGQOIOIIMI-DWKJAMRDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N prostaglandin E2 Natural products CCCCCC(O)C=CC1C(O)CC(=O)C1CC=CCCCC(O)=O XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012460 protein solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001938 protoplast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O pyridinium Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001404 quinidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LISFMEBWQUVKPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinolin-2-ol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(=O)C=CC2=C1 LISFMEBWQUVKPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009790 rate-determining step (RDS) Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004627 regenerated cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002345 respiratory system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008593 response to virus Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000009410 rhabdomyosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IOVGROKTTNBUGK-SJCJKPOMSA-N ritodrine Chemical compound N([C@@H](C)[C@H](O)C=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)CCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IOVGROKTTNBUGK-SJCJKPOMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001634 ritodrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004574 scanning tunneling microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- STECJAGHUSJQJN-FWXGHANASA-N scopolamine Chemical compound C1([C@@H](CO)C(=O)O[C@H]2C[C@@H]3N([C@H](C2)[C@@H]2[C@H]3O2)C)=CC=CC=C1 STECJAGHUSJQJN-FWXGHANASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002646 scopolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000008407 sebaceous adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000932 sedative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001624 sedative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001338 self-assembly Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007659 semicarbazones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000405 serological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000717 sertoli cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004756 silanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000009890 sinusitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004513 sizing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000000587 small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- BTURAGWYSMTVOW-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dodecanoate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O BTURAGWYSMTVOW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940082004 sodium laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RPENMORRBUTCPR-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;1-hydroxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidine-3-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].ON1C(=O)CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)C1=O RPENMORRBUTCPR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000002689 soil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008279 sol Substances 0.000 description 1
- NHXLMOGPVYXJNR-ATOGVRKGSA-N somatostatin Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N1)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)N)C(O)=O)=O)[C@H](O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 NHXLMOGPVYXJNR-ATOGVRKGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000553 somatostatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012306 spectroscopic technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000278 spinal cord Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010041823 squamous cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000912 stanozolol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003637 steroidlike Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000003265 stomatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002128 sulfonyl halide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003463 sulfur Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MLKXDPUZXIRXEP-MFOYZWKCSA-N sulindac Chemical compound CC1=C(CC(O)=O)C2=CC(F)=CC=C2\C1=C/C1=CC=C(S(C)=O)C=C1 MLKXDPUZXIRXEP-MFOYZWKCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000894 sulindac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002344 surface layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002198 surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004114 suspension culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000010965 sweat gland carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010042863 synovial sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940037128 systemic glucocorticoids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001603 tamoxifen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003505 terpenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000007586 terpenes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- IWVCMVBTMGNXQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N terramycin dehydrate Natural products C1=CC=C2C(O)(C)C3C(O)C4C(N(C)C)C(O)=C(C(N)=O)C(=O)C4(O)C(O)=C3C(=O)C2=C1O IWVCMVBTMGNXQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000003120 testicular cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960005353 testolactone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BPEWUONYVDABNZ-DZBHQSCQSA-N testolactone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(OC(=O)CC4)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 BPEWUONYVDABNZ-DZBHQSCQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003604 testosterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002178 thiamazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002784 thioridazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001685 thyroid gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- XUIIKFGFIJCVMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N thyroxine-binding globulin Natural products IC1=CC(CC([NH3+])C([O-])=O)=CC(I)=C1OC1=CC(I)=C(O)C(I)=C1 XUIIKFGFIJCVMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001147422 tick-borne encephalitis virus group Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000036962 time dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004605 timolol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000003875 tinea corporis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004647 tinea pedis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960003087 tioguanine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000707 tobramycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NLVFBUXFDBBNBW-PBSUHMDJSA-N tobramycin Chemical compound N[C@@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N NLVFBUXFDBBNBW-PBSUHMDJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JIVZKJJQOZQXQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tolazoline Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CC1=NCCN1 JIVZKJJQOZQXQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002312 tolazoline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125725 tranquilizer Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003204 tranquilizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002936 tranquilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PISDRBMXQBSCIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloro(3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,8-tridecafluorooctyl)silane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)CC[Si](Cl)(Cl)Cl PISDRBMXQBSCIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFISPHKHJHQREG-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloro(oct-7-enyl)silane Chemical compound Cl[Si](Cl)(Cl)CCCCCCC=C MFISPHKHJHQREG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HKFSBKQQYCMCKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloro(prop-2-enyl)silane Chemical compound Cl[Si](Cl)(Cl)CC=C HKFSBKQQYCMCKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930013292 trichothecene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229960003500 triclosan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZEWQUBUPAILYHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoperazine Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1CCCN1C2=CC(C(F)(F)F)=CC=C2SC2=CC=CC=C21 ZEWQUBUPAILYHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002324 trifluoperazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940035722 triiodothyronine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BVQYIDJXNYHKRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethoxy(3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,8-tridecafluorooctyl)silane Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F BVQYIDJXNYHKRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SEAZOECJMOZWTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethoxy(oxiran-2-ylmethyl)silane Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CC1CO1 SEAZOECJMOZWTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBEQULMOCCWAQT-WOJGMQOQSA-N triprolidine Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C(\C=1N=CC=CC=1)=C/CN1CCCC1 CBEQULMOCCWAQT-WOJGMQOQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001128 triprolidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000008827 tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000870 ultraviolet spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000709655 unidentified tobacco necrosis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000010570 urinary bladder carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001635 urinary tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000019206 urinary tract infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N uroanthelone Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000006266 variola major Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005526 vasoconstrictor agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003071 vasodilator agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001722 verapamil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000005925 vesicular stomatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940118696 vibrio cholerae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001429 visible spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003260 vortexing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011534 wash buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001845 yogo sapphire Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RUDFQVOCFDJEEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N yttrium(III) oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Y+3].[Y+3] RUDFQVOCFDJEEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003952 β-lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/70—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving virus or bacteriophage
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B82—NANOTECHNOLOGY
- B82Y—SPECIFIC USES OR APPLICATIONS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MEASUREMENT OR ANALYSIS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MANUFACTURE OR TREATMENT OF NANOSTRUCTURES
- B82Y15/00—Nanotechnology for interacting, sensing or actuating, e.g. quantum dots as markers in protein assays or molecular motors
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B82—NANOTECHNOLOGY
- B82Y—SPECIFIC USES OR APPLICATIONS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MEASUREMENT OR ANALYSIS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MANUFACTURE OR TREATMENT OF NANOSTRUCTURES
- B82Y30/00—Nanotechnology for materials or surface science, e.g. nanocomposites
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/543—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
- G01N33/54366—Apparatus specially adapted for solid-phase testing
- G01N33/54373—Apparatus specially adapted for solid-phase testing involving physiochemical end-point determination, e.g. wave-guides, FETS, gratings
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/569—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for microorganisms, e.g. protozoa, bacteria, viruses
- G01N33/56983—Viruses
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
- Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change
Definitions
- the present invention relates to the field of detection of analytes, and in particular to detection of viruses, cells, bacteria, lipid-membrane containing organisms, proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and other biomolecules, organic molecules and inorganic molecules using a liquid crystal assay format.
- the detection of pathogen, protein, and nucleic acid targets in biological samples forms the basis of the multi-billion dollar in vitro diagnostic industry. Detection of protein and nucleic acid targets can be divided into diagnostic and research based markets.
- the diagnostic market includes the detection and identification of pathogens such as viruses and bacteria, the identification of various genetic markers, and the identification of markers associated with the presence of tumors.
- the research market includes the genomics and proteomics industries, which require analytical, drug discovery, and high-throughput screening technologies.
- the present invention relates to the field of detection of analytes, and in particular to detection of viruses, cells, bacteria, lipid-membrane containing organisms, proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and other biomolecules, organic molecules and inorganic molecules using a liquid crystal assay format.
- the present invention provides methods for detecting viruses comprising: a) providing: i) a sample suspected of containing of a virus; ii) a detection device comprising a substrate comprising at least one detection region having a first virus recognition moiety immobilized thereon; and iii) mesogens; b) contacting said detection region with said sample; and c) contacting said substrate with said mesogens, wherein the presence of said virus is indicated by a change in said mesogens over said detection regions and wherein said change is independent of the presence of an additional homeotropic director on said detection region.
- the present invention is not limited to the detection of any particular change in the mesogens forming the liquid crystal. Indeed, a variety of changes may be detected, including, but not limited to a change in color, a change in texture, a change in tilt, and homeotropic orientation.
- viruses in the following families include, but not limited to viruses in the following families: Adenoviridae, Arenaviridae, Astroviridae, Bimaviridae, Bunyaviridae, Caliciviridae, Circoviridae, Coronaviridae, Filoviridae, Flaviviridae, Hepadnaviridae, Herpesviridae, Iridoviridae, Filoviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Papovaviridae, Paramyxoviridae, Parvoviridae, Picornaviridae, Poxyiridae, Reoviridae, Retroviridae, Rhabdoviridae, Togaviridae, Badnavirus, Bromoviridae, Comoviridae, Geminiviridae, Partitiviridae, Potyviridae, Sequiviridae, and
- the virus is a Japanese Encephalitis Virus group virus.
- the Japanese Encephalitis Virus group virus is selected from the group consisting of West Nile Virus and St. Louis Encephalitis Virus.
- the virus is an enveloped virus.
- the present invention is not limited to the use of any particular substrate. Indeed, the use of a variety of substrates is contemplated, including, but not limited to metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular polymeric materials. Indeed, the use of a variety of polymeric materials is contemplated, including, but not limited to those selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, PDMS, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate and polyisocyanoacrylate. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular mesogen.
- the use of a variety of mesogens is contemplated, including, but not limited to those selected from the group consisting of 4-cyano-4′-pentylbiphenyl, N-(4-methoxybenzylidene)-4-butlyaniline and combinations thereof.
- the present invention is not limited to the use of any particular virus recognition moiety. Indeed, the use of a variety of virus recognition moieties is contemplated, including, but not limited to antigen binding proteins and nucleic acids.
- the antigen binding protein is an immunoglobulin.
- the substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions. In some embodiments, the plurality of detection regions have the same virus recognition moiety bound thereto. In other embodiments, the plurality of detection regions have different virus recognition moieties bound thereto. In some embodiments, the detection device further comprises a second substrate arranged opposite said first substrate to form a cell.
- the change in the mesogens is detected by viewing said detection device between cross polar lenses.
- the detection region does not homeotropically orient mesogens in the absence of virus.
- homeotropic ordering is observed within 48 hours of the application of said sample to said detection region.
- the present invention is not limited to the analysis of any particular type of sample. Indeed, the analysis of a variety of samples is contemplated, including, but not limited to biological fluids, tissue homogenates, feces, vesicular fluids, swabs of orifices or tissues, and media in which virus has been cultured or prepared.
- the present invention is not limited to the analysis of any particular type of biological fluid. Indeed, the present invention contemplates the analysis of a variety of biological fluids, including, but not limited to cerebral-spinal fluid, urine, serum, plasma, nasal secretions, sputum, semen and saliva.
- the present invention provides devices for the detection of a virus comprising a first substrate comprising at least one detection region having a first virus recognition moiety specific for said virus immobilized thereon, wherein said detection region does not homeotropically orient an added mesogen in the absence of said virus.
- the first substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions.
- the present invention is not limited to the use of any particular substrate. Indeed, the use of a variety of substrates is contemplated, including, but not limited to metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular polymeric materials. Indeed, the use of a variety of polymeric materials is contemplated, including, but not limited to those selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, PDMS, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate and polyisocyanoacrylate.
- the present invention is not limited to the use of any particular virus recognition moiety. Indeed, the use of a variety of virus recognition moieties is contemplated, including, but not limited to antigen binding proteins and nucleic acids.
- the antigen binding protein is an immunoglobulin.
- the substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions. In some embodiments, the plurality of detection regions have the same virus recognition moiety bound thereto. In other embodiments, the plurality of detection regions have different virus recognition moieties bound thereto.
- the detection device further comprises a second substrate arranged opposite said first substrate to form a cell. In still further embodiments, the plurality of detection regions are arranged in an array.
- the substrates further comprise at least one control region comprising immobilized virus.
- the device comprises a second substrate oriented opposite said first substrate to form a cell for containing mesogens.
- the devices comprise cross polar lenses oriented on either side of said first substrate and said substrate.
- the substrate comprises microchannels in said first substrate, wherein said microchannels deliver sample to said detection region.
- the present invention provides a kit comprising: a) a device for the detection of a virus comprising a first substrate comprising at least one detection region having a first virus recognition moiety specific for said virus immobilized thereon, wherein said detection region does not homeotropically orient an added mesogen in the absence of said virus; and b) instructions for detection of said virus.
- the kit further comprises a vial containing mesogens.
- the kit further comprises a vial containing a virus for use as a positive control.
- the present invention provides methods comprising: a) providing a functionalized detection substrate treated to align mesogens, a stamp substrate displaying at least one ligand, a biological test sample suspected of containing a binding partner for the ligand, and mesogens; b) contacting the test sample with the stamp substrate under conditions such that the binding partner can bind the ligand; c) contacting the detection substrate with the stamp substrate under conditions such that the binding partner to the ligand is transferred to the detection substrate; d) detecting the presence of the binding partner to the ligand on the detection substrate by applying the mesogens to the substrate.
- the present invention is not limited to use with any particular biological sample.
- the alignment of the mesogens by the detection substrate is disrupted by the presence of the binding partner to the ligand.
- the alignment is homeotropic.
- the mesogens are not homeotropically aligned over areas of the detection substrate wherein the binding partner of the ligand is present.
- the detection substrate is used to form an optical cell.
- the detecting is performed by analysis of the detection substrate with cross-polars.
- the ligand is an antigenic substance from a pathogenic organism.
- the antigenic substance is a protein.
- the protein is an envelope protein of a virus.
- the envelope protein is protein E from West Nile Virus.
- the present invention is not limited to the detection of any particular type of binding partner. Indeed, the detection of a variety of binding partners is contemplated.
- the binding partner is an antibody.
- the stamp substrate comprises two or more ligands in an array.
- the ligand is bound by binding partners from a plurality of species or genera.
- the present invention is not limited to the use of any particular mesogen. Indeed, the use of a variety of mesogens is contemplated.
- the mesogen is 5CB.
- the present invention is not limited to the use of any particular type of material to make the stamp substrate. Indeed, the use of a variety of materials is contemplated.
- the stamp substrate comprises PDMS.
- the present invention is not limited to the use of any particular type of detection substrate. Indeed, the use of a variety of test substrates is contemplated.
- the detection substrate comprises obliquely deposited gold.
- kits comprising: a) a stamp substrate displaying at least one ligand; b) a functionalized detection substrate that orients mesogens; and c) instructions for using the substrates for detecting a binding partner of the ligand.
- the kits further comprise a container of mesogens.
- the present invention is not limited to the use of any particular mesogen. Indeed, the use of a variety of mesogens is contemplated.
- the mesogen is 5CB.
- the present invention is not limited to the use of any particular type of material to make the stamp substrate. Indeed, the use of a variety of materials is contemplated.
- the stamp substrate comprises PDMS.
- the present invention is not limited to the use of any particular type of detection substrate. Indeed, the use of a variety of test substrates is contemplated. In some preferred embodiments, the detection substrate comprises obliquely deposited gold. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular type of ligand. Indeed, the use of a variety of ligands is contemplated.
- the ligand is an antigenic substance from a pathogenic organism. In some embodiments, the antigenic substance is a protein. In further embodiments, the protein is an envelope protein of a virus. In some preferred embodiments, the envelope protein is protein E from West Nile Virus.
- the kits further comprise a container containing a control binding partner. The present invention is not limited to any particular binding partner. Indeed, a variety of binding partners are contemplated. In some embodiments, the binding partner is a ligand. In some embodiments, the kits further comprise an additional substrate for forming an optical cell. In still other embodiments, the kits comprise polarized lenses.
- the present invention provides systems for detecting an analyte comprising: a) a first substrate displaying a recognition moiety, wherein the recognition moiety interacts with the analyte; b) a second substrate comprising a surface configured to receive the analyte interacting with the recognition moiety; and c) a liquid crystal overlaying the second substrate.
- the first substrate is selected from the group consisting of a stamp, a bead, and column media.
- the stamp comprises PDMS.
- the bead is a magnetic bead.
- the column is immunoaffinity column media.
- the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, lipid, organic molecule and inorganic molecule.
- the liquid crystal comprises mesogens selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline).
- the second substrate comprises a functionalized surface.
- the functionalized surface comprises a polyimide.
- the polyimide is rubbed.
- the polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7210, Nissan 3510, Nissan 410, Nissan 3140, Nissan 5291, and Japan Synthetic Rubber JALS 146-R19.
- the polyimide homeotropically orients the liquid crystal.
- the polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7511L and SE 1211.
- the present invention provides methods of detecting an analyte comprising: a) providing a first substrate displaying a recognition moiety, a second substrate, mesogens, and a sample suspected of containing an analyte; b) contacting the first substrate displaying a recognition moiety with the sample suspected of containing an analyte so that the analyte interacts with the recognition moiety; c) transferring the analyte interacting with the recognition moiety to the second substrate; and d) contacting the second substrate with the mesogens to detect the presence of the analyte on the second substrate.
- the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, lipid, organic molecule and inorganic molecule.
- the analyte is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, organic molecule, inorganic molecule, virus, liposome, bacteria, fungus, and cell.
- the first substrate is selected from the group consisting of a stamp, a bead, and column media.
- the second substrate is selected from the group consisting of silicon, glass, polymer, diamond, and metal.
- the second substrate comprises a surface functionalized with a polyimide.
- the polyimide is rubbed. In some embodiments, the polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7210, Nissan 3510, Nissan 410, Nissan 3140, Nissan 5291, and Japan Synthetic Rubber JALS 146-R19. In some embodiments, the polyimide homeotropically orients the liquid crystal. In some embodiments, the polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7511L and SE 1211. In some embodiments, the presence of analyte is indicated by a non-ordered liquid crystal that appears white or bright when viewed through cross polar lenses and areas where analyte is not bound remain ordered and appear dark when viewed through cross polar lenses.
- the presence of an analyte is indicated by a disordered liquid crystal that appears white or bright when viewed through cross polar lenses and areas where no analyte is bound maintain homeotropic orientation and appear dark.
- the mesogens are selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline).
- the presence of an analyte on the second substrate is indicated by a difference in the orientation of the mesogens.
- the difference in the orientation of the mesogens is detected by a method selected from the group consisting of visual detection, optical detection, spectroscopy, light transmission, and electrical detection.
- the transferring step further comprises the step of eluting the analyte from the first substrate.
- the methods further comprise the step of contacting the analyte-recognition moiety complex with a secondary binding agent.
- the secondary binding agent is selected from the group consisting of an antigen binding protein, and enzyme, avidin, and biotin.
- the presence of the secondary binding agent enhances the detection of the analyte after transfer to the second substrate.
- the secondary binding agent is complexed with a lipid.
- the secondary binding agent is displayed on a liposome.
- kits comprising a) a first substrate displaying a recognition moiety, wherein the recognition moiety interacts with an analyte; b) a second substrate comprising a surface configured to receive the analyte interacting with the recognition moiety; c) a vial containing mesogens; and d) instructions for detecting the analyte.
- the first substrate is selected from the group consisting of a stamp, a bead, and column media.
- the stamp comprises PDMS.
- the bead is a magnetic bead.
- the column is an immunoaffinity column.
- the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, lipid, organic molecule and inorganic molecule.
- the mesogens are selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline).
- the second substrate comprises a functionalized surface.
- the functionalized surface comprises a polyimide.
- the polyimide is rubbed. In some embodiments, the polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7210, Nissan 3510, Nissan 410, Nissan 3140, Nissan 5291, and Japan Synthetic Rubber JALS 146-R19. In some embodiments, the polyimide homeotropically orients the liquid crystal. In some embodiments, the polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7511L and SE 1211. In some embodiments, the kits further comprise a second vial comprising a secondary binding agent. In some embodiments, the secondary binding agent is selected from the group consisting of an antigen binding protein, an enzyme, avidin and biotin.
- the present invention provides methods for detecting analytes comprising: a) providing: i) a sample suspected of containing of an analyte; ii) a detection device comprising a substrate comprising at least one electrode and at least one detection region; iii) mesogens; b) applying an electrical potential to the at least one electrode to transport the analyte to the substrate; and, c) contacting the substrate with the mesogens, wherein the presence of the analyte is indicated by a difference in alignment of the mesogens over the at least one detection region.
- the electrical potential is an alternating current.
- the transport occurs via dielectrophoresis.
- the difference in the alignment of the mesogens is selected from the group consisting of a change in color, a change in texture, a change in tilt, and homeotropic orientation.
- the difference in alignment of the mesogens is detected by a method selected from the group consisting of visual detection, optical detection, spectroscopy, light transmission, and electrical detection.
- the analyte is selected from the group consisting of a protein, peptide, polypeptide, nucleic acid, organic molecule, inorganic molecule, virus, bacteria, liposome, cell, and fungus.
- the substrate is selected from the group consisting of metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials.
- the polymeric materials are selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, PDMS, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate and polyisocyanoacrylate.
- the mesogen is selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline) and combinations thereof.
- the detection region comprises a recognition moiety.
- the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of an peptide, polypeptide, protein, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, organic molecule, and inorganic molecule.
- the protein is an antigen binding protein.
- the substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions. In some embodiments, the plurality of detection regions display the same recognition moiety. In some embodiments, the plurality of detection regions display different recognition moieties.
- the detection device further comprises a second substrate arranged opposite the first substrate to form a cell. In some embodiments, the change in the mesogens is detected by viewing the detection device between cross polar lenses.
- the sample is selected from the group consisting of biological fluids, tissue homogenates, feces, vesicular fluids, swabs of orifices or tissues, and media in which virus has been cultured or prepared.
- the biological fluid is selected from the group consisting of cerebral-spinal fluid, urine, serum, plasma, nasal secretions, sputum, semen and saliva.
- the methods further comprise the step of detecting analyte binding by measuring the impedance of the detection device, wherein a change in capacitance is indicative of analyte binding.
- the impedance is capacitance or resistance.
- the measuring is in real-time.
- the present invention provides devices for detecting an analyte comprising a first substrate comprising at least one electrode and at least one detection region, wherein the at least one electrode is configured to provide an electrical potential to attract an analyte to the substrate and to determine the presence of the analyte by measuring electrical properties of the device, and a second substrate oriented opposite of the first substrate, wherein the first substrate and the second substrate form a chamber for containing a liquid crystal.
- the electrical property is impedance.
- the impedance is capacitance or resistance.
- the impedance is capacitance.
- the substrate is selected from the group consisting of metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials.
- the polymeric materials are selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, PDMS, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate and polyisocyanoacrylate.
- the devices further comprise mesogens, wherein the mesogens are selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline) and combinations thereof.
- the detection region comprises a recognition moiety.
- the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a peptide, polypeptide, protein, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, organic molecule, and inorganic molecule.
- the protein is an antigen binding protein.
- the first substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions. In some embodiments, the plurality of detection regions display the same recognition moiety. In some embodiments, the plurality of detection regions display different recognition moieties.
- the at least one electrode is selected from the group consisting of interdigitated, hyperbolic, triangular and rectangular electrodes. In some embodiments, the first substrate comprises at least two electrodes.
- the present invention provides systems for detection of an analyte comprising the detection device described above and a readout device, the readout device comprising an opening configured to receive the detection device and an electrical circuit that contacts the at least one electrode when the detection device is in contact with the readout device.
- the readout device interfaces with a computer processor.
- the readout device comprises an electronic display.
- the readout device comprises an LCD display.
- the electric circuit is an oscillator circuit.
- the oscillator circuit comprises a microprocessor.
- the readout device comprises a microprocessor configured to measure electrical capacitance.
- the readout device comprises a power source.
- the present invention provides methods of detecting an analyte comprising: a) providing a sample suspected of containing an analyte, a substrate having a surface comprising polyimide, and mesogens; b) contacting the surface comprising polyimide with the sample suspected of containing an analyte; c) contacting the surface comprising polyimide with the mesogens, wherein the presence of the analyte is indicated by difference in the orientation of the mesogens.
- the analyte non-specifically interacts with the surface comprising polyimide.
- the surface comprising polyimide displays a recognition moiety.
- the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, lipid, organic molecule and inorganic molecule.
- the mesogens are selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline).
- the polyimide is rubbed.
- the polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7210, Nissan 3510, Nissan 410, Nissan 3140, Nissan 5291, and Japan Synthetic Rubber JALS 146-R19. In some embodiments, the polyimide homeotropically orients the mesogens. In some embodiments, the polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7511L and SE 1211. In some embodiments, the presence of analyte is indicated by a disordered liquid crystal that appears white or bright when viewed through cross polar lenses and areas where analyte is not bound remain ordered and appear dark when viewed through cross polar lenses.
- the presence of an analyte is indicated by a disordered liquid crystal that appears white or bright when viewed through cross polar lenses and areas where no analyte is bound maintain homeotropic orientation and appear dark.
- the homeotropic orientation of the liquid crystal is detected by a method selected from the group consisting of visual detection, optical detection, spectroscopy, light transmission, and electrical detection.
- the present invention provides methods of detecting binding interaction between a ligand and its binding partner comprising: a) providing a ligand and a binding partner, wherein at least one of the ligand molecule and the binding partner molecule are complexed with a lipid, and mesogens; b) contacting the ligand molecule and the binding partner molecule under conditions such that the ligand molecule and the binding partner molecule interact to form a ligand-binding partner complex; and c) detecting the ligand-binding partner complex by contacting the complex with mesogens.
- the mesogens are homeotropically oriented by the complex.
- the binding partner is recognition moiety.
- the ligand is an analyte a sample.
- the detecting step further comprises contacting the complex to a substrate prior to contacting with the mesogens.
- the homeotropic alignment of the mesogens is detected by a method selected from the group consisting of visual detection, optical detection, spectroscopy, light transmission, and electrical detection.
- the analyte is selected from the group consisting of a protein, peptide, polypeptide, nucleic acid, organic molecule, inorganic molecule, virus, bacteria, liposome, cell, and fungus.
- the substrate is selected from the group consisting of metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials.
- the polymeric materials are selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, PDMS, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate and polyisocyanoacrylate.
- the mesogen is selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline) and combinations thereof.
- the substrate comprises a detection region comprising a recognition moiety.
- the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a peptide, polypeptide, protein, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, organic molecule, and inorganic molecule.
- the protein is an antigen binding protein.
- the substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions. In some embodiments, the plurality of detection regions display the same recognition moiety. In some embodiments, the plurality of detection regions display different recognition moieties.
- the ligand id biotin and the recognition moiety is avidin. In some embodiments, the at least one of the ligand molecule and the binding partner molecule complexed with a lipid is a secondary binding agent.
- kits for detecting an analyte comprising: a) a recognition moiety complexed with a lipid; b) a vial containing mesogens; and c) instructions for detecting the analyte.
- the kits further comprise a substrate.
- the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, organic molecule and inorganic molecule.
- the substrate is selected from the group consisting of silicon, glass, polymer, diamond, and metal. In some embodiments, the substrate does not orient the liquid crystal.
- the mesogens are selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline).
- the present invention provides systems for detecting an analyte comprising: a) a recognition moiety complexed with a lipid; and b) a liquid crystal.
- the systems further comprise a substrate.
- the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, organic molecule and inorganic molecule.
- the substrate is selected from the group consisting of silicon, glass, polymer, diamond, and metal. In some embodiments, the substrate does not orient the liquid crystal.
- the mesogens are selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline).
- FIG. 1 provides a schematic view of an assay device of the present invention demonstrating homeotropic orientation of a liquid crystal directed by bound virus.
- FIG. 2 provides photographs of transfers assays for the presence of West Nile Virus antibodies in positive horse and rabbit serum along with negative controls.
- FIGS. 3 a and 3 b provide a schematic depiction of a device and preferred electrodes of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is an image of a PDMS stamp of the present invention.
- FIG. 5 is an image of an assay conducted with an assay device of the present invention.
- FIG. 6 shows the results from a simulation of hyperbolic electrodes.
- FIG. 7 shows a schematic of an device configured for dielectrophoresis.
- FIG. 8 is an image of an assay using a polyimide coated substrate to non-specifically detect an analyte.
- FIG. 9 is an image of an assay using a polyimide coated substrate to non-specifically detect an analyte.
- FIG. 10 is a graphic representation of luminosity index for the experiment depicted in FIG. 9 .
- FIG. 11 is an image of an assay using a polyimide coated substrate to non-specifically detect an analyte.
- FIG. 12 is an image of the results of the detection of F1 in chicken serum.
- FIG. 13 is an image of the results of the same experiment as FIG. 12 taken with a polarized microscope.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic depiction of a readout device of the present invention.
- FIG. 15 presents images of experiments in which labeled liposomes are used to report ligand binding.
- recognition moiety refers to a composition of matter that interacts with an analyte of interest in either a covalent or noncovalent manner.
- virus recognition moiety refers to any composition of matter that binds specifically to a virus.
- examples of “virus recognition moieties” include, but are not limited to antigen binding proteins and nucleic acid aptamers.
- substrate refers to a composition that serves as a base for another composition such as recognition moiety.
- substrates include, but are not limited to, silicon surfaces, glass surfaces, glass beads, magnetic beads, agarose beads, etc.
- ligand refers to any molecule that binds to or can be bound by another molecule.
- a ligand is any ion, molecule, molecular group, or other substance that binds to another entity to form a larger complex.
- Examples of ligands include, but are not limited to, peptides, carbohydrates, nucleic acids, antibodies, or any molecules that bind to receptors.
- homeotropic director refers to a topographical feature (e.g., a nanostructure or homeotropic orienting polyimide) of a substrate that homeotropically orients a liquid crystal.
- pathogen refers to disease causing organisms, microorganisms, or agents including, but not limited to, viruses, bacteria, parasites (including, but not limited to, organisms within the phyla Protozoa, Platyhelminthes, Aschelminithes, Acanthocephala, and Arthropoda), fungi, and prions.
- bacteria refers to all prokaryotic organisms, including those within all of the phyla in the Kingdom Procaryotae. It is intended that the term encompass all microorganisms considered to be bacteria including Mycoplasma, Chlamydia, Actinomyces, Streptomyces , and Rickettsia . All forms of bacteria are included within this definition including cocci, bacilli, spirochetes, spheroplasts, protoplasts, etc.
- Gram negative and “gram positive” refer to staining patterns obtained with the Gram-staining process which is well known in the art (See e.g., Finegold and Martin, Diagnostic Microbiology, 6th Ed. (1982), CV Mosby St. Louis, pp 13-15).
- lipid membrane refers to, in its broadest sense, a thin sheet or layer comprising lipid molecules. It is intended that the term encompass all “biomembranes” (i.e., any organic membrane including, but not limited to, plasma membranes, nuclear membranes, organelle membranes, and synthetic membranes). Typically, membranes are composed of lipids, proteins, glycolipids, steroids, sterol and/or other components. As used herein, the term “membrane fragment” refers to any portion or piece of a membrane.
- lipid refers to a variety of compounds that are characterized by their solubility in organic solvents. Such compounds include, but are not limited to, fats, waxes, steroids, sterols, glycolipids, glycosphingolipids (including gangliosides), phospholipids, terpenes, fat-soluble vitamins, prostaglandins, carotenes, and chlorophylls.
- lipid-based materials refers to any material that contains lipids.
- liposome refers to artificially produced spherical lipid complexes that can be induced to segregate out of aqueous media.
- secondary binding agent refers to a molecule or collection of molecules that binds to one of an analyte-recognition moiety complex. It is contemplated that secondary binding agents are useful for amplifying the signal resulting from analyte-recognition moiety binding.
- column media refers to media used to fill a chromatography column, such as cationic exchange media, anionic exchange media, and immunoaffinity column media.
- detection region refers to a discreet area on substrate that is designated for detection of an analyte (e.g., a virus of interest) in a sample.
- analyte e.g., a virus of interest
- immobilization refers to the attachment or entrapment, either chemically or otherwise, of a material to another entity (e.g., a solid support) in a manner that restricts the movement of the material.
- the term “antigen binding protein” refers to a glycoprotein evoked in an animal by an immunogen (antigen) and to proteins derived from such glycoprotein (e.g., single chain antibodies and F(ab′) 2 , Fab′ and Fab fragments).
- An antibody demonstrates specificity to the immunogen, or, more specifically, to one or more epitopes contained in the immunogen.
- Native antibody comprises at least two light polypeptide chains and at least two heavy polypeptide chains. Each of the heavy and light polypeptide chains contains at the amino terminal portion of the polypeptide chain a variable region (i.e., VH and VL respectively), which contains a binding domain that interacts with antigen.
- Each of the heavy and light polypeptide chains also comprises a constant region of the polypeptide chains (generally the carboxy terminal portion) which may mediate the binding of the immunoglobulin to host tissues or factors influencing various cells of the immune system, some phagocytic cells and the first component (C1q) of the classical complement system.
- the constant region of the light chains is referred to as the “CL region,” and the constant region of the heavy chain is referred to as the “CH region.”
- the constant region of the heavy chain comprises a CH1 region, a CH2 region, and a CH3 region. A portion of the heavy chain between the CH1 and CH2 regions is referred to as the hinge region (i.e., the “H region”).
- the constant region of the heavy chain of the cell surface form of an antibody further comprises a spacer-transmembranal region (M1) and a cytoplasmic region (M2) of the membrane carboxy terminus.
- the secreted form of an antibody generally lacks the M1 and M2 regions.
- selective binding refers to the binding of one material to another in a manner dependent upon the presence of a particular molecular structure (i.e., specific binding).
- an immunoglobulin will selectively bind an antigen that contains the chemical structures complementary to the ligand binding site(s) of the immunoglobulin. This is in contrast to “non-selective binding,” whereby interactions are arbitrary and not based on structural compatibilities of the molecules.
- polymerization encompasses any process that results in the conversion of small molecular monomers into larger molecules consisting of repeated units. Typically, polymerization involves chemical crosslinking of monomers to one another.
- an antigen refers to any molecule or molecular group that is recognized by at least one antibody.
- an antigen must contain at least one epitope (i.e., the specific biochemical unit capable of being recognized by the antibody).
- immunogen refers to any molecule, compound, or aggregate that induces the production of antibodies.
- an immunogen must contain at least one epitope (i.e., the specific biochemical unit capable of causing an immune response).
- home testing and “point of care testing” refer to testing that occurs outside of a laboratory environment. Such testing can occur indoors or outdoors at, for example, a private residence, a place of business, public or private land, in a vehicle, as well as at the patient's bedside.
- virus refers to minute infectious agents, which with certain exceptions, are not observable by light microscopy, lack independent metabolism, and are able to replicate only within a living host cell.
- the individual particles i.e., virions
- the term “virus” encompasses all types of viruses, including animal, plant, phage, and other viruses.
- nanostructures refers to microscopic structures, typically measured on a nanometer scale. Such structures include various three-dimensional assemblies, including, but not limited to, liposomes, films, multilayers, braided, lamellar, helical, tubular, and fiber-like shapes, and combinations thereof. Such structures can, in some embodiments, exist as solvated polymers in aggregate forms such as rods and coils. Such structures can also be formed from inorganic materials, such as prepared by the physical deposition of a gold film onto the surface of a solid, proteins immobilized on surfaces that have been mechanically rubbed, and polymeric materials that have been molded or imprinted with topography by using a silicon template prepared by electron beam lithography.
- self-assembling monomers and “lipid monomers” refer to molecules that spontaneously associate to form molecular assemblies. In one sense, this can refer to surfactant molecules that associate to form surfactant molecular assemblies.
- self-assembling monomers includes single molecules (e.g., a single lipid molecule) and small molecular assemblies (e.g., polymerized lipids), whereby the individual small molecular assemblies can be further aggregated (e.g., assembled and polymerized) into larger molecular assemblies.
- linker or “spacer molecule” refers to material that links one entity to another.
- a molecule or molecular group can be a linker that is covalent attached two or more other molecules (e.g., linking a ligand to a self-assembling monomer).
- bond refers to the linkage between atoms in molecules and between ions and molecules in crystals.
- single bond refers to a bond with two electrons occupying the bonding orbital. Single bonds between atoms in molecular notations are represented by a single line drawn between two atoms (e.g., C—C).
- double bond refers to a bond that shares two electron pairs. Double bonds are stronger than single bonds and are more reactive.
- triple bond refers to the sharing of three electron pairs.
- ene-yne refers to alternating double and triple bonds.
- amine bond refers to any bond formed between an amine group (i.e., a chemical group derived from ammonia by replacement of one or more of its hydrogen atoms by hydrocarbon groups), a thiol group (i.e., sulfur analogs of alcohols), and an aldehyde group (i.e., the chemical group —CHO joined directly onto another carbon atom), respectively, and another atom or molecule.
- amine group i.e., a chemical group derived from ammonia by replacement of one or more of its hydrogen atoms by hydrocarbon groups
- a thiol group i.e., sulfur analogs of alcohols
- aldehyde group i.e., the chemical group —CHO joined directly onto another carbon atom
- covalent bond refers to the linkage of two atoms by the sharing of two electrons, one contributed by each of the atoms.
- the term “spectrum” refers to the distribution of light energies arranged in order of wavelength.
- visible spectrum refers to light radiation that contains wavelengths from approximately 360 nm to approximately 800 nm.
- substrate refers to a solid object or surface upon which another material is layered or attached.
- Solid supports include, but are not limited to, glass, metals, gels, and filter paper, among others.
- array and “patterned array” refer to an arrangement of elements (i.e., entities) into a material or device. For example, combining several types of ligand binding molecules (e.g., antibodies or nucleic acids) into an analyte-detecting device, would constitute an array.
- ligand binding molecules e.g., antibodies or nucleic acids
- situ refers to processes, events, objects, or information that are present or take place within the context of their natural environment.
- sample is used in its broadest sense. In one sense it can refer to a biopolymeric material. In another sense, it is meant to include a specimen or culture obtained from any source, as well as biological and environmental samples. Biological samples may be obtained from animals (including humans) and encompass fluids, solids, tissues, and gases. Biological samples include blood products, such as plasma, serum and the like. Environmental samples include environmental material such as surface matter, soil, water, crystals and industrial samples. These examples are not to be construed as limiting the sample types applicable to the present invention.
- liquid crystal refers to a thermodynamic stable phase characterized by anisotropy of properties without the existence of a three-dimensional crystal lattice, generally lying in the temperature range between the solid and isotropic liquid phase.
- the term “mesogen” refers compounds that form liquid crystals, and in particular rigid rodlike or disclike molecules that are components of liquid crystalline materials.
- thermotropic liquid crystal refers to liquid crystals that result from the melting of mesogenic solids due to an increase in temperature. Both pure substances and mixtures form thermotropic liquid crystals.
- Lyotropic refers to molecules that form phases with orientational and/or positional order in a solvent. Lyotropic liquid crystals can be formed using amphiphilic molecules (e.g., sodium laurate, phosphatidylethanolamine, lecithin).
- the solvent can be water.
- heterogenous surface refers to a surface that orients liquid crystals in at least two separate planes or directions, such as across a gradient.
- Nematic refers to liquid crystals in which the long axes of the molecules remain substantially parallel, but the positions of the centers of mass are randomly distributed. Nematic liquid crystals can be substantially oriented by a nearby surface.
- Chiral nematic refers to liquid crystals in which the mesogens are optically active. Instead of the director being held locally constant as is the case for nematics, the director rotates in a helical fashion throughout the sample. Chiral nematic crystals show a strong optical activity that is much higher than can be explained on the bases of the rotatory power of the individual mesogens.
- the director acts like a diffraction grating, reflecting most and sometimes all of the light incident on it. If white light is incident on such a material, only one color of light is reflected and it is circularly polarized. This phenomenon is known as selective reflection and is responsible for the iridescent colors produced by chiral nematic crystals.
- “Smectic,” as used herein refers to liquid crystals which are distinguished from “nematics” by the presence of a greater degree of positional order in addition to orientational order; the molecules spend more time in planes and layers than they do between these planes and layers. “Polar smectic” layers occur when the mesogens have permanent dipole moments. In the smectic A2 phase, for example, successive layers show anti ferroelectric order, with the direction of the permanent dipole alternating from layer to layer. If the molecule contains a permanent dipole moment transverse to the long molecular axis, then the chiral smectic phase is ferroelectric. A device utilizing this phase can be intrinsically bistable.
- “Frustrated phases,” as used herein, refers to another class of phases formed by chiral molecules. These phases are not chiral, however, twist is introduced into the phase by an array of grain boundaries. A cubic lattice of defects (where the director is not defined) exist in a complicated, orientationally ordered twisted structure. The distance between these defects is hundreds of nanometers, so these phases reflect light just as crystals reflect x-rays.
- Discotic phases are formed from molecules that are disc shaped rather than elongated. Usually these molecules have aromatic cores and six lateral substituents. If the molecules are chiral or a chiral dopant is added to a discotic liquid crystal, a chiral nematic discotic phase can form.
- the present invention relates to the field of detection of analytes, and in particular to detection of viruses, cells, bacteria, lipid-membrane containing organisms, proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and other biomolecules, organic molecules and inorganic molecules using a liquid crystal assay format.
- Liquid crystal-based assay systems are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,284,197; WO 01/61357; WO 01/61325; WO 99/63329; Gupta et al., Science 279: 2077-2080 (1998); Seung-Ryeol Kim, Rahul R. Shah, and Nicholas L.
- the present invention provides systems, devices, and methods for both direct and indirect detection of analytes.
- the indirect detection systems utilize a first substrate comprising a recognition moiety that interacts with an analyte of interest, preferably specifically. After the first substrate is exposed to a sample suspected of containing an analyte, analyte interacting with the recognition moieties displayed on the first substrate are transferred to the second substrate.
- the analyte interacts with the second substrate in a non-specific manner.
- the second substrate comprises a detection region that orients mesogens in liquid crystal. The second substrate is then contacted with a liquid crystal. A disordered liquid crystal is indicative of the presence of an analyte in the detection region.
- WO 01/61357 describes the detection of viruses using liquid crystal based assays. These assays utilize a patterned detection region on a substrate that organizes mesogens in a homeotropic orientation. The assays are designed so that binding of a virus to the detection regions disrupts the homeotropic orientation.
- assay devices can be developed and manufactured without the time consuming and expensive stop of optimizing and fabricating nanostructured surfaces.
- Homeotropic alignment is observed in the present assays if the lipid membrane containing entity is either specifically or non-specifically bound to a substrate surface.
- the assays of the present invention can utilize a variety of recognition moieties to detect a wide variety of entities with lipid membranes in a wide variety of samples.
- the assays operate independent of temperature constraints.
- the assays of the present invention can be used to detect virtually any entity that comprises a lipid membrane that is accessible to mesogens in a liquid crystal.
- the devices, systems and methods of the present invention are useful for detecting a variety of analytes, including, but not limited to, the following analytes: biomolecules including polypeptides (e.g., proteins), toxins, polynucleotides (e.g., RNA and DNA), carbohydrates, viruses, mycoplasmas, fungi, bacteria, and protozoa, especially Class A agents such as Variola major (smallpox), Bacillus anthracis (anthrax), Yersinia pestis (plague), Clostridium botulinum (botulism), Francisella tularensis (tularemia), Arenaviruses (Arenaviridae), Ebola hemorrhagic fever virus, Marburg hemorrhagic fever, Lassa fever virus, Junin and related viruses (Argentinian hemorrhagic fever virus, Venezuelan hemorrhagic fever virus, Brazilian hemorrhagic fever
- ⁇ viruses such as Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Eastern equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis virus, and toxins such as ricin toxin, epsilin toxin from Clostridium perfigens, and Staphylococcus enterotoxin B; and Class C agents such as mutlidrug resistant tuberculosis, Nipah virus, Hantaviruses, Tick-borne hemorrhagic fever viruses, Tick-borne encephalitis viruses, and Yellow fever virus.
- analytes include, but are not limited to, acids, bases, organic ions, inorganic ions, pharmaceuticals, herbicides, pesticides, chemical warfare agents, and noxious gases. These agents can be present as components in mixtures of structurally unrelated compounds, racemic mixtures of stereoisomers, non-racemic mixtures of stereoisomers, mixtures of diastereomers, mixtures of positional isomers or as pure compounds.
- the detection of these analytes, and specific substrates and recognition moieties for such detection is described in more detail in co-pending application Ser. Nos. 10/227,974, 10/443,419, and 60/585,275; all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- the present invention provides improved substrates and devices for the detection of analytes.
- the description of the present invention is divided into the following sections: I. Recognition Moieties; II. Substrates; III. Functionalization of Substrates; IV. Mesogens; V. Direct Detection of Entities with Lipid Membranes; VI. Non-specific Detection Following Specific Capture; VII. Detection with Lipid Tags VIII. Kits.
- recognition moieties find use in the present invention.
- the recognition moieties are immobilized on detection regions of the substrate (described in more detail below).
- a “recognition moiety” attached to or associated with the substrate is utilized to bind to or otherwise interact with another molecule or molecules (e.g., analytes).
- recognition moieties are attached to either ⁇ -functionalized spacer arms or ⁇ -functionalized SAM components which are in turn attached to or associated with the substrate.
- a recognition moiety can be presented by a polymer surface (e.g., a rubbed polymer surface).
- the recognition moiety comprises an organic functional group.
- the organic functional group is a member selected from the group consisting of amines, carboxylic acids, drugs, chelating agents, crown ethers, cyclodextrins or a combination thereof.
- the recognition moiety is a biomolecule.
- the biomolecule is a protein, antigen binding protein, peptide, nucleic acid (e.g., single nucleotides or nucleosides, oligonucleotides, polynucleotides and single- and higher-stranded nucleic acids) or a combination thereof.
- the recognition moiety is biotin.
- the recognition moieties are antigen binding proteins.
- antigen binding proteins finding use in the present invention include, but are not limited to, immunoglobulins, single chain antibodies, chimeric antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, monoclonal antibodies, and F(ab′)2, Fab′ and Fab fragments.
- polyclonal antibodies Various procedures known in the art may be used for the production of polyclonal antibodies.
- various host animals including but not limited to rabbits, mice, rats, sheep, goats, etc., can be immunized by injection with the peptide corresponding to an epitope.
- the peptide is conjugated to an immunogenic carrier (e.g., diphtheria toxoid, bovine serum albumin (BSA), or keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH)).
- an immunogenic carrier e.g., diphtheria toxoid, bovine serum albumin (BSA), or keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH).
- BSA bovine serum albumin
- KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
- adjuvants may be used to increase the immunological response, depending on the host species, including but not limited to Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels (e.g., aluminum hydroxide), surface active substances (e.g., lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanins, dinitrophenol, and potentially useful human adjuvants such as BCG (Bacille Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum ).
- BCG Bacille Calmette-Guerin
- any technique that provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture will find use with the present invention (See e.g., Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press , Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.). These include but are not limited to the hybridoma technique originally developed by Köhler and Milstein (Köhler and Milstein, Nature 256: 495-497 [1975]), as well as the trioma technique, the human B-cell hybridoma technique (See e.g., Kozbor et al., Immunol.
- the recognition moiety comprises a phage displaying an antigen binding protein.
- a plurality of recognition moieties are arrayed on the substrates using photo activated chemistry, microcontact printing, and ink-jet printing.
- photolithography is utilized (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,045,996; 5,925,525; and 5,858,659; each of which is herein incorporated by reference).
- the process constructs high-density arrays of oligonucleotides, with each probe in a predefined position in the array.
- Multiple probe arrays are synthesized simultaneously on, for example, a large glass wafer. The wafers are then diced, and individual probe arrays are packaged in injection-molded plastic cartridges, which protect them from the environment and serve as chambers for hybridization.
- nucleic acid recognition moieties are electronically captured on a suitable substrate (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,017,696; 6,068,818; and 6,051,380; each of which are herein incorporated by reference).
- a suitable substrate See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,017,696; 6,068,818; and 6,051,380; each of which are herein incorporated by reference.
- recognition moieties are arrayed on a suitable substrate by utilizing differences in surface tension (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,001,311; 5,985,551; and 5,474,796; each of which is herein incorporated by reference).
- This technology is based on the fact that fluids can be segregated on a flat surface by differences in surface tension that have been imparted by chemical coatings. Once so segregated, oligonucleotide probes are synthesized directly on the chip by ink-jet printing of reagents.
- the array with its reaction sites defined by surface tension is mounted on a X/Y translation stage under a set of four piezoelectric nozzles, one for each of the four standard DNA bases.
- the translation stage moves along each of the rows of the array and the appropriate reagent is delivered to each of the reaction site.
- the A amidite is delivered only to the sites where amidite A is to be coupled during that synthesis step and so on.
- Common reagents and washes are delivered by flooding the entire surface and then removing them by spinning.
- recognition moieties are spotted onto a suitable substrate.
- spotting can be done by hand with a capillary tube or micropipette, or by an automated spotting apparatus such as those available from Affymetrix and Gilson (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,601,980; 6,242,266; 6,040,193; and 5,700,637; each of which is incorporated herein by reference).
- the recognition moiety is an amine
- the recognition moiety will interact with a structure on the analyte which reacts by binding to the amine (e.g., carbonyl groups, alkylhalo groups).
- the amine is protonated by an acidic moiety on the analyte of interest (e.g., carboxylic acid, sulfonic acid).
- the recognition moiety when the recognition moiety is a carboxylic acid, the recognition moiety will interact with the analyte by complexation (e.g., metal ions). In still other preferred embodiments, the carboxylic acid will protonate a basic group on the analyte (e.g. amine).
- complexation e.g., metal ions
- carboxylic acid will protonate a basic group on the analyte (e.g. amine).
- Classes of useful agents include, for example, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS).
- the MAIDS can, for example, be selected from the following categories: (e.g., propionic acid derivatives, acetic acid derivatives, fenamic acid derivatives, biphenylcarboxylic acid derivatives and oxicams); steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs including hydrocortisone and the like; antihistaminic drugs (e.g., chlorpheniranune, triprolidine); antitussive drugs (e.g., dextromethorphan, codeine, carmiphen and carbetapentane); antipruritic drugs (e.g., methidilizine and trimeprizine); anticholinergic drugs (e.g., scopolamine, atropine, homatropine, levodopa); anti-emetic and antinauseant drugs (e.g., cyclizine, meclizine, chlorpromazine, buclizine); anorex
- Antimicrobial drugs which are preferred for incorporation into the present composition include, for example, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of ⁇ -lactam drugs, quinolone drugs, ciprofloxacin, norfloxacin, tetracycline, erythromycin, amikacin, triclosan, doxycycline, capreomycin, chlorhexidine, chlortetracycline, oxytetracycline, clindamycin, ethambutol, hexamidine isothionate, metronidazole; pentamidine, gentamycin, kanamycin, lineomycin, methacycline, methenamine, minocycline, neomycin, netilmycin, paromomycin, streptomycin, tobramycin, miconazole, and amanfadine.
- estrogens e.g., diethylstilbesterol
- glucocorticoids e.g., triamcinolone, betamethasone, etc.
- progenstogens such as norethindrone, ethynodiol, norethindrone, levonorgestrel
- thyroid agents e.g., liothyronine or levothyroxine
- anti-thyroid agents e.g., methimazole
- antihyperprolactinemic drugs e.g., cabergoline
- hormone suppressors e.g., danazol or goserelin
- oxytocics e.g., methylergonovine or oxytocin
- prostaglandins such as mioprostol, alprostadil or dinoprostone
- immunomodulating drugs e.g., antihistamines, mast cell stabilizers, such as Iodoxamide and/or cromolyn
- steroids e.g., triamcinolone, beclomethazone, cortisone, dexamethasone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, beclomethasone, or clobetasol
- histamine H 2 antagonists e.g., famotidine, cimetidine, ranitidine
- immunosuppressants e.g., azathioprine, cyclosporin
- Groups with anti-inflammatory activity such as sulindac, etodolac, ketoprofen and ketorolac, are also of use.
- Other drugs of use in conjunction with the present invention will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
- host-guest chemistry When the recognition moiety is a chelating agent, crown ether or cyclodextrin, host-guest chemistry will dominate the interaction between the recognition moiety and the analyte.
- host-guest chemistry allows a great degree of recognition-moiety-analyte specificity to be engineered into a device of the invention.
- the use of these compounds to bind to specific compounds is well known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Pitt et al. “The Design of Chelating Agents for the Treatment of Iron Overload,” In, INORGANIC CHEMISTRY IN BIOLOGY AND MEDICINE; Martell, A. E., Ed.; American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C., 1980, pp.
- the recognition moiety is a biomolecule such as a protein, nucleic acid, peptide or an antibody.
- Biomolecules useful in practicing the present invention can be derived from any source. The biomolecules can be isolated from natural sources or can be produced by synthetic methods. Proteins can be natural proteins or mutated proteins. Mutations can be effected by chemical mutagenesis, site-directed mutagenesis or other means of inducing mutations known to those of skill in the art. Proteins useful in practicing the instant invention include, for example, enzymes, antigens, antibodies and receptors. Antibodies can be either polyclonal or monoclonal. Peptides and nucleic acids can be isolated from natural sources or can be wholly or partially synthetic in origin.
- the protein can be tethered to a SAM component or a spacer arm by any reactive peptide residue available on the surface of the protein.
- the reactive groups are amines or carboxylates.
- the reactive groups are the e-amine groups of lysine residues.
- these molecules can be adsorbed onto the surface of the substrate or SAM by non-specific interactions (e.g., chemisorption, physisorption).
- Recognition moieties that are antibodies can be used to recognize analytes which are proteins, peptides, nucleic acids, saccharides or small molecules such as drugs, herbicides, pesticides, industrial chemicals and agents of war. Methods of raising antibodies for specific molecules are well-known to those of skill in the art. See, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,147,786; 5,334,528; 5,686,237; 5,573,922; each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Methods for attaching antibodies to surfaces are also art-known (See, Delamarche et al. Langmuir 12: 1944-1946 (1996)).
- Peptides and nucleic acids can be attached to a SAM component or spacer arm. Both naturally-derived and synthetic peptides and nucleic acids are of use in conjunction with the present invention. These molecules can be attached to a SAM component or spacer arm by any available reactive group. For example, peptides can be attached through an amine, carboxyl, sulfhydryl, or hydroxyl group. Such a group can reside at a peptide terminus or at a site internal to the peptide chain. Nucleic acids can be attached through a reactive group on a base (e.g., exocyclic amine) or an available hydroxyl group on a sugar moiety (e.g., 3′- or 5′-hydroxyl). The peptide and nucleic acid chains can be further derivatized at one or more sites to allow for the attachment of appropriate reactive groups onto the chain (See, Chrisey et al. Nucleic Acids Res. 24: 3031-3039 (1996)).
- a reactive group or masked reactive group can be incorporated during the process of the synthesis.
- Many derivatized monomers appropriate for reactive group incorporation in both peptides and nucleic acids are know to those of skill in the art (See, for example, THE PEPTIDES: ANALYSIS, SYNTHESIS, BIOLOGY, Vol. 2: “Special Methods in Peptide Synthesis,” Gross, E. and Melenhofer, J., Eds., Academic Press, New York (1980)).
- Many useful monomers are commercially available (Bachem, Sigma, etc.). This masked group can then be unmasked following the synthesis, at which time it becomes available for reaction with a SAM component or a spacer arm.
- the recognition moiety forms an inclusion complex with the analyte of interest.
- the recognition moiety is a cyclodextrin or modified cyclodextrin.
- Cyclodextrins are a group of cyclic oligosaccharides produced by numerous microorganisms. Cyclodextrins have a ring structure which has a basket-like shape.
- the invention provides for the detection of a particular enantiomer in a mixture of enantiomers (See, Koppenhoefer et al. J. Chromatogr. A 793: 153-164 (1998)).
- the recognition moieties can be nucleic acids (e.g., RNA or DNA) or receptors that are specific for a particular entity (e.g., virus).
- the nucleic acids are aptamers. The isolation of aptamers is described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,475,096; 5,270,163; and 5,475,096; and in PCT publications WO 97/38134, WO 98/33941, and WO 99/07724, all of which are herein incorporated by reference.
- recognition moieties are incorporated to detect a variety of bacteria and pathogens.
- recognition moieties include, but not limited to, sialic acid to detect HIV (Wies et al., Nature 333: 426 [1988]), influenza (White et al., Cell 56: 725 [1989]), chlamydia (Infect. 1 mm.
- ICAM-1 Marlin et al., Nature 344: 70 [1990]
- N-CAM N-CAM
- myelin-associated glycoprotein MAb Shephey et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
- oligomannose to detect Escherichia coli ; ganglioside G M 1 to detect Neisseria meningitidis ; and antibodies to detect a broad variety of pathogens (e.g., Neisseria gonorrhoeae, V. vulnificus, V parahaemolyticus, V. cholerae, V. alginolyticus , etc.).
- pathogens e.g., Neisseria gonorrhoeae, V. vulnificus, V parahaemolyticus, V. cholerae, V. alginolyticus , etc.
- the recognition moiety is a ligand that interacts with a binding partner.
- ligands include, but are not limited to, small organic molecules such as steroid molecules and small drug molecules, proteins, polypeptides and peptides, metal ions, and nucleic acids.
- the ligand is recognized by a binding molecule in a sample.
- binding molecules include, but are not limited to, steroids, hormones, proteins, polypeptides, and peptides such immunoglobulin molecules and fragments thereof, nucleic acids, and other organic or non-organic molecules.
- the ligand is recognized by a binding molecule in a body fluid of a test subject.
- the ligand can be a virus envelope protein or some other antigenic molecule from a pathogenic organism (such as those listed above).
- the antigenic molecule e.g., a protein
- the ligand is protein E from the envelope of West Nile Virus.
- the ligands or recognition moieties are complexed with a lipid.
- the present invention contemplates complexation of the recognition moiety with a variety of lipids and lipid containing materials, including, but not limited to, fatty acids, phospholipids, mono-, di- and tri-glycerides comprising fatty acids and/or phospholipids, lipid bilayers, and liposomes.
- the lipid containing material can be provided as multilayers, as well as braided, lamellar, helical, tubular, and fiber-like shapes, and combinations thereof.
- Standard attachment chemistries are available for attaching a recognition moiety or ligand of interest to lipids and lipids containing materials. These attachment chemistries are described in more detail below with reference to liposomes.
- the present invention utilizes liposomes.
- liposomes A variety of methods are useful for producing liposomes. Such methods are described in detail in numerous articles and have been reviewed in texts such as New (New, Liposomes: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, Oxford, [1989]), and Rosoff (Rosoff, Vesicles, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, [1996]) among others. See also, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,183,772, 6,306,598, 6,180,784, 6,740,643, and 6,706,922, all of which are incorporated herein by reference, for methods of forming liposomes and other lipid containing materials.
- the liposomes are prepared using a probe sonication methods.
- Methods of derivatizing lipids with a diverse range of compounds e.g., carbohydrates, proteins, nucleic acids, and other chemical groups
- carboxylic acid on the terminal end of lipids can be easily modified to form esters, phosphate esters, amino groups, ammoniums, hydrazines, polyethylene oxides, amides, and many other compounds.
- These chemical groups provide linking groups for carbohydrates, proteins, nucleic acids, and other chemical groups (e.g., carboxylic acids can be directly linked to proteins by making the activated ester, followed by reaction to free amine groups on a protein to form an amide linkage).
- Examples of antibodies attached to Langmuir films are known in the art (See e.g., Tronin et al., Langmuir 11: 385 [1995]; and Vikhohn et al., Langmuir 12: 3276 [1996]).
- There are numerous other means to couple materials to membranes, or incorporate materials within a membrane including for example, coupling of proteins or nucleic acids to polymer membranes (See e.g., Bamford et al. Adv. Mat. 6: 550 [1994]); coupling of proteins to self-assembled organic monolayers (See e.g., Willner et al., Adv. Mat.
- Ligands e.g. proteins, nucleic acids, and carbohydrates
- Ligands can be conveniently attached to the derivatized lipids.
- ligands or recognition moieties are covalently linked to the head groups of lipid monomers. In other embodiments, ligands or recognition moieties are covalently linked to the surface of a lipid containing material (e.g., proteins and antibodies with multiple amine and thiol linkages to the material surface). Ins till other embodiments, ligands or recognition moieties are non-covalently incorporated into the biopolymeric material (e.g., ganglioside incorporated into the membrane of films and liposomes).
- substrates that are useful in practicing the present invention can be made of practically any physicochemically stable material.
- the substrate material is non-reactive towards the constituents of the mesogenic layer.
- the substrates can be either rigid or flexible and can be either optically transparent or optically opaque.
- the substrates can be electrical insulators, conductors or semiconductors. Further, the substrates can be substantially impermeable to liquids, vapors and/or gases or, alternatively, the substrates can be permeable to one or more of these classes of materials.
- Exemplary substrate materials include, but are not limited to, inorganic crystals, inorganic glasses, inorganic oxides, metals, organic polymers and combinations thereof.
- the substrates have microchannels therein for the delivery of sample and/or other reagents to the substrate surface or detection regions thereon.
- the design and use of microchannels are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,425,972, 6,418,968, 6447727, 6432720, 5976336, 5882465, 5876675, 6186660, 6100541, 6379974, 6267858, 6251343, 6238538, 6182733, 6068752, 6429025, 6413782, 6274089, 6150180, 6046056, 6358387, 6321791, 6326083, 6171067, and 6167910, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- inorganic crystals and inorganic glasses are utilized as substrate materials (e.g., LiF, NaF, NaCl, KBr, KI, CaF 2 , MgF 2 , HgF 2 , BN, AsS 3 , ZnS, Si 3 N 4 and the like).
- substrate materials e.g., LiF, NaF, NaCl, KBr, KI, CaF 2 , MgF 2 , HgF 2 , BN, AsS 3 , ZnS, Si 3 N 4 and the like.
- the crystals and glasses can be prepared by art standard techniques (See, e.g., Goodman, C. H. L., Crystal Growth Theory and Techniques, Plenum Press, New York 1974). Alternatively, the crystals can be purchased commercially (e.g., Fischer Scientific).
- the crystals can be the sole component of the substrate or they can be coated with one or more additional substrate components.
- a crystal can constitute a portion of a substrate which contacts another portion of the substrate made of a different material, or a different physical form (e.g., a glass) of the same material.
- a different material e.g., a glass
- Other useful substrate configurations utilizing inorganic crystals and/or glasses will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
- inorganic oxides are utilized as the substrate.
- Inorganic oxides of use in the present invention include, for example, Cs 2 O, Mg(OH) 2 , TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , CeO 2 , Y 2 O 3 , Cr 2 O 3 , Fe 2 O 3 , NiO, ZnO, Al 2 O 3 , SiO 2 (glass), quartz, In 2 O 3 , SnO 2 , PbO 2 and the like.
- the inorganic oxides can be utilized in a variety of physical forms such as films, supported powders, glasses, crystals and the like.
- a substrate can consist of a single inorganic oxide or a composite of more than one inorganic oxide.
- a composite of inorganic oxides can have a layered structure (i.e., a second oxide deposited on a first oxide) or two or more oxides can be arranged in a contiguous non-layered structure.
- one or more oxides can be admixed as particles of various sizes and deposited on a support such as a glass or metal sheet.
- a layer of one or more inorganic oxides can be intercalated between two other substrate layers (e.g., metal-oxide-metal, metal-oxide-crystal).
- the substrate is a rigid structure that is impermeable to liquids and gases.
- the substrate consists of a glass plate onto which a metal, such as gold is layered by evaporative deposition.
- the substrate is a glass plate (SiO 2 ) onto which a first metal layer such as titanium has been layered. A layer of a second metal such as gold is then layered on top of the first metal layer.
- metals are utilized as substrates.
- the metal can be used as a crystal, a sheet or a powder.
- the metal can be deposited onto a backing by any method known to those of skill in the art including, but not limited to, evaporative deposition, sputtering, electroless deposition, electrolytic deposition and adsorption or deposition of preform particles of the metal including metallic nanoparticles.
- metals that are chemically inert towards the mesogenic layer will be useful as a substrate in the present invention.
- Metals that are reactive or interactive towards the mesogenic layer will also be useful in the present invention.
- Metals that are presently preferred as substrates include, but are not limited to, gold, silver, platinum, palladium, nickel and copper.
- more than one metal is used. The more than one metal can be present as an alloy or they can be formed into a layered “sandwich” structure, or they can be laterally adjacent to one another.
- the metal used for the substrate is gold. In a particularly preferred embodiment the metal used is gold layered on titanium.
- the metal layers can be either permeable or impermeable to materials such as liquids, solutions, vapors and gases.
- organic polymers are utilized as substrate materials.
- Organic polymers useful as substrates in the present invention include polymers that are permeable to gases, liquids and molecules in solution. Other useful polymers are those that are impermeable to one or more of these same classes of compounds.
- Organic polymers that form useful substrates include, for example, polyalkenes (e.g., polyethylene, polyisobutene, polybutadiene), polyacrylics (e.g., polyacrylate, polymethyl methacrylate, polycyanoacrylate), polyvinyls (e.g., polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl butyral, polyvinyl chloride), polystyrenes, polycarbonates, polyesters, polyurethanes, polyamides, polyimides, polysulfone, polysiloxanes, polyheterocycles, cellulose derivative (e.g., methyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, nitrocellulose), polysilanes, fluorinated polymers, epoxies, polyethers and phenolic resins (See, Cognard, J.
- polyalkenes e.g., polyethylene, polyisobutene, polybutadiene
- polyacrylics e
- organic polymers include polydimethylsiloxane, polyethylene, polyacrylonitrile, cellulosic materials, polycarbonates and polyvinyl pyridinium.
- the substrate is permeable and it consists of a layer of gold, or gold over titanium, which is deposited on a polymeric membrane, or other material, that is permeable to liquids, vapors and/or gases.
- the liquids and gases can be pure compounds (e.g., chloroform, carbon monoxide) or they can be compounds which are dispersed in other molecules (e.g., aqueous protein solutions, herbicides in air, alcoholic solutions of small organic molecules).
- Useful permeable membranes include, but are not limited to, flexible cellulosic materials (e.g., regenerated cellulose dialysis embranes), rigid cellulosic materials (e.g., cellulose ester dialysis membranes), rigid olyvinylidene fluoride membranes, polydimethylsiloxane and track etched polycarbonate membranes.
- flexible cellulosic materials e.g., regenerated cellulose dialysis embranes
- rigid cellulosic materials e.g., cellulose ester dialysis membranes
- rigid olyvinylidene fluoride membranes e.g., polydimethylsiloxane and track etched polycarbonate membranes.
- the layer of gold on the permeable membrane is itself permeable.
- the permeable gold layer has a thickness of about 70 Angstroms or less.
- the film can be as thick as is necessary for a particular application.
- the film can be thicker than in an embodiment in which it is necessary for the film to be transparent or semi-transparent to light.
- the film is of a thickness of from about 0.01 nanometer to about 1 micrometer. In a further preferred embodiment, the film is of a thickness of from about 5 nanometers to about 100 nanometers. In yet a further preferred embodiment, the film is of a thickness of from about 10 nanometers to about 50 nanometers.
- the substrates of the present invention are provided in a variety of formats.
- the substrates may present planar or curved surfaces or be beads.
- the bead format is especially useful for the indirect detection methods described below.
- the bead substrates of the present invention may comprise any of the substrate materials described above.
- the beads are commercially available beads such as agarose beads, acrylic beads, or latex beads.
- the beads are magnetic.
- the beads are coated with a metal such as silver or gold.
- substrates such column chromatography media may be used to capture analytes.
- substrates examples include immunoaffinity columns (i.e., columns containing media functionalized with antigen binding proteins), protein-A affinity columns, cation exchange columns such as S-SEPHAROSE, SP-SEPHAROSE, and carboxymethyl cellulose, anion exchange columns such as DEAE Cellulose, QAE SEPHADEX, and FAST Q SEPHAROSE, sizing columns such as ULTRAGEL columns, phsosphocelluse columns, heparin sulfate columns, and the like. Following elution for the columns analytes are detected as described in detail below.
- immunoaffinity columns i.e., columns containing media functionalized with antigen binding proteins
- protein-A affinity columns such as S-SEPHAROSE, SP-SEPHAROSE, and carboxymethyl cellulose
- anion exchange columns such as DEAE Cellulose, QAE SEPHADEX, and FAST Q SEPHAROSE
- sizing columns such as ULTRAGEL columns, phsosphocelluse columns,
- the surface of the substrate is functionalized so that a recognition moiety is immobilized on the surface of the substrate.
- the immobilized recognition moiety forms a detection region.
- a plurality of detection regions are formed on the surface of the substrate.
- the same recognition moiety is provided on two or more of the plurality of detection regions, while in other embodiments, at least two different recognition moieties are immobilized on one or more of the plurality of detection regions.
- the recognition moieties are arrayed in discreet detection regions on the substrate surfaces by the methods described in more detail below.
- the surface of the substrate is first functionalized by forming a self-assembled monolayer (SAM) on the substrate surface.
- SAM self-assembled monolayer
- Self-assembled monolayers are generally depicted as an assembly of organized, closely packed linear molecules.
- Additional methods include techniques such as depositing a vapor of the monolayer precursor onto a substrate surface and the layer-by-layer deposition of polymers and polyelectrolytes from solution (Ladam et al., Protein Adsorption onto Auto-Assembled Polyelectrolyte Films, Langmuir; 2001; 17(3); 878-882).
- composition of a layer of a SAM useful in the present invention can be varied over a wide range of compound structures and molar ratios.
- the SAM is formed from only one compound.
- the SAM is formed from two or more components.
- one component is a long-chain hydrocarbon having a chain length of between 10 and 25 carbons and a second component is a short-chain hydrocarbon having a chain length of between 1 and 9 carbon atoms.
- the SAM is formed from CH 3 (CH 2 ) 15 SH and CH 3 (CH 2 ) 4 SH or CH 3 (CH 2 ) 15 SH and CH 3 (CH 2 ) 9 SH.
- the carbon chains can be functionalized at the ⁇ -terminus (e.g., NH 2 , COOH, OH, CN), at internal positions of the chain (e.g., aza, oxa, thia) or at both the co-terminus and internal positions of the chain.
- ⁇ -terminus e.g., NH 2 , COOH, OH, CN
- internal positions of the chain e.g., aza, oxa, thia
- a recognition moiety can be attached to the surface of a SAM by any of a large number of art-known attachment methods.
- a reactive SAM component is attached to the substrate and the recognition moiety is subsequently bound to the SAM component via the reactive group on the component and a group of complementary reactivity on the recognition moiety (See, e.g., Hegner et al. Biophys. J. 70: 2052-2066 (1996)).
- the recognition moiety is attached to the SAM component prior to immobilizing the SAM component on the substrate surface: the recognition moiety-SAM component cassette is then attached to the substrate.
- the recognition moiety is attached to the substrate via a displacement reaction.
- the SAM is preformed and then a fraction of the SAM components are displaced by a recognition moiety or a SAM component bearing a virus recognition moiety.
- the polypeptide recognition moieties are adsorbed directly onto hydrophobic monolayers such as CH 3 (CH 2 ) 15 SH.
- the recognition moiety is an antibody or other molecule that binds to protein A
- protein A is first attached to the monolayer followed by the antibody, which is bound by protein A.
- reactive SAM components refers to components that have a functional group available for reaction with a recognition moiety or other species following the attachment of the component to the substrate.
- reaction available with reactive SAM components are those that proceed under relatively mild conditions. These include, but are not limited to nucleophilic substitutions (e.g., reactions of amines and alcohols with acyl halides), electrophilic substitutions (e.g., enamine reactions) and additions to carbon-carbon and carbon-heteroatom multiple bonds (e.g., Michael reaction, Diels-Alder addition). These and other useful reactions are discussed in March, ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, Third Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1985.
- nucleophilic substitutions e.g., reactions of amines and alcohols with acyl halides
- electrophilic substitutions e.g., enamine reactions
- additions to carbon-carbon and carbon-heteroatom multiple bonds e.g., Michael reaction, Diels-Alder addition.
- a substrate's surface is functionalized with SAM, components and other species by covalently binding a reactive SAM component to the substrate surface in such a way as to derivatize the substrate surface with a plurality of available reactive functional groups.
- Reactive groups which can be used in practicing the present invention include, for example, amines, hydroxyl groups, carboxylic acids, carboxylic acid derivatives, alkenes, sulfhydryls, siloxanes, etc.
- reaction types are available for the functionalization of a substrate surface.
- substrates constructed of a plastic such as polypropylene can be surface derivatized by chromic acid oxidation, and subsequently converted to hydroxylated or aminomethylated surfaces.
- Substrates made from highly crosslinked divinylbenzene can be surface derivatized by chloromethylation and subsequent functional group manipulation.
- functionalized substrates can be made from etched, reduced polytetrafluoroethylene.
- the surface can be derivatized by reacting the surface Si—OH, SiO—H, and/or Si—Si groups with a functionalizing reagent.
- the substrate is made of a metal film, the surface can be derivatized with a material displaying avidity for that metal.
- the covalent bonding of the reactive group to the glass surface is achieved by conversion of groups on the substrate's surface by a silicon modifying reagent such as: (RO) 3 —Si—R 1 —X 1 (1) where R is an alkyl group, such as methyl or ethyl, R 1 is a linking group between silicon and X and X is a reactive group or a protected reactive group.
- the reactive group can also be a recognition moiety as discussed below.
- Silane derivatives having halogens or other leaving groups beside the displayed alkoxy groups are also useful in the present invention.
- siloxane functionalizing reagents can be used, for example:
- the substrate is at least partially a metal film, such as a gold film, and the reactive group is tethered to the metal surface by an agent displaying avidity for that surface.
- the substrate is at least partially a gold film and the group which reacts with the metal surface comprises a thiol, sulfide or disulfide such as: Y—S—R 2 —X 2 (2)
- R 2 is a linking group between sulfur and X 2 and X 2 is a reactive group or a protected reactive group.
- X 2 can also be a recognition moiety as discussed below.
- Y is a member selected from the group consisting of H, R 3 and R 3 —S—, wherein R 2 and R 3 are independently selected.
- thiols A large number of functionalized thiols, sulfides and disulfides are commercially available (Aldrich Chemical Co., St. Louis). Additionally, those of skill in the art have available to them a manifold of synthetic routes with which to produce additional such molecules.
- amine-functionalized thiols can be produced from the corresponding halo-amines, halo-carboxylic acids, etc. by reaction of these halo precursors with sodium sulfhydride. See, e.g., Reid, ORGANIC CHEMISTRY of BIVALENT SULFUR, VOL 1, pp. 21-29, 32-35, vol. 5, pp. 27-34, Chemical Publishing Co., New York, 1.958, 1963.
- functionalized sulfides can be prepared via alkylthio-de-halogenation with a mercaptan salt (See, Reid, ORGANIC CHEMISTRY OF BIVALENT SULFUR, vol. 2, pp. 16-21, 24-29, vol. 3, pp. 11-14, Chemical Publishing Co., New York, 1960).
- a mercaptan salt See, Reid, ORGANIC CHEMISTRY OF BIVALENT SULFUR, vol. 2, pp. 16-21, 24-29, vol. 3, pp. 11-14, Chemical Publishing Co., New York, 1960.
- Other methods for producing compounds useful in practicing the present invention will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
- the functionalizing reagent provides for more than one reactive group per each reagent molecule.
- each reactive site on the substrate surface is, in essence, “amplified” to two or more functional groups: (RO) 3 —Si—R 2 —(X 2 ) n (3) where R is an alkyl group, such as methyl, R 2 is a linking group between silicon and X 2 , X 2 is a reactive group or a protected reactive group and n is an integer between 2 and 50, and more preferably between 2 and 20.
- Similar amplifying molecules are also of use in those embodiments wherein the substrate is at least partially a metal film.
- the group which reacts with the metal surface comprises a thiol, sulfide or disulfide such as in Formula (4): Y—S—R 2 —(X 2 ) n (4)
- R 2 is a linking group between sulfur and X 2 and X 2 is a reactive group or a protected reactive group.
- X 2 can also be a recognition moiety.
- Y is a member selected from the group consisting of H, R 3 and R 3 —S—, wherein R 2 and R 3 are independently selected.
- R groups of use for R 1 , R 2 and R 3 in the above described embodiments of the present invention include, but are not limited to, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted arylalkyl, acyl, halogen, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, alkoxy, acyloxy, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl, mercapto, saturated cyclic hydrocarbon, unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic and heterocyclicalkyl groups.
- each of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are either stable or they can be cleaved by chemical or photochemical reactions.
- R groups comprising ester or disulfide bonds can be cleaved by hydrolysis and reduction, respectively.
- R groups which are cleaved by light such as, for example, nitrobenzyl derivatives, phenacyl groups, benzoin esters, etc.
- Other such cleaveable groups are well-known to those of skill in the art.
- the organosulfur compound is partially or entirely halogenated.
- An example of compounds useful in this embodiment include: X 1 Q 2 C(CQ 1 2 ) m Z 1 (CQ 2 2 ) n SH (5) wherein, X 1 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, halogen reactive groups and protected reactive groups. Reactive groups can also be recognition moieties as discussed below.
- Q, Q 1 and Q 2 are independently members selected from the group consisting of H and halogen.
- Z 1 is a member selected from the group consisting of —CQ 2 —, —CQ 1 2 —, —CQ 2 2 —, —O—, —S—, NR 4 —, —C(O)NR 4 and R 4 NC(O0-, in which R 4 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic groups and m and n are independently a number between 0 and 40.
- the organic layer comprises a compound according to Formula 5 above, in which Q, Q 1 and Q 2 are independently members selected from the group consisting of H and fluorine.
- the organic layer comprises compounds having a structure according to Formulae (6) and (7): CF 3 (CF 2 ) m Z 1 (CH 2 ) n SH (6) CF 3 (CF 2 ) o Z 2 (CH 2 ) p SH (7) wherein, Z 1 and Z 2 are members independently selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, NR 4 , —C(O)NR 4 and R 4 NC(O)— in which R 4 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic groups.
- the Z groups of adjacent molecules participate in either an attractive (e.g., hydrogen bonding) or repulsive (e.g., antimony bonding) or e.g., sodium bicarbon
- m is a number between 0 and 40
- n is a number between 0 and 40
- o is a number between 0 and 40
- p is a number between 0 and 40.
- the compounds of Formulae 6 and 7 are used in conjunction with an organosulfur compound, either halogentated or unhalogenated, that bears a recognition moiety.
- the organic layer when the organic layer is formed from a halogenated organosulfur compound, the organic layer can comprise a single halogenated compound or more than one halogenated compound having different structures. Additionally, these layers can comprise a non-halogenated organosulfur compound.
- the reactive functional groups (X 1 and X 2 ) are, for example:
- the reactive moieties can also be recognition moieties.
- the nature of these groups is discussed in greater detail below.
- the reactive functional groups can be chosen such that they do not participate in, or interfere with, the reaction controlling the attachment of the functionalized SAM component onto the substrate's surface.
- the reactive functional group can be protected from participating in the reaction by the presence of a protecting group.
- a protecting group Those of skill in the art will understand how to protect a particular functional group from interfering with a chosen set of reaction conditions. For examples of useful protecting groups, see Greene et al., PROTECTIVE GROUPS IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991.
- the SAM component bearing the recognition moiety is attached directly and essentially irreversibly via a “stable bond” to the surface of the substrate.
- a “stable bond”, as used herein, is a bond which maintains its chemical integrity over a wide range of conditions (e.g., amide, carbamate, carbon-carbon, ether, etc.).
- the SAM component bearing the recognition moiety is attached to the substrate surface by a “cleaveable bond”.
- a “cleaveable bond”, as used herein, is a bond that is designed to undergo scission under conditions which do not degrade other bonds in the recognition moiety-analyte complex. Cleaveable bonds include, but are not limited to, disulfide, imine, carbonate and ester bonds.
- the recognition moiety attached to a SAM component having a structure that is different than that of the constituents of the bulk SAM.
- the group to which the recognition moiety is bound is referred to as a “spacer arm” or “spacer.”
- spacer arms the properties of the SAM adjacent to the recognition moiety can be controlled. Properties that are usefully controlled include, for example, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, surface-activity and the distance of the recognition moiety from the plane of the substrate and/or the SAM.
- the recognition moiety can be attached to the substrate or the surface of the SAM via an amine terminated poly(ethyleneglycol). Numerous other combinations of spacer arms and SAMs are accessible to those of skill in the art.
- the hydrophilicity of the substrate surface can be enhanced by reaction with polar molecules such as amine-, hydroxyl- and polyhydroxylcontaining molecules.
- polar molecules such as amine-, hydroxyl- and polyhydroxylcontaining molecules.
- Representative examples include, but are not limited to, polylysine, polyethyleneimine, poly(ethyleneglycol) and poly(propyleneglycol).
- Suitable functionalization chemistries and strategies for these compounds are known in the art (See, for example, Dunn, R. L., et al., Eds. POLYMERIC DRUGS AND DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS, ACS Symposium Series Vol. 469, American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C. 1991).
- the hydrophobicity of the substrate surface can be modulated by using a hydrophobic spacer arm such as, for example, long chain diamines, long chain thiols, ⁇ , ⁇ -amino acids, etc.
- a hydrophobic spacer arm such as, for example, long chain diamines, long chain thiols, ⁇ , ⁇ -amino acids, etc.
- Representative hydrophobic spacers include, but are not limited to, 1,6-hexanediamine, 1,8-octanediamine, 6-aminohexanoic acid and 8-aminooctanoic acid.
- the substrate surface can also be made surface-active by attaching to the substrate surface a spacer which has surfactant properties.
- Compounds useful for this purpose include, for example, aminated or hydroxylated detergent molecules such as, for example, 1-aminododecanoic acid.
- the spacer serves to distance the virus recognition moiety from the substrate or SAM.
- Spacers with this characteristic have several uses. For example, a recognition moiety held too closely to the substrate or SAM surface may not react with incoming analyte, or it may react unacceptably slowly. When an analyte is itself sterically demanding, the reaction leading to recognition moiety-analyte complex formation can be undesirably slowed, or not occur at all, due to the monolithic substrate hindering the approach of the two components.
- the physicochemical characteristics (e.g., hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, surface activity, conformation) of the substrate surface and/or SAM are altered by attaching a monovalent moiety which is different in composition than the constituents of the bulk SAM and which does not bear a recognition moiety.
- monovalent moiety refers to organic molecules with only one reactive functional group. This functional group attaches the molecule to the substrate.
- “Monovalent moieties” are to be contrasted with the bifunctional “spacer” groups described above. Such monovalent groups are used to modify the hydrophilicity, hydrophobicity, binding characteristics, etc. of the substrate surface. Examples of groups useful for this purpose include long chain alcohols, amines, fatty acids, fatty acid derivatives, poly(ethyleneglycol) monomethyl ethers, etc.
- the components can be contacted with the substrate as a mixture of SAM components or, alternatively, the components can be added individually.
- the mole ratio of a mixture of the components in solution results in the same ratio in the mixed SAM.
- the two components do not phase segregate into islands (See, Bain and Whitesides, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 111: 7164 (1989)).
- This feature of SAMs can be used to immobilize recognition moieties or bulky modifying groups in such a manner that certain interactions, such as steric hindrance, between these molecules is minimized.
- a first SAM component is attached to the substrate's surface by “underlabeling” the surface functional groups with less than a stoichiometric equivalent of the first component.
- the first component can be a SAM component liked to a terminal reactive group or recognition group, a spacer arm or a monovalent moiety.
- the second component is contacted with the substrate. This second component can either be added in stoichiometric equivalence, stoichiometric excess or can again be used to underlabel to leave sites open for a third component.
- the substrates are coated with polyimide layer. It is contemplated that polyimide coated substrates are especially useful because in some instances, the surfaces homeotropically orient a liquid crystal, while in other instances the surfaces can be rubbed to provide an anisotropic surface for orient a liquid crystal.
- a substrate such as a silicon wafer is coated with a polyimide.
- the substrate is spin coated with the polyimide.
- a variety of polyimides find use with the present invention, including, but not limited to Nissan 7210, Nissan 3510, Nissan 410, Nissan 3140, Nissan 5291, and Japan Synthetic Rubber JALS 146-R19 for planar alignment of liquid crystals and Nissan 7511L and SE 1211 for homeotropic orientation of liquid crystals. Surprising, it has been found that the ability of rubbed polyimide surfaces to orient liquid crystals is maintained when a recognition moiety is displayed on the rubbed surface, and then masked when an analyte binds the recognition moiety.
- areas where an analyte is bound have a non-ordered liquid crystal and appear white or bright when viewed through cross polars and areas where analyte is not bound remain ordered and appear dark when viewed through cross polars.
- polyimide surfaces that homeotropically orient liquid crystals can be used to report non-specific binding to the surface.
- areas where an analyte is bound have a disordered liquid crystal appear white or bright when viewed through cross polars and areas where no analyte is bound maintain the homeotropic orientation and appear dark.
- liquid crystals show different response to the specific binding event. Therefore, it is possible to tune the assays by using different liquid crystalline materials such as, 5CB, BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and (p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline (MBBA) with different optical and dielectric properties.
- liquid crystalline materials such as, 5CB, BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and (p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline (MBBA) with different optical and dielectric properties.
- the recognition moiety is immobilized on a substrate by direct adsorption.
- an antibody can be immobilized onto a thin film of polyurethane spin coated onto a gold substrate surface.
- virus recognition moiety is a polynucleotide or polypeptide
- a plurality of virus recognition moieties are arrayed on the substrates using photo activated chemistry, microcontact printing, and ink-jet printing.
- photolithography is utilized (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,045,996; 5,925,525; and 5,858,659; each of which is herein incorporated by reference).
- the process constructs high-density arrays of oligonucleotides, with each probe in a predefined position in the array.
- Multiple probe arrays are synthesized simultaneously on, for example, a large glass wafer. The wafers are then diced, and individual probe arrays are packaged in injection-molded plastic cartridges, which protect them from the environment and serve as chambers for hybridization.
- nucleic acid virus recognition moieties are electronically captured on a suitable substrate (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,017,696; 6,068,818; and 6,051,380; each of which are herein incorporated by reference).
- a suitable substrate See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,017,696; 6,068,818; and 6,051,380; each of which are herein incorporated by reference.
- virus recognition moieties are arrayed on a suitable substrate by utilizing differences in surface tension (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,001,311; 5,985,551; and 5,474,796; each of which is herein incorporated by reference).
- This technology is based on the fact that fluids can be segregated on a flat surface by differences in surface tension that have been imparted by chemical coatings.
- oligonucleotide probes are synthesized directly on the chip by ink-jet printing of reagents.
- the array with its reaction sites defined by surface tension is mounted on a X/Y translation stage under a set of four piezoelectric nozzles, one for each of the four standard DNA bases.
- the remainder of the substrate is blocked to guard against non-specific binding to the substrate surface.
- suitable blocking agents include, but are not limited to, serum albumins, zwitterionic polymers, adsorbed lipid layers, dextran and other sugars, cross-linked lipids, polyethylene oxide, polyoxazolines, hydrogels, and milk.
- the blocking agent bovine serum albumin, human serum albumin or equine serum albumin.
- thermotropic or lyotropic liquid crystals can exist in a number of forms including nematic, chiral nematic, smectic, polar smectic, chiral smectic, frustrated phases and discotic phases.
- the mesogen is a member selected from the group consisting of 4-cyano-4′-pentylbiphenyl, N-(4methoxybenzylidene)-4-butlyaniline and combinations thereof.
- the mesogenic layer can be a substantially pure compound, or it can contain other compounds which enhance or alter characteristics of the mesogen.
- the mesogenic layer further comprises a second compound, for example and alkane, which expands the temperature range over which the nematic and isotropic phases exist. Use of devices having mesogenic layers of this composition allows for detection of the analyte recognition moiety interaction over a greater temperature range.
- the mesogenic layer further comprises a dichroic dye or fluorescent compound.
- dichroic dyes and fluorescent compounds useful in the present invention include, but are not limited to, azobenzene, BTBP, polyazo compounds, anthraquinone, perylene dyes, and the like.
- a dichroic dye of fluorescent compound is selected that complements the orientation dependence of the liquid crystal so that polarized light is not required to read the assay.
- the dichroic dye or fluorescent compound is used in combination with a fluorimeter and the changes in fluorescence are used to detect changes in orientation of the liquid crystal.
- the present invention provides methods and devices for the direct detection of entities having a biological membrane, including viruses and bacteria that are pathogens.
- the systems and devices of the present invention can be of any configuration that allows for the contact of a mesogenic layer with an organic layer or inorganic layer (e.g., metal, metal salt or metal oxide).
- organic layer or inorganic layer e.g., metal, metal salt or metal oxide.
- the only limitations on size and shape are those that arise from the situation in which the device is used or the purpose for which it is intended.
- the device can be planar or non-planar. Thus, it is within the scope of the present invention to use any number of polarizers, lenses, filters lights, and the like to practice the present invention.
- the systems and devices of the present invention find use in the detection of variety of viruses and entities having lipid membranes.
- entities having lipid membranes include, but are not limited to, viruses, bacteria, liposomes, cells, mycoplasmas, protozoans, fungi and the like.
- the present invention is not limited to the detection of any particular type of virus. Indeed, the present invention contemplates the detection of a variety of viruses, including viruses from the following families: Adenoviridae, Arenaviridae, Astroviridae, Bimaviridae, Bunyaviridae, Caliciviridae, Circoviridae, Coronaviridae, Filoviridae, Flaviviridae, Hepadnaviridae, Herpesviridae, Iridoviridae, Filoviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Papovaviridae, Paramyxoviridae, Parvoviridae, Picomaviridae, Poxyiridae, Reoviridae, Retroviridae, Rhabdoviridae, Togaviridae, Badnavirus, Bromoviridae, Comoviridae, Geminiviridae, Partitiviridae, Potyviridae, Sequiviridae, and Tombus
- the present invention is not limited to the detection of any particular type of bacteria. Indeed, the detection of variety of bacteria is contemplated, including, but not limited to Gram-positive cocci such as Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes (group A), Streptococcus spp. (viridans group), Streptococcus agalactiae (group B), S.
- Gram-positive cocci such as Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes (group A), Streptococcus spp. (viridans group), Streptococcus agalactiae (group B), S.
- Gram-negative cocci such as Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitidis , and Branhamella catarrhalis
- Gram-positive bacilli such as Bacillus anthracis, Bacillus subtilis, Corynebacterium diphtheriae and Corynebacterium species which are diptheroids (aerobic and anerobic), Listeria monocytogenes, Clostridium tetani, Clostridium difficile, Escherichia coli, Enterobacter species, Proteus mirablis and other spp., Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Campylobacter jejuni, Legionella peomophilia, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Clostridium tetani,
- Bacterial infections result in diseases such as bacteremia, pneumonia, meningitis, osteomyelitis, endocarditis, sinusitis, arthritis, urinary tract infections, tetanus, gangrene, colitis, acute gastroenteritis, bronchitis, and a variety of abscesses, nosocomial infections, and opportunistic infections.
- the present invention is not limited to the detection of any particular fungi.
- fungi include, but are not limited to, dermatophytes (e.g., Microsporum canis and other M. spp.; and Trichophyton spp. such as T. rubrum , and T. mentagrophytes ), yeasts (e.g., Candida albicans, C. Tropicalis , or other Candida species), Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Torulopsis glabrata, Epidermophyton floccosum, Malassezia furfur ( Pityropsporon orbiculare , or P.
- dermatophytes e.g., Microsporum canis and other M. spp.
- Trichophyton spp. such as T. rubrum , and T. mentagrophytes
- yeasts e.g., Candida albicans, C. Tropicalis , or other Candida species
- Saccharomyces cerevisiae Saccharomyces cerevisia
- Superficial mycoses include tinea capitis, tinea corporis, tinea pedis, onychomoycosis, perionychomycosis, pityriasis versicolor, oral thrush, and other candidoses such as vaginal, respiratory tract, biliary, eosophageal, and urinary tract candidoses.
- Systemic mycoses include systemic and mucocutaneous candidosis, cryptococcosis, aspergillosis, mucormycosis (phycomycosis), paracoccidioidomycosis, North American blastomycosis, histoplasmosis, coccidioidomycosis, and sporotrichosis.
- Fungal infections also contribute to meningitis and pulmonary or respiratory tract diseases. Opportunistic fungal infections have proliferated, particularly in immunocompromised patients such as those with AIDS.
- Preferred organisms include Escherichia coli, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Aspergillus fumigatus , and Aspergillus nidulans . See Goodman and Gilman's Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, (8th ed., 1990) Table 44-1, page 1024-1033, for additional microbial pathogens, diseases, and current therapeutic agents.
- the above-described cells are generally available, for example, from the American Type Culture Collection.
- the present invention is not limited to the detection of any particular types of cells.
- examples of such cells include, but are not limited to, Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO—K1, ATCC CCl-61); bovine mammary epithelial cells (ATCC CRL 10274; bovine mammary epithelial cells); monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture; see, e.g.; Graham et al., J. Gen Virol., 36: 59 [1977]); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK, ATCC CCL 10); mouse sertoli cells (TM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod.
- monkey kidney cells (CV1 ATCC CCL 70); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL-1587); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA, ATCC CCL 2); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442); human lung cells (WI38, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51); TR1 cells (Mather et al., Annals N.Y. Acad.
- MRC 5 cells MRC 5 cells; FS4 cells; rat fibroblasts (208F cells); MDBK cells (bovine kidney cells); human hepatoma line (Hep G2), and, for example, the following cancerous cells or cells isolated from the following carcinomas: fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, Ewing's tumor, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, colon carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary
- the present invention provides substrates comprising at least one detection region comprising a recognition moiety that binds to or otherwise interacts with a virus or a biological entity having a lipid membrane.
- the detection regions are discreet and created by arraying at least one recognition moiety on the surface of the substrate.
- the inventors have made the surprising discovery that viral particles bound to a virus recognition moiety on a substrate surface provide for the homeotropic orientation of mesogens in a liquid crystal independent of the presence of any other homeotropic director (e.g., surface topography that causes homeotropic orientation) in the detection region.
- the detection region does not include structures which homeotropically orient mesogens in a liquid crystal in the absence of virus or entity with a lipid membrane bound to or otherwise interacting with the detection region.
- the recognition moiety is immobilized on the substrate as described in detail above.
- a plurality of recognition moieties are arrayed on the surface of the substrate so that multiplexed assays for a variety of viruses and/or entities having a lipid membrane can be performed simultaneously.
- the control regions are included on the substrate that comprise control species immobilized on the surface of the substrate or which provide a site to contact with a control sample containing a known amount of the entity that is being detected.
- the present invention is not limited to any particular method of detection a change in the orientation of the mesogens in the device.
- the light can be used to simply illuminate details of the mesogenic layer to provide for visual detection.
- the light can be passed through the mesogenic layer and the amount of light transmitted, absorbed or reflected can be measured.
- the device can utilize a backlighting device such as that described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,739,879. Light in the ultraviolet and infrared regions is also of use in the present invention.
- Microscopic techniques can utilize simple light microscopy, confocal microscopy, polarized light microscopy, atomic force microscopy (Hu et al., Langmuir 13: 5114-5119 (1997)), scanning tunneling microscopy (Evoy et al., J. Vac. Sci. Technol A 15: 1438-1441, Part 2 (1997)), and the like.
- Spectroscopic techniques of use in practicing the present invention include, for example, infrared spectroscopy (Zhao et al., Langmuir 13: 2359-2362 (1997)), raman spectroscopy (Zhu et al., Chem. Phys. Lett.
- the devices of the present invention further comprise an electrode or series of electrodes.
- at least two electrodes are provided in a plane on one of the surfaces of the device substrate.
- a variety of electrodes may be utilized, including, but not limited to, interdigitated, hyperbolic, triangular and rectangular electrodes.
- the device comprises interdigitated electrodes.
- FIGS. 3 a and 3 b provide a schematic depiction of a device and preferred electrodes of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 a depicts liquid crystal molecules supported on a nanostructured surface coated with a recognition moiety (in this embodiment an antibody). In the absence of bound analyte, the mesogens assume a planar orientation.
- FIG. 3 b present a schematic of interdigitated electrodes. In this embodiment, the size of the arrows is on the order of 500 ⁇ m.
- FIG. 7 presents a schematic depiction of a substrate configured for dielectrophoresis.
- the electrode is formed on the surface of the substrate by methods known in the art (e.g., photolithography, printing, etc.).
- the electrode includes a circuit that interfaces with power source (e.g., an alternating current source) and a phase inverter.
- a mask e.g., formed from PDMS is used to contain the sample on the substrate during dielectrophoresis.
- the electrodes are utilized to transfer viral or other particles to a surface of the assay device, preferably to a surface comprising recognition moieties.
- the electrodes are also utilized to measure changes in dielectric capacitance of the device (described in more detail below and in the examples).
- a challenge that confronts the realization of rapid surface-based detection systems is the efficient capture of viruses present in the liquid sample by the assay surface.
- Most approaches rely on diffusion of virus to the surface and on enhancement of this process by either mechanical approaches to increase fluid motion or by increases in temperature. These are satisfactory approaches when sufficient numbers of virus particles are present in a reasonably large volume of sample, and the contact of sample with the surface occurs over reasonably long periods of time (hours) such as in virus neutralization, plaque reduction neutralization assays or ELISAs.
- the methods of the present invention utilize dielectrophoresis (DEP) to capture and concentrate virus particles from biological samples directly onto functionalized assay surfaces.
- DEP is the transport of polarizable particles by a non-uniform time-dependent electric field.
- the present invention is not limited to any mechanism of action. Indeed, an understanding of the mechanism of action is not necessary to practice the present invention.
- the DEP force is generated by the interaction of an induced dipole and a non-uniform field; the strength and magnitude of that field being related to the dielectric properties of the analyte (e.g., viruses) and the ionic strength of the medium in which the analyte suspended.
- the methods of the present invention contemplate dielectrophoretic forces on viruses to be of the order of 1 pN.
- This force when acting on a virus, generates velocities of 100 ⁇ s ⁇ 1 .
- the time taken for the particle to travel a 100 ⁇ m distance is on the order of Is.
- Brownian forces acting on virus particles give rise of diffusion coefficients of ⁇ 10 ⁇ 12 m 2 s ⁇ 1 .
- the time taken by the virus particle to diffuse through the same distance of 100 ⁇ m in absence of dielectrophoretic force is 1.4 hrs. It is thus contemplated that in preferred embodiments, dielectrophoretic forces can accelerate the transport of viruses to surfaces by 3 orders of magnitude.
- the present of analyte in a sample is determined by measuring the dielectric capacitance of the device.
- the present invention is not limited to a particular mechanism of action. Indeed, an understanding of the mechanism of action is not necessary to practice the present invention. Nevertheless, it is contemplated that liquid crystals have large, anisotropic electrical properties that are reflected in changes in electrical capacitance related to orientation within an electrical field.
- the method of the present invention based on dielectric transduction, relies on the principle of change in capacitance between two electrodes when dielectric properties of the medium between them changes.
- DEP is utilized to force an analyte (e.g., virus) to the analytic surface.
- the analyte When the analyte binds to the surface, it induces a change in the dielectric property of the medium between the electrodes. When this occurs, it is contemplated that only a very small fraction of the electric field distribution between electrodes will be affected and the change in capacitance between the electrodes will be negligibly small. However, in preferred embodiments, where a film of liquid crystal is placed over the bound virus, the orientational transition of the liquid crystals in response to the virus is propagated throughout the entire layer of liquid crystals affecting almost the entire electric field distribution and the change in capacitance is large and measurable with commercially available devices.
- the methods of the present invention can be utilized to detect fewer than about 10,000 analyte particles (e.g., viruses) in a sample, preferably fewer than about 1,000 analyte particles in a sample, more preferably fewer than about 100 analyte particles in a sample, and most preferably fewer than about 10 analyte particles in a sample.
- analyte particles e.g., viruses
- the present invention provides devices for detecting the change in dielectric capacitance.
- FIG. 14 provides a schematic depiction of such a device.
- the detection device preferably comprises a housing configured to receive an assay device.
- the housing has an opening therein into which the assay device is inserted.
- insertion of the assay device into the detection device causes the electrodes on the device to contact an oscillator circuit.
- a microprocessor such as DS1086 ECONOSCILLATOR, MAXIM Integrated Products Inc.
- the frequency of the applied electric fields ranges from between about 100 Hz to about 50 MHz.
- the input DC voltage is supplied from a battery source.
- the oscillator circuits provide variable output voltage and frequency by adjusting the parameters, such as capacitance/resistance of the oscillator circuit.
- the devices comprise a liquid crystal display to provide an easy read-out for the output parameters of the oscillator circuit.
- a battery charger is integrated into the device to recharge the battery.
- the detection devices comprise a microprocessor that measures the differential capacitance between the electrodes.
- the microprocessor is a MS3110 chip. This chip yields the difference between the capacitance in the form of output voltage.
- the devices of the present invention can be used to detect the presence of wide variety of biological entities in a sample, including, but not limited to those described above. Likewise, the devices of the present invention can be used to detect biological entities in a variety of samples.
- the biological sample is a biological fluid, tissue homogenate, feces, vesicular fluid, swab of an orifice or tissue, or media in which virus has been cultured or prepared.
- the biological fluid is cerebral-spinal fluid, urine, serum, plasma, nasal secretion, sputum, semen or saliva.
- Biological samples may be collected by a variety of techniques.
- whole blood is collected by one of many routes (e.g., venipuncture or fingerstick) into a tube containing an anticoagulant such as heparin or sodium citrate.
- an anticoagulant such as heparin or sodium citrate.
- the blood is mixed and then a sample is removed and placed into contact with a sensing surface.
- serum is obtained by permitting blood collected as described to form a clot in the tube.
- the tube is subjected to centrifugation or is permitted to sit for one or more hours so that the serum component separates from the cellular component.
- a sample of the serum is placed in contact with the sensing surface.
- tissue homogenates are utilized.
- Pieces of organs are either minced by scissors or blades or are placed into a container with fluid (PBS, other buffers, media, water, etc) and homogenized using a plastic pestle or by insertion of a mechanical homogenizer into the container until there are no large pieces of tissue visible.
- the preparation is centrifuged at low speed ( ⁇ 20,000 rpm for 5-60 minutes) to remove the particulate material remaining. The supernatant is placed in contact with the device substrate surface.
- spinal fluid is collected from the spinal cord by a needle. The fluid is inserted into a sterile tube. A sample of the spinal fluid is placed into contact with the device substrate surface.
- a sample of nasal secretions is collected onto a cotton or synthetic applicator swab and the swab is placed into a fluid (PBS, water, media, other buffers etc). An aliquot of the sample is placed in contact with the device substrate surface.
- a nasopharyngeal aspirate sample is collected by insertion of the swab into the nasopharynx. The swab is placed into a tube containing fluid (PBS, media, water, buffers) and a sample of the fluid is placed in contact with the device substrate surface.
- the biological sample is obtained from an intermediate host animal (e.g., a mosquito in the case of West Nile Virus).
- One or more than one mosquito is suspended in liquid such as phosphate buffered saline or other buffers or media used to grow cells in culture or water.
- the mosquitoes are homogenized by use of a disposable plastic pestle or by insertion of a mechanical homogenizer into the container.
- the mosquitoes are homogenizes until no intact insects are visible.
- the homogenate is subjected to a low speed centrifugation (e.g., 2,000 rpm for 5 minutes) and the supernatant is collected.
- the supernatant is placed into contact with a device substrate surface.
- the sample may require additional centrifugation if particulate matter is visible.
- a second substrate is provided which is configured opposite the first substrate so that cell is formed.
- the second substrate is also arrayed with recognition moieties, while in other embodiments, the second substrate is free of recognition moieties.
- the second substrate is blocked to prevent non-specific binding or resists non-specific binding.
- samples suspected of containing a virus or entity having a lipid membrane are allowed to contact a detection region(s) on the first substrate.
- the sample is allowed to contact the substrate for a period of time (e.g., for about 0.5-24 hours, preferably about 2 to 10 hours, and most preferably about 1.5 to 5 hours).
- the substrate is rocked during the incubation period.
- flowing incubation the substrate is washed with a suitable buffer (e.g., PBS).
- PBS suitable buffer
- the preceding steps can be performed in the presence or absence of the second substrate.
- the sample is applies to the substrate and the incubation and wash steps are performed without assembling a cell.
- the cell is assembled and the incubation and wash steps are performed in the cell.
- the cell is constructed if necessary.
- mesogens are then added to the cell so that a liquid crystal is formed in the cell.
- the cell is then incubated for a period of time to allow for a change to occur in the liquid crystal. In some embodiments, the change in the liquid crystal occurs immediately.
- the present assays operate a variable temperature range. In some embodiments, the incubation is conducted at about 15 to 50 degrees C., preferably from about 22 to 35 degrees C.
- the cell is assayed for whether a change in the liquid crystal has occurred over one or more of the detection regions.
- any means for detecting the change in the mesogenic layer can be incorporated into, or used in conjunction with, the device.
- binding of virus to the virus recognition moiety is detected by a change in the color and texture of the liquid crystal.
- the present invention is not limited to any particular mechanism of action. Indeed, an understanding of the mechanism of action is not necessary to practice the invention. Nevertheless, it is believed that the change in color and texture is due tilting of the mesogens in the liquid crystal prior to assumption of a homeotropic orientation.
- the light can be used to simply illuminate details of the mesogenic layer.
- the light can be passed through the mesogenic layer and the amount of light transmitted, absorbed or reflected can be measured.
- the device can utilize a backlighting device such as that described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,739,879, incorporated herein by reference. Light in the ultraviolet and infrared regions is also of use in the present invention.
- the cell is placed in between cross polar lenses and light is passed though the lenses and the cell. Areas of homeotropic orientation appear black, while areas of planar orientation appear bright. Thus, the presence of bound virus is indicated by a black field while areas where no virus is bound are indicated by a bright field.
- the present invention utilizes plate readers to detect changes in the orientation of mesogens upon binding of an analyte.
- the present invention includes methods and processes for the quantification of light transmission through films of liquid crystals based on quantification of transmitted or reflected light.
- the present invention is not limited to any particular mechanism of action. Indeed, an understanding of the mechanism of action is not required to practice the present invention. Nevertheless, it is contemplated that ordered nanostructured substrates impart order to thin films of liquid crystal placed onto their surface. These ordered films of liquid crystal preserve the plane of polarized light passed through them. If the liquid crystal possesses a well-defined distortion—such as a 90 degree twist distortion-then the liquid crystal will change the polarization of the transmitted light in a well-defined and predictable manner. It is further contemplated that ordered films (e.g., areas of homeotropic orientation) of liquid crystal differentially absorb (relative to randomly ordered films of liquid crystal) specific wavelengths of light.
- the present invention contemplates the use of plate readers to detect light transmission through an LC assay device when viewed through cross polars, the transmission of light through an LC assay device illuminated with a suitable wavelength of light, or reflection of light (i.e., polarized light or non-polarized light of specific wavelengths) from the surface of an LC assay device.
- plate readers are provided that are designed to be used in conjunction with LC assays.
- Other embodiments of the present invention provide modified commercially available readers such as ELISA readers and fluorometric readers adapted to read LC assays.
- Non-limiting examples of the plate readers useful in conjunction with the present invention are provided in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/227,974, incorporated herein by reference.
- two polarizing filters are placed in the optical pathway of the plate reader in a crossed or parallel polar configuration. One filter is placed on the emission side of the light path prior to passing through the sample while a second polarizing filter is placed on the analyzing side of the light path after light has passed through the sample but before it is collected by a sensing devise such as a photodiode or a CCD.
- An ordered liquid crystal in the LC assay device preserves the plane of polarization and the amount of light reaching the light gathering and sensing device is markedly attenuated when viewed through cross polars or markedly accentuated when viewed through parallel polars. Random organization of the liquid crystal of the LC assay device does not preserve the plane of polarization and the amount of light, passing through crossed polars, reaching the light collecting and sensing device is relatively unaffected. Accordingly, in preferred embodiments, the binding of target molecules by the recognition moieties in an LC assay device introduces disorder into the overlying thin film of LC that increases with the amount of bound target molecule.
- specific bandpass filters are placed on the excitation side of the light path before light encounters the sample as well as on the emission side of the light path (after light has passed through or is reflected by the sample but before reaching the light collecting and sensing device (e.g., photodiode or CCD). This configuration is useful for quantifying both reflected and transmitted light.
- the light collecting and sensing device e.g., photodiode or CCD.
- the present invention also provides LC assay devices configured for use in the plate reader.
- the LC assay device is formatted or arrayed according to the dimensions of standard commercially available plates (e.g., 24, 96, 384 and 1536 well plates).
- the LC assay device comprises a surface (e.g., a substrate with recognition moieties attached) that is of proper external dimensions to be accurately fit into a given commercial reader.
- the present invention provides an assay system comprising a plate reading device and an LC assay device, wherein the plate reading device and LC assay device are configured so that light provided from the plate reading device which is passed through or reflected from at least one surface of the LC assay device is detected by a detection unit of the plate reading device.
- Suitable detecting units include CCDs and photomultiplier tubes.
- plate readers that may be modified according to the present invention include, but are not limited, to those available from Nalge Nunc International Corporation (Rochester, N.Y.), Greiner America, Inc. (Lake Mary, Fla.), Akers Laboratories Inc., (Thorofare, N.J.), Alpha Diagnostic International, Inc. (San Antonio, Tex.), and Qiagen Inc. (Valencia, Calif.).
- the assays of the present find use for the non-specific detection of an analyte following specific capture.
- the analyte is captured by a capture substrate (e.g., a PDMS stamp or bead) displaying a recognition moiety that interacts with the analyte.
- the analyte is then transferred to a detection substrate to which the analyte non-specifically binds.
- the presence of the analyte on the second substrate is detected by contacting the second substrate with a liquid crystal. Areas of disorder or order within the liquid crystal are indicative of the presence of analyte.
- the assay devices are configured with electrodes as described above so that the analyte can be transferred to a surface of the assay device by use of an electric current (e.g., by dielectrophoresis).
- the electrodes are also used to measured changes in electrical properties of the device (e.g., dielectric capacitance) as a result of changes in liquid crystal orientation.
- the assays of the present invention are used for the detection of multiple species or genera of animals to a pathogenic organism.
- antibodies specific West Nile Virus have been detected in samples collected from horses, mallard ducks, pigeons, rabbits, and mice.
- these assays find use for testing samples from avian species such as crow, blue jay, eagles, sparrows and the more than 150 species of birds present in the US that are known to be infected with West Nile Viral, horses, humans, small mammals such as dogs and cats and other companion animals, rodents such as mice and rats, etc., and other wildlife such as raccoons, skunks, felines, canids, etc.
- surfaces of the detection substrate as described above are functionalized for protein binding using the chemistries described above.
- the detection substrates are substrates onto which a metal (e.g., gold) has been obliquely deposited and functionalized with 4-Aminothiophenol (ATP).
- a metal e.g., gold
- ATP 4-Aminothiophenol
- a stamp substrate surface is prepared that displays at least one recognition moiety.
- a stamp substrate is any substrate that can be used to transfer an entity that is covalently or non-covalently bound to the surface of the stamp substrate to another surface.
- suitable stamp substrates include, but are not limited to, PDMS and other elastomeric materials.
- different concentrations of the same recognition moiety are arrayed in different areas of the stamp substrate.
- a variety of different recognition moieties e.g., envelope proteins from different enveloped viruses
- multiple recognition moieties in multiple concentrations are arrayed on the stamp substrate surface.
- a control area is included on the stamp substrate surface. The recognition moiety (or recognition moieties) is then introduced to the stamp substrate surface, preferably in an array.
- the stamp substrate surface is a functionalized surface so that a covalent chemical bond is formed with the recognition moiety.
- a PDMS substrate is functionalized with disuccinimidyl suberate (DSS).
- DSS disuccinimidyl suberate
- the compound used to functionalize the surface of the stamp substrate displays a stronger affinity for the recognition moiety (e.g., an envelope protein from a virus) than the recognition moiety displays for its associated analyte (e.g., an antibody to the recognition moiety, in this case an antigen, present in serum).
- the recognition moiety e.g., an envelope protein from a virus
- analyte e.g., an antibody to the recognition moiety, in this case an antigen, present in serum.
- suitable functionalizing agents includes those that are listed above.
- the stamp substrate is then exposed to a test sample under conditions such that an analyte (e.g., binding partner of the recognition moiety) suspected of being contained in the test sample is captured by the recognition moiety on the stamp substrate.
- the test sample comprises a body fluid from a test subject.
- the stamp substrate is washed.
- the detection substrate is then contacted with the stamp substrate under conditions such that the analyte (e.g., an antibody) is transferred from the stamp substrate surface to the detection substrate.
- the compound used to functionalize the surface of the detection substrate displays a stronger affinity for the analyte than does the recognition moiety so that the analyte is detached from the recognition moiety and transferred to the detection substrate.
- the analyte is captured on a bead that displays a recognition moiety.
- the beads may be formed from latex, polymers, agarose, or other materials and in some preferred embodiments are magnetic.
- the analyte is then transferred to the detection substrate. The transfer may be accomplished in a variety of ways.
- the analyte is eluted from the beads either directly onto the detection substrate or eluted and the transferred to the detection substrate by a method such as spotting.
- the beads exposed to analyte are contacted with the detection substrate so that the analyte is transferred to the detection substrate.
- the detection substrate surface is functionalized with a moiety with a stronger affinity for the analyte than the recognition moiety on the bead so that the analyte is transferred to the detection substrate.
- the signal from the analyte is amplified by binding one or more additional molecules to the analyte prior to elution.
- the analyte used is an antibody, a secondary anti-species antibody (e.g., and anti-Fc antibody for a particular species or rabbit-anti-human antibody, mouse-anti-human antibody, mouse-anti-rabbit antibody, etc.).
- Enzyme-antibody conjugates analyte specific second antibodies, gold sol particles and other molecules and molecule systems may also be utilized.
- the analyte detection assays outlined herein may follow an amplification method such as PCR.
- the detection substrate comprises a rubbed polyimide or a polyimide that homeotropically orients a liquid crystal.
- a liquid crystal is applied to the detection substrate so that the presence of the binding partner on the detection substrate can be detected.
- a variety of liquid crystal-forming substances can be used, including those listed above.
- 5CB is used.
- the detection substrate is used to form an optical cell with another substrate and the liquid crystal is applied to a chamber formed by the two substrates.
- the foregoing methods can be adapted to detect of variety of analyte-recognition moiety combinations, including protein-protein, protein-nucleic acid, nucleic acid-nucleic-acid, and other molecular interactions.
- the detection is label free.
- this system is especially useful for multiplexed assays.
- the capture substrate can be functionalized with a variety of recognition moieties in an array that corresponds to a series of discreet detection regions on the detection substrate. Positive signals on the detection substrate can thus be correlated with the particular ligand on the stamp substrate.
- a first detection area on the detection substrate can be specific for a first analyte (e.g., an antibody specific for a particular pathogen)
- a second detection area on the detection substrate can be specific for a second analyte (e.g., an antibody specific for a second pathogen or a different antibody specific for the first pathogen to provide confirmatory results), and so on.
- the label free detection possible with the present system provides advantages over currently used processes such as ELISA.
- the present system does not require a secondary antibody to detect ligand or antigen specific antibodies from a test subject. This is important because the present system can be utilized to detect antigen/ligand specific antibodies from different species in a single assay because separate secondary antibodies specific for each species are not required. This aspect greatly increases the flexibility of the assays and time needed to respond outbreaks of a disease in a wide or previously unstudied population of subjects.
- the present system does not require a labeling systems such as radioactive, fluorescent, or enzymatic system. These systems are often relatively unstable or have short shelf lives and require specialized equipment (scintillation counters, film) that is not readily adaptable to field use.
- the ability of lipids such as liposomes to orient liquid crystals is utilized to detect an analyte.
- the present invention comtemplates the use of recognition moieties or ligands that are complexed with lipids.
- these lipid complexes e.g., liposomes
- these lipid complexes are utilized to detect the presence of an analyte in a sample or on substrate.
- lipids and lipid containing entities such liposomes can be derivatized to display a recognition moiety such as a protein or nucleic acid.
- a sample or substrate onto which a sample has been applied can then be contacted with the lipid-recognition moiety complex so that the recognition moiety binds to otherwise becomes associated with the analyte.
- the resulting analyte-recognition moiety-lipid complex can then be detected by transferring the complex to a substrate if necessary and then contacting the substrate with a liquid crystal.
- the present invention is not limited to any particular mechanism of action. Indeed, an understanding of the mechanism of action is not necessary to practice the present invention. Nevertheless, it is contemplated that the lipid portion of the complex provides homeotropic orientation to the portion of the liquid crystal in contact with the lipid. The homeotropic orientation can be detected by the methods described above.
- these assays can utilize low-cost simple substrates that do not provide an anisotropic surface or surface that is otherwise derivatized with an organic layer.
- the substrates have anisotropic surfaces or derivatized surfaces as described above if desired.
- the lipid-recognition moiety complexes are used as secondary binding agents to detect an analyte-recognition moiety complex.
- an analyte may first be contacted with a first recognition moiety.
- the first recognition moiety is a ligand for a second recognition moiety complexed with a lipid.
- the analyte-first recognition moiety complex is then contacted with the second recognition moiety-lipid complex so that the second recognition moiety binds to the first recognition moiety, thus labeling the analyte-first recognition moiety complex with the lipid.
- the presence of the lipid can then be detected as described above.
- the first recognition moiety is fused to either avidin or biotin so that a lipid complex comprising either avidin or biotin can be used as the secondary binding agent.
- the second recognition moiety can be protein A or an antibody that binds to the first antibody, for example, to the Fc region.
- kits for the detection of analytes comprise one or more substrates as described in detail above.
- the kits comprise capture and detection substrates.
- the capture substrates are beads or stamps.
- the kits comprise a substrate that can be used in conjunction with the detection substrate to assemble a liquid crystal cell.
- the kits comprise a vial containing mesogens.
- the kits comprise at least one vial containing a control analyte or analytes.
- the kit comprises instructions for using the reagents contained in the kit for the detection of at least one type of analyte.
- the instructions further comprise the statement of intended use required by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in labeling in vitro diagnostic products.
- FDA U.S. Food and Drug Administration
- the FDA classifies in vitro diagnostics as medical devices and requires that they be approved through the 510(k) procedure.
- Information required in an application under 510(k) includes: 1) The in vitro diagnostic product name, including the trade or proprietary name, the common or usual name, and the classification name of the device; 2) The intended use of the product; 3) The establishment registration number, if applicable, of the owner or operator submitting the 510(k) submission; the class in which the in vitro diagnostic product was placed under section 513 of the FD&C Act, if known, its appropriate panel, or, if the owner or operator determines that the device has not been classified under such section, a statement of that determination and the basis for the determination that the in vitro diagnostic product is not so classified; 4) Proposed labels, labeling and advertisements sufficient to describe the in vitro diagnostic product, its intended use, and directions for use.
- photographs or engineering drawings should be supplied; 5) A statement indicating that the device is similar to and/or different from other in vitro diagnostic products of comparable type in commercial distribution in the U.S., accompanied by data to support the statement; 6) A 510(k) summary of the safety and effectiveness data upon which the substantial equivalence determination is based; or a statement that the 510(k) safety and effectiveness information supporting the FDA finding of substantial equivalence will be made available to any person within 30 days of a written request; 7) A statement that the submitter believes, to the best of their knowledge, that all data and information submitted in the premarket notification are truthful and accurate and that no material fact has been omitted; 8) Any additional information regarding the in vitro diagnostic product requested that is necessary for the FDA to make a substantial equivalency determination. Additional information is available at the Internet web page of the U.S. FDA.
- This example describes different methods for immobilizing antibodies on substrate. Five different immobilization strategies were evaluated:
- HEXA adsorption of Protein A, then the West Nile Virus monoclonal antibodies (WNV Mabs) onto a hydrophobic monolayer formed from CH 3 (CH 2 ) 15 SH (HEXA) on the surface of a gold film. The surface was blocked with BSA after immobilization of the antibody.
- SPDP covalent attachment of WNV Mabs to a monolayer formed from 2-mercaptoethylamine (2-MEA) on a gold film by using the sulfhydryl-reactive (protein) and amine-reactive (monolayer) heterobifunctional cross-linker N-succinimidyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP). The surface was blocked with BSA after immobilization of the antibody.
- 2-MEA 2-mercaptoethylamine
- PMPI covalent attachment of Ras polyclonal antibodies (Ras Pabs) to a monolayer formed from 11-mercaptoundecanol (11-MU) on a gold film by using a sulfhydryl-reactive (protein) and hydroxyl-reactive (monolayer) heterobifunctional cross-linker N-(p-maleimidophenyl)isocyanate (PMPI). The surface was blocked with BSA after immobilization of the antibody.
- DSS covalent attachment of Ras Pabs to a monolayer formed from 2-MEA on a gold film by using an amino-reactive homobifunctional cross-linker disuccinimidyl suberate (DSS). The surface was blocked with BSA after immobilization of the antibody.
- Adsp. direct adsorption of WNV Mabs onto a thin film of polyurethane spin coated on the surface of gold. The surface was blocked with BSA after immobilization of the antibody.
- the ellipsometric thicknesses of antibodies immobilized by these five methods was analyzed. All five methods resulted in immobilization of antibodies on surfaces.
- the three strategies for the covalent immobilization of antibodies to the surfaces led to approximately the same level of immobilization of antibodies (an ellipsometric thickness of 3 nm).
- Passive adsorption of antibodies (Adsp) on polyurethane surfaces led to capture of an ellipsometric thickness of ⁇ 8 nm of antibody, and the Protein A mediated attachment of antibodies (HEXA) lead to the immobilization of an ellipsometric thickness of ⁇ 4 nm of IgG.
- the direct adsorption approach (Adsp) and protein A-mediated adsorption lead to the highest levels of antibody immobilization.
- Antibodies to WNV were deposited onto the surface of molded polyurethane replicas.
- the micromolded replicas had a pitch of 400 nm and a depth of 54 nm.
- a drop of aqueous solution containing WNV was deposited onto the surface of the polymeric replica.
- the solutions contained 10 8.4 pfu/0.2 ml of WNV and the incubation was performed for 4.5 hours.
- the surface was rinsed with PBS and then imaged by using liquid crystal. Surprisingly, regions of the surface that were contacted with the solution containing WNV caused homeotropic anchoring of the liquid crystal.
- the homeotropic region was seen both on the areas of the replica that possess topography as well as the nominally smooth areas. Because the fabrication of substrates that do not possess a controlled topography is simple and straightforward to perform, the possibility of using surfaces without topography as the basis of assays for viruses using liquid crystals was investigated. As described below, the homeotropic response to WNV is unique to the presence of specifically captured virus on the surface.
- a planar gold substrate was functionalized with C 16 SH, then WNV monoclonal antibodies and then treated with WNV.
- the planar gold substrate was then paired with an OTS slide to create an optical cell. It was observed that homeotropic orientation of the liquid crystal can be obtained when the antibodies to the WNV are immobilized on gold films made hydrophobic with hexadecanethiol.
- polyurethane substrates were functionalized with (a) 1 uM WNV monoclonal antibodies, (b) 5 uM WNV monoclonal antibodies, and (c) 1 mg/ml Protein A first, then 1 uM WNV monoclonal antibodies. All functionalized substrates were then incubated with the WNV stock. The results showed that substantially the same homeotropic response is observed when the polyurethane is functionalized with 1 uM or 5 uM antibody, and also when the substrate is first incubated with Protein A (molecule which correctly orients the antibody), and then functionalized with 1 uM antibody. These results indicate that a strong homeotropic response can be obtained with a lower concentration of antibody, with or without Protein A.
- the current method involves coating the entire substrate with 1 mg/ml Protein A, and subsequently immobilizing antibodies in specific detection regions on the substrate.
- results described above were obtained by incubation of the surfaces with the virus solution for up to 20 hrs.
- ways of optimize virus delivery to the surface-immobilized WNV monoclonal antibodies and thus minimize the binding times were investigated.
- the following three parameters were investigated: a) the temperature of the incubation; b) rocking of the sample back-and-forth to generate convection; and (c) the influence of the antibody spot size.
- the antibody volume (to be immobilized) was decreased from 20 ⁇ l to 5 ⁇ l.
- the binding time was decreased from 2 hours to 1.5 hours. It should be emphasized that this is the only incubation time required for the assay.
- a useful format for assays for viruses is a multi-array with antibodies to several viruses patterned spatially on the same surface.
- an experiment was performed in which antibodies to WNV were patterned on three regions of a surface. Briefly, a polyurethane substrate was functionalized with WNV monoclonal antibodies in a lane format. WNV was rocked over the substrate for 2 hours at 35° C. Three homeotropic lanes were observed, indicating the location of the bound virus.
- This example describes the detection of WNV from the tissue of birds.
- Polyurethane substrates were prepared by incubation of the surface with 1 mg/ml Protein A.
- 4 droplets containing 1 uM WNV monoclonal antibodies were immobilized within each of several sample areas.
- Crow samples comprising kidney/spleen tissue suspensions were obtained from NWHC's Diagnostic Virology lab. These samples were determined to be positive or negative by real time RT-PCR, or by tissue culture isolation, respectively. Tissue suspensions were centrifuged for 10 min at 2,000 rpm, and the supernatant was applied directly to the sample areas.
- the WNV stock used in these experiments 10 7.7 pfu/0.2 ml. Incubation was overnight at 35° C.
- the polyurethane substrate which was functionalized with WNV monoclonal antibodies was treated with positive or negative American crow tissue suspensions, culture media, and WNV stock as a positive control.
- the positive crow and the WNV sample regions displayed homeotropic alignment, indicating the presence of bound West Nile virus.
- the negative crow and culture media sample regions displayed disordered and brightly colored LC, indicating the lack of bound virus.
- the positive control and negative controls yielded the correct response of the liquid crystal.
- the two pictures on the right of FIG. 2 show the control optical cells, as viewed through crossed-polarizers, that were stamped with PDMS that had sera negative for WNV antibodies incubated on them.
- the stamps that captured WNV antibodies on them transfer to the ATP treated gold causing a circular (from the shape of the incubation droplet) disruption pattern in the liquid crystal optical cell, see pictures on the left.
- the control stamps that have not captured antibody demonstrate homeotropically aligned liquid crystal in the optical cell (see pictures on the right of FIG. 2 ).
- This experiment demonstrates the capture of a_specific antibody from a mixture of two antibodies in solution.
- a six button PDMS stamp see FIG. 4 , was plasma ashed in an O 2 cloud for 8 minutes to oxidize the surface of the PDMS.
- the stamp was then placed in a 2% APES in dry acetone solution for 2 minutes while stirring.
- the stamp was then placed in acetone for 5 minutes while stirring.
- the stamp was then rinsed with acetone, dried with nitrogen, and placed in a 100° C. oven for 30 minutes.
- the stamp was then placed in a 1 mM DSS solution for 1 hour while stirring.
- the stamp was removed from the DSS, rinsed with methanol, and dried with nitrogen.
- buttons on the six button PDMS ⁇ -stamp 20 ⁇ l drops of 0.25 ⁇ M protein E were incubated overnight at 4° C. The remaining three buttons had 2011 drops of 0.25 ⁇ M biotinalated BSA incubated on them overnight at 4° C. The proteins were rinsed off with water and the ⁇ -stamp was dried with nitrogen. Two of the three protein E functionalized buttons and two of the three biotinalated BSA functionalized buttons had 20 ⁇ l drops of a 0.25 ⁇ M mixture of anti-biotin and anti-E incubated on them for 6 hours at room temperature.
- the third protein E functionalized button had a 20 ⁇ l droplet of 0.25 ⁇ M anti-biotin incubated on it for six hours at room temperature as a negative control.
- the third biotinalated BSA functionalized button had a 20 ⁇ l droplet of 0.25 ⁇ M anti-E incubated on it for six hours at room temperature as a negative control.
- Each of the six individual buttons were first rinsed with ⁇ 5 drops of 0.01% Triton in PBS followed by a 15 second rinse with milli-Q water and then dried with nitrogen. The six button ⁇ -stamp was then put into contact with a 1 mM ATP treated 35° obliquely deposited Au slide for 1 minute with a few seconds of gentle pressure at the beginning to insure contact.
- the ⁇ -stamp was then peeled off and the optical cell was put together with an OTS slide and 5CB liquid crystal. The optical cell was then incubated at 40° C. for two days to turn the background LC homeotropic. The results are provided in the image in FIG. 5 .
- the anti-E signals could not be as strong as the anti-biotin signals for several reasons: too long of an incubation while waiting for the optical cell background to turn homeotropic causing some of the disruption to wash away, and/or uneven pressure of the ⁇ -stamp during printing.
- a silicon wafer was scrubbed with 1-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidinone (NMP).
- NMP 1-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidinone
- the scrubbed wafer was spin cleaned with NMP at 1700 rpm and the wafer was spin coated with 1.0% solids SE-7210 polyimide at 1700 rpm.
- the wafers were pre-cured at 85 C for 10 minutes, followed by a final cure at 180 C for 15 minutes. Polyimide surfaces were rubbed by machine with the following settings:
- the surface thickness of the wafer calculated from ellipsometric readings following each binding step, are listed below: Polyimide coated wafer 21.0, 21.1 Protein A 23.4, 22.9, 22.9 BSA 22.3, 21.8, 22.2 Mouse Antibody 24.9, 24.2 These readings demonstrate the binding of Protein A to the polyimide surface and the subsequent binding of Mouse antibody to the Protein A.
- Polyimide surfaces (SE-7210) in combination with liquid crystals can be used to specifically detect target molecules.
- SE-7210 Polyimide surfaces in combination with liquid crystals.
- Protein A is known to bind mouse IgG strongly while it shows a weak to no binding affinity for rat IgG.
- Polyimide Surfaces can Specifically Detect Target Molecules Using a “Sandwich” Technique and the Sensitivity of the System can be Adjusted by Controlling the Amount of Receptor Present on the Surface
- Biotin 100 micrograms/ml was added to each functionalized area.
- the secondary anti-biotin antibody 100 micrograms/ml was applied. Control regions were included that were processed as follows:
- Controls 1 and 2 appeared dark when viewed between cross polars, indicating that liquid crystals were uniformly aligned on the surface.
- Control 3 showed a minimum of disruption, but appeared mostly dark between cross polars, incdicating uniform alignment of the liquid crystals.
- the degree of disruption did appear to increase as the ratio of Protein A to fish gelatin increased, indicating an increase in sensitivity of the surface.
- the regions exposed to the complete sandwich, Protein A+fish gelatin+antibody 1+biotin+antibody 2 appeared white when viewed between cross polars, indicating disruption of liquid crystal alignment and therefore the binding of the target molecule, biotin. All ratios of Protein A to fish gelatin yielded similar results in the complete sandwich indicating that concentrations lower than the 1:99 ration could be used to tune the assay.
- Polyimide surfaces were prepared identically to those described in Examples 12 and 13.
- the reagents applied to the surface were also identical to the above experiments. In this instance, the incubation times for each step were reduced from 2 hrs to 10 minutes. Liquid Crystal E7 was used.
- Polyimide surfaces were prepared as described in Examples 12 and 13. A ten minute incubation time was used for each reagent. LC ZL 1-1221 was used. The concentration of the target protein (mouse antibody was varied (0.1 micromolar, 0.01 microMolar and 1.0 microMolar) Rat antibody was used as the negative control.
- target protein mouse antibody was varied (0.1 micromolar, 0.01 microMolar and 1.0 microMolar) Rat antibody was used as the negative control.
- Polyimide surfaces were prepared as described in Examples 12 and 13. All reagents are the same as used in those examples. Rat antibody is used as a negative control. LC ZL1-1221 was used. A ten minute incubation time was used for the Protein A and BSA exposures, but a 2 hr incubation was used for the antibody exposures.
- VSV-I vesicular stomatitis virus-Indiana strain obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Chantilly, Va.
- ATCC American Type Culture Collection
- Virus titers will be calculated by plaque formation on BHK cells.
- Virus will be diluted in growth medium with 10% fetal bovine serum for testing.
- Antibodies to VSV-I will be obtained from the National Veterinary Diagnostic Laboratory, Ames Iowa and the ATCC, Chantilly, Va.
- Polyimide alignment layers SE 7210, SE 7511L (Nissan Chemicals)
- a change in capacitance in the pF range can be detected by using a commercially available LCR meter in the laboratory setting or by measuring differential capacitance using an off-the-shelf chip (e.g., MS3110 Universal Capacitive Readout from MicroSensors Inc, Costa Mesa Calif.).
- the sensitivity of the detection system depends on the resolution of the device used for measurement of the capacitance. Both commercially available LCR meters and off-the-shelf differential capacitance measurement chips have a resolution on the order of 0.1 fF in 10 pF level. An order of magnitude estimate of 0.1 fF resolution for interdigitated electrodes described above corresponds to a total of 10 virons on a 500 ⁇ m ⁇ 500 ⁇ m area. This result predicts that by using an electrical detection system it is possible to detect 10 viron particles bound to the surface.
- Electrodes are in the micrometer range and fabrication of these electrodes will be performed by using standard photolithographic methods of patterning followed by a lift off process. These electrode arrays are fabricated on commercially available glass substrates.
- Electrodes fabricated as described above experimental measurements are preformed to measure the capacitance of the liquid crystal anchored on the electrodes in known orientations. These measurements are performed by coating the electrodes with LC alignment films that give rise to known orientations of LCs.
- a thin (20 nm-thick) LC alignment layer (Nissan SE 7210) is coated onto two glass substrates (one with optimized electrodes and the other without electrodes) and buffed to create anisotropy in the surface morphology that aligns the LC material in a predetermined azimuthal direction perpendicular to the electrode fingers.
- An approximately 25 ⁇ m thick optical cell is fabricated by clamping these two substrates, separated by a Mylar film at each end, together.
- the liquid crystal 4-cyano-4′-pentylbiphenyl (5CB) is injected in to the gap between the substrates in isotropic phase (40° C.) and cooled down to room temperature.
- the capacitance is measured between the electrodes using a precision LCR meter (HP 42841, Agilent Technologies).
- a similar cell is prepared using the homeotropic alignment layer (Nissan SE 7511L) and the capacitance between the electrodes is measured. A comparison between these two measurements provides an estimate of change in capacitance when LC undergoes orientational transition upon binding of virus to the surface.
- the PDMS is peeled from the surface yielding a thin ⁇ 40 ⁇ m layer of polyurethane on the substrate. If the PU film is too thick to see any changes due to liquid crystal re-orientation, thinner layers may be produced by dilution of the NOA 61 with acetone before spin coating onto the surface. The capacitance between the fingers of the electrodes is measured for reference.
- the first approach uses the passive adsorption of antibodies onto the polyurethane surface.
- the second approach employs protein A to achieve the oriented immobilization of antibodies.
- the antibodies (monoclonal or rabbit polyclonal) are allowed to adsorb to the surface from a 20 ⁇ l droplet.
- the VSV-binding ability of these surfaces is validated by exposing the functionalized areas to solutions of VSV-I at 35° C. with rocking for 1.5 hours. The sample is rinsed with PBS, and 20 ⁇ m thick Mylar spacers placed at each end of the slide.
- a tridecafluoro-1,1,2,2-tetrahydrooctyl-1-trichlorosilane-coated slide is placed on top, and clamped to the bottom slide to form an optical cell. Fifteen ⁇ l of 5CB is added to the cell. The surface is then viewed between crossed (90°) polarizing filters. A dark field of view verifies the homeotropic alignment of LCs.
- a high precision LCR meter is used to measure the change in capacitance between electrodes supporting a film of liquid crystal on a surface without bound virus and a film of liquid crystal upon a surface with bound virus.
- five optical cells are constructed:
- a comparison of capacitance between two electrodes in all five types of cells provides a quantitative measure of the change in capacitance upon specific binding of VSV-1 to the surface.
- a differential capacitive measurement system similar to MS3110 Universal Capacitive Readout (MicroSensors Inc. CA) for measurements of capacitance.
- MS3110 Universal Capacitive Readout MicroSensors Inc. CA
- a system like the MS3110 permits facile measurement of the change in the differential capacitance between the electrodes treated with antibody targeted to VSV and the control surfaces (e.g. the surfaces presenting non-specific antibody).
- the output voltage of such a system is a linear function of the change in the differential capacitance between two inputs fed to it.
- a series of virus concentrations are tested to establish the relationship between the concentration of bound virus and the change in capacitance of the liquid crystal film.
- the sensitivity of an assay based on LCs depend upon the ability of the LCs to undergo the orientational transition from a planar to a homeotropic configuration upon binding of the virus. This tendency to undergo the orientational transition depends on the detailed molecular level interaction between LC molecules and the virus particles.
- LC materials including 5CB, E7, MLC 1400-100, MLC10000-100, TL-205, for their applicability and effectiveness to undergo orientational transitions.
- 14 species of liquid crystals have been examined for their response to lipids and have identified those that assume a homeotropic orientation in response to lipids (Table 1).
- the change in capacitance between two electrodes also depends on dielectric anisotropy of the LC material, which is up to 30 for commercially available LC material.
- dielectric anisotropy of the LC material which is up to 30 for commercially available LC material.
- some reports have suggested that addition of small amounts of polar material could significantly increase the dielectric anisotropy of LC materials.
- devices are constructed that include known ferroelectric materials, such as Sn 2 P 2 S 6 (Ouskova et al, Dielectric relaxation spectroscopy of a nematic liquid crystal doped with ferroelectric Sn 2 P 2 S 6 nanoparticles. Liquid Crystals 30: 1-5 (2003)), as dopants for enhancement of the dielectric anisotropy of LC that will ultimately increase the sensitivity of the assays.
- the presence of the electrodes utilized for capacitance measurement provides the opportunity to address a fundamental challenge that confronts all surface-based analytical methods. That is, the transport of the analyte from the sample matrix to the analytical surfaces is generally the rate-limiting step in surface-based analyses (often requiring prolonged incubation times for sufficient binding to occur). Certain methods of the present invention exploit the electrodes present on the analytical surfaces to accelerate the transport of virus to the surface via dielectrophoresis. Thus the electrodes in the device are multifunctional—they both increase the rate of transport of virus to the surface (via dielectrophoresis, as described below) and form the basis of a sensitive method to report the presence of the bound virus (as described in the preceding examples).
- Dielectrophoresis is a phenomenon in which a polarizable particle in a non-uniform alternating current (AC) electric field experiences a net force and moves toward the region of high or low electric field strength. If the particle is more polarizable than the suspending medium, it moves toward the region of strong electric field and if the particle is less polarizable than the medium, it moves toward the region of low electric field.
- the magnitude of dielectrophoretic force depends also on, besides the dielectric properties of the particles and the medium, the gradient of the electric field and the size of the particle. For a particle of radius r p in an electric field with
- the dieletrophoretic force exerted on a virus particle of radius 250 nm, in a field gradient defined by hyperbolic electrodes separated by 10 ⁇ m with AC field of strength 5 V pp between them, located at the edge of the electrode is approximately 3 pN.
- K B is the Boltzmann constant
- T the absolute temperature.
- the force experienced by the virus particle is on the order of 10 ⁇ 2 pN.
- the equation of motion of the particle is determined by dielectrophoretic force and viscous drag acting on it.
- the velocity of the virus particle is estimated to be 700 ⁇ ms ⁇ 1 .
- the time taken for the particle to travel a 100 ⁇ m distance is on the order of 0.1 s.
- the diffusion coefficient is estimated to be 10 ⁇ 12 m 2 s ⁇ 1 .
- the DEP force exerted on a virus particle depends strongly on a gradient of the electric field between two electrodes.
- different geometries of electrodes such as interdigitated, hyperbolic, rectangular, and triangular will be investigated for their ability to produce the largest field gradient in the regions between the electrodes. This investigation will be guided by computer modeling of electric fields generated by different electrode arrays. This modeling will use commercially available software such as Coulomb 3D.
- FIG. 6 shows the results from a simulation of hyperbolic electrodes. These results show that the field gradient exhibits a local minimum at the center of the electrodes which will be the virus collection area for negative dielectrophoresis.
- Combinations of variables such as strength and frequency of the applied AC field, and ionic strength of the suspending medium, that yield the maximum response in the least amount of time and with the least amount of sample will be identified.
- the virus particles are labeled.
- a method recently published by Akin et al., Real-time virus trapping and fluorescent imaging in microfluidic devices, Nano Letters 4: 257-259 (2004) is utilized which used a lipophilic carbocyanin dyes to label the envelope of vaccinia virus.
- the dyes (DiOC63 and DIL, Molecular Probes, Calif.) label the lipid membrane and capsid proteins of the virus and permitted visualization of surface bound vaccinia by digital epifluorescence microscopy at 400 ⁇ magnification.
- Antibody functionalized surfaces with integrated microelectrodes ( FIG. 3 ) fabricated as described above are exposed to a 20 ⁇ L droplet of labeled VSV-I.
- An AC electric field is applied across the electrodes to induce dielectrophoretic motion of the virus particles to the surface in the region between the electrodes.
- VSV-1 binds to the antibodies on the surface. The field is turned off and the unbound virus is washed from the surface. These events are monitored in real time using a Zeiss-Axiovert 200 M microscope.
- the optimal parameters for the dielectrophoresis of VSV-1 are identified by observation of the intensity of fluorescence seen within the center region of the electric field.
- the intensity of the fluorescence is correlated with the known concentrations of virus in the applied sample.
- the strength and frequency of the applied field that permit detection of the least amount of virus in under 5 minutes are chosen for testing against various suspension media of physiologic ionic strength.
- Such media include typical clinical materials such as serum, nasal swab fluid, and viral transport media to determine how the strength and frequency required for viral transport will be affected by these common sample fluids.
- Sera-Mag beads (0.8 ⁇ M in diameter) were functionalized with either 0.4 mg/mL EDC (Aldrich) or 1.1 mg/mL Sulfo-NHS (Pierce).
- EDC Aldrich
- Sulfo-NHS Purifier
- 27 ⁇ l of 5% Sera-Mag beads were diluted in 1 mL of the functionalizing agent. Reactions were carried out 15 minutes and then quenched with 2-mercaptoethanol. The beads were washed 3 times with 25 mM MES and 37.5 mM NaCl. The washed beads were centrifuged at 11,300 rpm for 5 minutes. Removal of buffer was followed by the addition of fresh buffer.
- aF1pAb 100 ⁇ g/mL was added for 1.5-2 hours during which the beads were rotated and mixed.
- the beads were quenched for amine by adding a final concentration of 10 mM D-glucosamine.
- the beads were then washed in PBS+D-glucusoamine (10 mM) for 20 minutes.
- the beads were transferred to regular microfuge tubes blocked with BSA to prevent non-specific binding of non-target molecules to the beads.
- Magnetic beads were functionalized with anti-F 1 polyclonal antibody as described above.
- a binding solution was prepared from PBS, Tween 0.05%, Heparin 50 ⁇ g/mL, and 100 mM additional NaCl.
- Wash solutions were prepared from PBS/Tween 0.05% and PBS/Tween 0.05%+200 mM additional NaCl.
- the beads were functionalized and stored in PBS at 0.135% w/v, the same concentration at which the beads were utilized. In the experiment, 1 mL of bead solution was utilized and bound up to 5 ⁇ g/mL of F1 at over 99.0%.
- polyimide 7511L Surfaces functionalized with polyimide 7511L orient liquid crystals in a homeotropic alignment in the absence of bound analyte. When analyte is present, the homeotropic orientation is disrupted. When viewed through cross polar lenses, homeotropic orientation is indicated by a dark field, while disrupted orientation is indicated by a bright field, as shown in FIG. 8 .
- Polyimide 7511L slides were prepared from 40% undiluted stock. These slides, in absence of protein, assume homeotropic alignment as shown in dark background. Upon protein binding, homeotropic alignment is disrupted and shown in white background.
- aF1pAb beads In the top row, from left to right, are elution samples from aF1pAb beads initially blocked with RNase A treated with BSA 400 ng/mL, F1 500 pg/mL and 2.5 ng/mL. The bottom row is 25, 100, and 400 ng/mL concentrations of F1. After initial protein binding in binding solution PBS/T/H/N, aF1pAb beads were washed in PBS/Tween 0.05%, 200 mM additional NaCl (PBS/T/N) wash solution.
- FIG. 9 demonstrates that with increasing F1 concentration, the disruption of homeotropic alignment increases as indicated by increased white signal against aligned LC black background on homeotropic aligning polyimide surfaces. This type of assay can be used to quantify levels of the F1 antigen.
- FIG. 9 the digitized figures were taken by polarized microscope with cross polar filters (0°).
- Polyimide 7511L slides were prepared from 40% undiluted stock. In absence of protein, these slides assume homeotropic alignment as shown in by the dark background. Upon protein binding homeotropic alignment is disrupted (indicated by a white background).
- the following samples were analyzed: elution buffer, BSA (200 ng/mL), and F1 elutions of beads exposed to 5, 10, 50 and 200 ng/mL concentrations of F1.
- the conditions were as described above. These experiments were carried in triplicate and FIG. 9 had intermediate levels of signal with respect to two other replicates (not shown). As can be seen, it was possible to detect 5 ng/mL analyte.
- FIG. 10 is a graphic representation of luminosity index for the experiment depicted in FIG. 9 . These experiments were carried in triplicate and figure chosen above have intermediate levels of signal with respect to two other replicates. Elution buffer was also applied to one area and used as reference for Luminosity index shown in the graph below.
- FIG. 11 shows a digitized image taken with a polarized microscope with cross polar filters (0 degrees). Polyimide SE 7210 1.5% slides were rubbed at 2.55 ml/m setting at 4.0 cm/s table speed with a wheel speed of 343 rpm.
- FIG. 11 shows the results of elutions to the polyimide surface from functionalized aF1pAb beads that were treated with various concentrations of F1 or BSA as control. After washing, the beads were treated by the addition of rabbit anti-mouse IgG (5 ⁇ g/mL) and anti-mouse FC IgG (6 ⁇ g/mL).
- the complex was eluted off of the beads with 10 ⁇ l acid elution of 0.1M glycine pH 2.3. Elution samples were neutralized by addition of 1 ⁇ l 1 M Tris pH 7.5. The samples were contacted with the polyimide substrate and an optical cell was constructed by placing a mylar spacer on the substrate clamping another substrate onto the first with bulldog clamp. 5CB was applied in liquid phase and after cooling the digitized image was acquired.
- FIG. 12 provides the results of further experiments demonstrating the detection of an analyte (F1) from a complex medium (chicken serum).
- chicken serum CS
- BSA blocked beads functionalized as above were used.
- Six 0.5 mL suspensions of aF1pAb beads (0.135% concentration) were contacted with the diluted CS. After binding, all tubes were washed with PBS/Tween buffer. The beads were then washed a second time with 100 ⁇ L 0.5 ⁇ PBS+2 mM SDS or 100 ⁇ L 0.1Mglycine pH 4.0. After mixing, the wash buffers were removed by pelleting the beads in PBS/Tween 0.05%.
- the beads were then washed with PBS/Tween/NaCl (additional 200 mM). aF1mAb at 3 ⁇ g/mL was then added to the beads in 0.5 ml tubes. The reactions were mixed and the supernatant was removed. Next, 0.75 mL of 5 ⁇ g/ml of both RAM and anti-mouse FC IgG were added for 5 minutes. The beads were washed with PBS/Tween/NaCl and then with PBS. Elution buffer (10 ⁇ L) was added to each tube mixed by vortexing for 3-4 minutes. The elution buffer (2 ⁇ L aliquots) was the applied to a 7511L homeotropic polyimide slide.
- the slides were placed on a heated plate for 2-3 minutes until droplets have evaporated. The slides were then washed with dH 2 O and dried with gas nitrogen. An optical cell was constructed by using a bulldog clamp to clamp together the treated substrate and an another substrate with a mylar spacer in between. 5CB in nematic phase was applied at room temperature. After 5 minutes, the homeotropic liquid crystal was observed.
- FIG. 12 is a digitized image taken with cross polar filters (0 degrees).
- top row are elutions from beads treated contacted with 20% CS with no additional wash, SDS wash, and a 0.1M glycine pH 4.0 wash.
- the lower row are elutions from beads contacted with 20% CS+F1 50 ng/mL with no additional wash, SDS wash, or a 0.1M glycine pH 4.0 wash.
- FIG. 13 presents the results of the same experiments as analyzed with a polarized microscope. The digitized images were taken by polarized microscope where the polaroid filters are cross polar at 0°. The order of the treatments is the same as for FIG. 12 .
- the SDS and 0.1M Glycine washes were conducted to remove the BSA blocker from the functionalized beads so that there be no BSA signal interfering with F1 detection. As can be seen in FIG. 12 and FIG. 13 (polarized microscope image), both the SDS and Glycine washes eliminated the signal from the control top row second and third spots (20% Chicken Serum). Since the functionalized beads were blocked with BSA, it is most likely the BSA blocker that creates the signal seen in the first spot.
- Tables 2 and 3 present the results of experiments in which different liquid crystals were surveyed for their ability to be homeotropically oriented by cultured cells. Many liquid crystals align homeotropically in response to phospholipids and cholesterol. Phospholipids (2 ul; 0.01 M in chloroform) were applied to discrete marked areas on glass slides. The phospholipids had dioleoyl alkyl chains and the following headgroups: phosphatidylserine (DOPS), phosphatidylglycerol (DOPG), phosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE), phosphatidylserine (DOPS), phosphatidic acid (DOPA), and lysophosphatidylcholine (DOLPC).
- DOPS phosphatidylserine
- DOPG phosphatidylglycerol
- DOPE phosphatidylethanolamine
- DOPS phosphatidylserine
- DOPA phosphatidic acid
- DOLPC lysophosphat
- Anti-biotin immobilized glass substrates were prepared as follows. PrecisionCT slides (Bioslide Technologies; Cat# BSP—SC02-C) cleaned in plasma asher (20 min, 275 watts, 200 millitor) were immersed in 2% APES (3-Aminopropyltriethoxysilane; Pierce) in dry acetone for 2 min. Slides were transferred to pure acetone and stirred for 5 min and rinsed with acetone to remove excess of silane. Slides were dried with nitrogen and kept at 110° C. oven for 45 min.
- PrecisionCT slides Bioslide Technologies; Cat# BSP—SC02-C cleaned in plasma asher (20 min, 275 watts, 200 millitor) were immersed in 2% APES (3-Aminopropyltriethoxysilane; Pierce) in dry acetone for 2 min. Slides were transferred to pure acetone and stirred for 5 min and rinsed with acetone to remove excess of silane. Slides were dried with nitrogen and kept at 110° C
- Antibody immobilized surfaces were rinsed with milliQ water to remove unbound protein and dried with N2. Liposome labeled with biotin (17.84 micromol phospholipid/ml) and unlabeled liposome (18.7 micromol phospholipid/ml) were diluted 100fold with PBS buffer, and 10 ul of liposome was applied on anti-biotin treated surface. PBS buffer was added on one area as buffer control. After 1:30 hrs incubation at room temperature, surfaces was rinsed with water and N2 dried. Two protein treated surfaces were kept apart by inserting 20 ⁇ m mylar spacer at two sides and two surfaces were aligned in anti-parallel direction. Two surfaces were held together by using bulldog clips placed along the mylar placed sides.
- the cells were heated to ⁇ 40° C. by placing them on hot plate. I also used hot air to warm the air around the cells.
- 5CB was heated into its isotropic phase within a glass syringe. A drop of 5CB was drawn into the cavity between two surfaces by capillary force. Once filled with 5CB, the cell was removed form hot plate. After reaching room temperature, isotropic phase of 5CB transformed to the nematic state. Optical images were taken at crossed polar position using polarizing microscope. The above experiment was done in triplicates. The data from one experiment is presented in FIG. 15 .
- the biotin labeled liposomes were prepared from 100 micromol (75 mg) egg phosphatidylcholine; 1 micromol (1.28 mg) phosphatidylethanolamine-N-(lissamine rhodamine B; sulfonyl) ammonium salt; 1 micromol (1.05 mg) 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine-N-(cap Biotinyl) sodium salt.
- the control liposomes were prepared from 100 micromol (75 mg) egg phosphatidylcholine; 1 micromol (1.28 mg); phosphatidylethanolamine-N-(lissamine rhodamine B sulfonyl) ammonium salt.
- the lipid mixtures were prepared by combining the desired quantities of the components in chloroform solution. Each solution was then divided in two for liposome preparation. For each batch The solution was dried down in a B24/40 boiling tube on a rotary evaporator. The resultant film was suspended in 5 ml. of hydrated isopropylether. To the lipid solution was added 2 ml of buffer. At this stage the buffer does not mix with the ether phase. The tube was stoppered, and the mixture was sonicated in a bath type sonicator (Laboratory Supply company, Hicksville N.Y.) at 55C to give a water-in-ether emulsion.
- a bath type sonicator (Laboratory Supply company, Hicksville N.Y.) at 55C to give a water-in-ether emulsion.
- the ether was then evaporated from the emulsion using a rotary evaporator, bath temperature 55C. After ether removal, the mixture formed a viscous gel, which on agitation, broke down to give a liposome suspension. After liposome formation, the two 50 micromol batches for sample and control liposomes respectively were combined for the next step.
- the size of the liposomes was then reduced to a smaller and more uniform diameter by a process known as extrusion, wherein they were passed through a series of polycarbonate membranes of defined pore size.
- the extrusion chamber was heated to 60C, and the liposomes were passed five times through a 0.4 micron pore size polycarbonate membrane, and then five times through a 0.1 micron pore size polycarbonate membrane.
- the process of extrusion noticeably reduces the turbidity of the suspension.
- the liposomes were then dialysed overnight at 4C against 1 liter of the suspension buffer so as to eliminate any residual traces of isopropylether.
- the liposomes were analyzed for their phospholipid content using the phosphorus assay of Bartlett, and were found to contain:
- the liposomes were analyzed for their size using a Nicomp 380 particle sizer.
- the volume-weighted gaussian mean diameters were:
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Nanotechnology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
- Composite Materials (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Apparatus Associated With Microorganisms And Enzymes (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Investigating Or Analysing Biological Materials (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to the field of detection of viruses, and in particular to detection of viruses using a liquid crystal assay format. In the present invention, virus binding in a detection region is identified by changes in liquid crystal orientation caused by virus binding independent orientation caused by any topography associated with the detection region.
Description
- This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application filed 60/490,122, filed Jul. 25, 2003; U.S. Provisional Application 60/518,706, filed Nov. 10, 2003; and U.S. Provisional Application 60/541,516, filed Feb. 3, 2004.
- This invention was made with government support under SBIR Grant No. 5R43AI4960602 awarded by the National Institutes of Health/NIAID. The Government has certain rights in the invention.
- The present invention relates to the field of detection of analytes, and in particular to detection of viruses, cells, bacteria, lipid-membrane containing organisms, proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and other biomolecules, organic molecules and inorganic molecules using a liquid crystal assay format.
- The detection of pathogen, protein, and nucleic acid targets in biological samples forms the basis of the multi-billion dollar in vitro diagnostic industry. Detection of protein and nucleic acid targets can be divided into diagnostic and research based markets. The diagnostic market includes the detection and identification of pathogens such as viruses and bacteria, the identification of various genetic markers, and the identification of markers associated with the presence of tumors. The research market includes the genomics and proteomics industries, which require analytical, drug discovery, and high-throughput screening technologies.
- Initial viral diagnostics consisted of the crude, albeit sensitive and non-specific techniques of direct inoculation of sample material into suckling mice, embryonated eggs, or living cells. Diagnostic methods have since evolved to the sensitive, specific, but time consuming serological techniques of neutralization, ELISA and fluorescent antibody assays and subsequently to the current highly sensitive, instrumentation-dependent techniques of nucleic acid amplification and luminescent bead-based assays. This evolution in approach to virus detection and identification has been driven by advances in biology (cell culture, immunology), followed by advances in biochemistry (immunochemistry, molecular biology, dye chemistry). More recent progress comes from advances in instrumentation sciences (optics, electronics, robotics, miniaturization, microfluidics, etc.) and by the subsequent interfacing of microelectronics with biology to develop the first generation of biosensors.
- There are many ways to detect the presence of a virus in a sample. Methods with the highest sensitivity (real-time PCR, tissue culture, electron microcopy) also involve the highest complexity and/or cost, require sophisticated equipment and facilities and require highly trained personnel. Methods with less sensitivity (IFA, ELISA, dipstick methods), in practice, suffer from cross-reactivity problems, involve more hands-on time and/or are less adaptable to rapidly screening large numbers of samples. There is a great need for multiplexing in situations such as arbovirus surveillance, bio-threat monitoring, and for rapid agent identification during a disease outbreak of unknown origin. In practice, nucleic acid techniques and bead-based techniques currently can multiplex approximately 6-20 different targets.
- Though there are many techniques available to detect and identify viruses, there is need for improvement. Among the desired attributes are: lower cost, less reliance on biological systems, less reliance on use of labile, expensive reagents, less complexity in execution, decreased hands-on time required for processing the sample and execution of the assay, minimal technical proficiency for running assays and interpreting results, miniaturization and portability of equipment, automation, and an increase in multiplexing capability.
- The present invention relates to the field of detection of analytes, and in particular to detection of viruses, cells, bacteria, lipid-membrane containing organisms, proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and other biomolecules, organic molecules and inorganic molecules using a liquid crystal assay format. Accordingly, the present invention provides methods for detecting viruses comprising: a) providing: i) a sample suspected of containing of a virus; ii) a detection device comprising a substrate comprising at least one detection region having a first virus recognition moiety immobilized thereon; and iii) mesogens; b) contacting said detection region with said sample; and c) contacting said substrate with said mesogens, wherein the presence of said virus is indicated by a change in said mesogens over said detection regions and wherein said change is independent of the presence of an additional homeotropic director on said detection region. The present invention is not limited to the detection of any particular change in the mesogens forming the liquid crystal. Indeed, a variety of changes may be detected, including, but not limited to a change in color, a change in texture, a change in tilt, and homeotropic orientation.
- The present invention is not limited to the detection of any particular type of virus. Indeed, the detection of a variety of viruses is contemplated, including, but not limited to viruses in the following families: Adenoviridae, Arenaviridae, Astroviridae, Bimaviridae, Bunyaviridae, Caliciviridae, Circoviridae, Coronaviridae, Filoviridae, Flaviviridae, Hepadnaviridae, Herpesviridae, Iridoviridae, Filoviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Papovaviridae, Paramyxoviridae, Parvoviridae, Picornaviridae, Poxyiridae, Reoviridae, Retroviridae, Rhabdoviridae, Togaviridae, Badnavirus, Bromoviridae, Comoviridae, Geminiviridae, Partitiviridae, Potyviridae, Sequiviridae, and Tombusviridae. In some embodiments, the virus is a Japanese Encephalitis Virus group virus. In other embodiments, the Japanese Encephalitis Virus group virus is selected from the group consisting of West Nile Virus and St. Louis Encephalitis Virus. In still further embodiments, the virus is an enveloped virus.
- The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular substrate. Indeed, the use of a variety of substrates is contemplated, including, but not limited to metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular polymeric materials. Indeed, the use of a variety of polymeric materials is contemplated, including, but not limited to those selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, PDMS, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate and polyisocyanoacrylate. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular mesogen. Indeed, the use of a variety of mesogens is contemplated, including, but not limited to those selected from the group consisting of 4-cyano-4′-pentylbiphenyl, N-(4-methoxybenzylidene)-4-butlyaniline and combinations thereof. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular virus recognition moiety. Indeed, the use of a variety of virus recognition moieties is contemplated, including, but not limited to antigen binding proteins and nucleic acids. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein is an immunoglobulin.
- In some embodiments, the substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions. In some embodiments, the plurality of detection regions have the same virus recognition moiety bound thereto. In other embodiments, the plurality of detection regions have different virus recognition moieties bound thereto. In some embodiments, the detection device further comprises a second substrate arranged opposite said first substrate to form a cell.
- In still further embodiments, the change in the mesogens is detected by viewing said detection device between cross polar lenses. In some embodiments, the detection region does not homeotropically orient mesogens in the absence of virus. In some embodiments, homeotropic ordering is observed within 48 hours of the application of said sample to said detection region.
- The present invention is not limited to the analysis of any particular type of sample. Indeed, the analysis of a variety of samples is contemplated, including, but not limited to biological fluids, tissue homogenates, feces, vesicular fluids, swabs of orifices or tissues, and media in which virus has been cultured or prepared. The present invention is not limited to the analysis of any particular type of biological fluid. Indeed, the present invention contemplates the analysis of a variety of biological fluids, including, but not limited to cerebral-spinal fluid, urine, serum, plasma, nasal secretions, sputum, semen and saliva.
- In some embodiments, the present invention provides devices for the detection of a virus comprising a first substrate comprising at least one detection region having a first virus recognition moiety specific for said virus immobilized thereon, wherein said detection region does not homeotropically orient an added mesogen in the absence of said virus. In some embodiments, the first substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular substrate. Indeed, the use of a variety of substrates is contemplated, including, but not limited to metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular polymeric materials. Indeed, the use of a variety of polymeric materials is contemplated, including, but not limited to those selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, PDMS, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate and polyisocyanoacrylate.
- The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular virus recognition moiety. Indeed, the use of a variety of virus recognition moieties is contemplated, including, but not limited to antigen binding proteins and nucleic acids. In some embodiments, the antigen binding protein is an immunoglobulin. In some embodiments, the substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions. In some embodiments, the plurality of detection regions have the same virus recognition moiety bound thereto. In other embodiments, the plurality of detection regions have different virus recognition moieties bound thereto. In some embodiments, the detection device further comprises a second substrate arranged opposite said first substrate to form a cell. In still further embodiments, the plurality of detection regions are arranged in an array. In some embodiments, the substrates further comprise at least one control region comprising immobilized virus. In other embodiments, the device comprises a second substrate oriented opposite said first substrate to form a cell for containing mesogens. In still other embodiments, the devices comprise cross polar lenses oriented on either side of said first substrate and said substrate. In some embodiments, the substrate comprises microchannels in said first substrate, wherein said microchannels deliver sample to said detection region.
- In still further embodiments, the present invention provides a kit comprising: a) a device for the detection of a virus comprising a first substrate comprising at least one detection region having a first virus recognition moiety specific for said virus immobilized thereon, wherein said detection region does not homeotropically orient an added mesogen in the absence of said virus; and b) instructions for detection of said virus. In some embodiments, the kit further comprises a vial containing mesogens. In other embodiments, the kit further comprises a vial containing a virus for use as a positive control.
- In still further embodiments, the present invention provides methods comprising: a) providing a functionalized detection substrate treated to align mesogens, a stamp substrate displaying at least one ligand, a biological test sample suspected of containing a binding partner for the ligand, and mesogens; b) contacting the test sample with the stamp substrate under conditions such that the binding partner can bind the ligand; c) contacting the detection substrate with the stamp substrate under conditions such that the binding partner to the ligand is transferred to the detection substrate; d) detecting the presence of the binding partner to the ligand on the detection substrate by applying the mesogens to the substrate. The present invention is not limited to use with any particular biological sample. Indeed, the use of a variety of biological samples is contemplated, including, but not limited to, those selected from the group consisting of whole blood, serum, cerebral spinal fluid, nasopharyngeal aspirate, and nasal secretions. In some embodiments, the alignment of the mesogens by the detection substrate is disrupted by the presence of the binding partner to the ligand. In some preferred embodiments, the alignment is homeotropic. In further embodiments, the mesogens are not homeotropically aligned over areas of the detection substrate wherein the binding partner of the ligand is present. In still other embodiments, the detection substrate is used to form an optical cell. In some embodiments, the detecting is performed by analysis of the detection substrate with cross-polars. In further embodiments, areas of the detection substrate with homeotropically aligned mesogens appear dark. In other embodiments, areas of the detection substrate with substantially non-homeotropically aligned mesogens appear bright. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular type of ligand. Indeed, the use of a variety of ligands is contemplated. In some embodiments, the ligand is an antigenic substance from a pathogenic organism. In some embodiments, the antigenic substance is a protein. In further embodiments, the protein is an envelope protein of a virus. In some preferred embodiments, the envelope protein is protein E from West Nile Virus. The present invention is not limited to the detection of any particular type of binding partner. Indeed, the detection of a variety of binding partners is contemplated. In some embodiments, the binding partner is an antibody. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular number of ligands on a particular substrate. In some embodiments, the stamp substrate comprises two or more ligands in an array. In some preferred embodiments, the ligand is bound by binding partners from a plurality of species or genera. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular mesogen. Indeed, the use of a variety of mesogens is contemplated. In some preferred embodiments, the mesogen is 5CB. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular type of material to make the stamp substrate. Indeed, the use of a variety of materials is contemplated. In some preferred embodiments, the stamp substrate comprises PDMS. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular type of detection substrate. Indeed, the use of a variety of test substrates is contemplated. In some preferred embodiments, the detection substrate comprises obliquely deposited gold.
- In still further embodiments, the present invention provides kits comprising: a) a stamp substrate displaying at least one ligand; b) a functionalized detection substrate that orients mesogens; and c) instructions for using the substrates for detecting a binding partner of the ligand. In some embodiments, the kits further comprise a container of mesogens. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular mesogen. Indeed, the use of a variety of mesogens is contemplated. In some preferred embodiments, the mesogen is 5CB. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular type of material to make the stamp substrate. Indeed, the use of a variety of materials is contemplated. In some preferred embodiments, the stamp substrate comprises PDMS. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular type of detection substrate. Indeed, the use of a variety of test substrates is contemplated. In some preferred embodiments, the detection substrate comprises obliquely deposited gold. The present invention is not limited to the use of any particular type of ligand. Indeed, the use of a variety of ligands is contemplated. In some embodiments, the ligand is an antigenic substance from a pathogenic organism. In some embodiments, the antigenic substance is a protein. In further embodiments, the protein is an envelope protein of a virus. In some preferred embodiments, the envelope protein is protein E from West Nile Virus. In some embodiments, the kits further comprise a container containing a control binding partner. The present invention is not limited to any particular binding partner. Indeed, a variety of binding partners are contemplated. In some embodiments, the binding partner is a ligand. In some embodiments, the kits further comprise an additional substrate for forming an optical cell. In still other embodiments, the kits comprise polarized lenses.
- In still further embodiments, the present invention provides systems for detecting an analyte comprising: a) a first substrate displaying a recognition moiety, wherein the recognition moiety interacts with the analyte; b) a second substrate comprising a surface configured to receive the analyte interacting with the recognition moiety; and c) a liquid crystal overlaying the second substrate. In some embodiments, the first substrate is selected from the group consisting of a stamp, a bead, and column media. In some embodiments, the stamp comprises PDMS. In some embodiments, the bead is a magnetic bead. In some embodiments, the column is immunoaffinity column media. In some embodiments, the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, lipid, organic molecule and inorganic molecule. In some embodiments, the liquid crystal comprises mesogens selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline). In some embodiments, the second substrate comprises a functionalized surface. In some embodiments, the functionalized surface comprises a polyimide. In some embodiments, the polyimide is rubbed. In some embodiments, the polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7210, Nissan 3510, Nissan 410, Nissan 3140, Nissan 5291, and Japan Synthetic Rubber JALS 146-R19. In some embodiments, the polyimide homeotropically orients the liquid crystal. In some embodiments, the polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7511L and SE 1211.
- In further embodiments, the present invention provides methods of detecting an analyte comprising: a) providing a first substrate displaying a recognition moiety, a second substrate, mesogens, and a sample suspected of containing an analyte; b) contacting the first substrate displaying a recognition moiety with the sample suspected of containing an analyte so that the analyte interacts with the recognition moiety; c) transferring the analyte interacting with the recognition moiety to the second substrate; and d) contacting the second substrate with the mesogens to detect the presence of the analyte on the second substrate. In some embodiments, the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, lipid, organic molecule and inorganic molecule. In some embodiments, the analyte is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, organic molecule, inorganic molecule, virus, liposome, bacteria, fungus, and cell. In some embodiments, the first substrate is selected from the group consisting of a stamp, a bead, and column media. In some embodiments, the second substrate is selected from the group consisting of silicon, glass, polymer, diamond, and metal. In some embodiments, the second substrate comprises a surface functionalized with a polyimide. In some embodiments, the polyimide is rubbed. In some embodiments, the polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7210, Nissan 3510, Nissan 410, Nissan 3140, Nissan 5291, and Japan Synthetic Rubber JALS 146-R19. In some embodiments, the polyimide homeotropically orients the liquid crystal. In some embodiments, the polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7511L and SE 1211. In some embodiments, the presence of analyte is indicated by a non-ordered liquid crystal that appears white or bright when viewed through cross polar lenses and areas where analyte is not bound remain ordered and appear dark when viewed through cross polar lenses. In some embodiments, the presence of an analyte is indicated by a disordered liquid crystal that appears white or bright when viewed through cross polar lenses and areas where no analyte is bound maintain homeotropic orientation and appear dark. In some embodiments, the mesogens are selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline). In some embodiments, the presence of an analyte on the second substrate is indicated by a difference in the orientation of the mesogens. In some embodiments, the difference in the orientation of the mesogens is detected by a method selected from the group consisting of visual detection, optical detection, spectroscopy, light transmission, and electrical detection. In some embodiments, the transferring step further comprises the step of eluting the analyte from the first substrate. In some embodiments, the methods further comprise the step of contacting the analyte-recognition moiety complex with a secondary binding agent. In some embodiments, the secondary binding agent is selected from the group consisting of an antigen binding protein, and enzyme, avidin, and biotin. In some embodiments, the presence of the secondary binding agent enhances the detection of the analyte after transfer to the second substrate. In some embodiments, the secondary binding agent is complexed with a lipid. In some embodiments, the secondary binding agent is displayed on a liposome.
- In still further embodiments, the present invention provides kits comprising a) a first substrate displaying a recognition moiety, wherein the recognition moiety interacts with an analyte; b) a second substrate comprising a surface configured to receive the analyte interacting with the recognition moiety; c) a vial containing mesogens; and d) instructions for detecting the analyte. In some embodiments, the first substrate is selected from the group consisting of a stamp, a bead, and column media. In some embodiments, the stamp comprises PDMS. In some embodiments, the bead is a magnetic bead. In some embodiments, the column is an immunoaffinity column. In some embodiments, the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, lipid, organic molecule and inorganic molecule. In some embodiments, the mesogens are selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline). In some embodiments, the second substrate comprises a functionalized surface. In some embodiments, the functionalized surface comprises a polyimide. In some embodiments, the polyimide is rubbed. In some embodiments, the polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7210, Nissan 3510, Nissan 410, Nissan 3140, Nissan 5291, and Japan Synthetic Rubber JALS 146-R19. In some embodiments, the polyimide homeotropically orients the liquid crystal. In some embodiments, the polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7511L and SE 1211. In some embodiments, the kits further comprise a second vial comprising a secondary binding agent. In some embodiments, the secondary binding agent is selected from the group consisting of an antigen binding protein, an enzyme, avidin and biotin.
- In still further embodiments, the present invention provides methods for detecting analytes comprising: a) providing: i) a sample suspected of containing of an analyte; ii) a detection device comprising a substrate comprising at least one electrode and at least one detection region; iii) mesogens; b) applying an electrical potential to the at least one electrode to transport the analyte to the substrate; and, c) contacting the substrate with the mesogens, wherein the presence of the analyte is indicated by a difference in alignment of the mesogens over the at least one detection region. In some embodiments, the electrical potential is an alternating current. In some embodiments, the transport occurs via dielectrophoresis. In some embodiments, the difference in the alignment of the mesogens is selected from the group consisting of a change in color, a change in texture, a change in tilt, and homeotropic orientation. In some embodiments, the difference in alignment of the mesogens is detected by a method selected from the group consisting of visual detection, optical detection, spectroscopy, light transmission, and electrical detection. In some embodiments, the analyte is selected from the group consisting of a protein, peptide, polypeptide, nucleic acid, organic molecule, inorganic molecule, virus, bacteria, liposome, cell, and fungus. In some embodiments, the substrate is selected from the group consisting of metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials. In some embodiments, the polymeric materials are selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, PDMS, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate and polyisocyanoacrylate. In some embodiments, the mesogen is selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline) and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the detection region comprises a recognition moiety. In some embodiments, the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of an peptide, polypeptide, protein, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, organic molecule, and inorganic molecule. In some embodiments, the protein is an antigen binding protein. In some embodiments, the substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions. In some embodiments, the plurality of detection regions display the same recognition moiety. In some embodiments, the plurality of detection regions display different recognition moieties. In some embodiments, the detection device further comprises a second substrate arranged opposite the first substrate to form a cell. In some embodiments, the change in the mesogens is detected by viewing the detection device between cross polar lenses. In some embodiments, the sample is selected from the group consisting of biological fluids, tissue homogenates, feces, vesicular fluids, swabs of orifices or tissues, and media in which virus has been cultured or prepared. In some embodiments, the biological fluid is selected from the group consisting of cerebral-spinal fluid, urine, serum, plasma, nasal secretions, sputum, semen and saliva. In some embodiments, the methods further comprise the step of detecting analyte binding by measuring the impedance of the detection device, wherein a change in capacitance is indicative of analyte binding. In some embodiments, the impedance is capacitance or resistance. In some embodiments, the measuring is in real-time.
- In still further embodiments, the present invention provides devices for detecting an analyte comprising a first substrate comprising at least one electrode and at least one detection region, wherein the at least one electrode is configured to provide an electrical potential to attract an analyte to the substrate and to determine the presence of the analyte by measuring electrical properties of the device, and a second substrate oriented opposite of the first substrate, wherein the first substrate and the second substrate form a chamber for containing a liquid crystal. In some embodiments, the electrical property is impedance. In some embodiments, the impedance is capacitance or resistance. In some embodiments, the impedance is capacitance. In some embodiments, the substrate is selected from the group consisting of metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials. In some embodiments, the polymeric materials are selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, PDMS, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate and polyisocyanoacrylate. In some embodiments, the devices further comprise mesogens, wherein the mesogens are selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline) and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the detection region comprises a recognition moiety. In some embodiments, the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a peptide, polypeptide, protein, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, organic molecule, and inorganic molecule. In some embodiments, the protein is an antigen binding protein. In some embodiments, the first substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions. In some embodiments, the plurality of detection regions display the same recognition moiety. In some embodiments, the plurality of detection regions display different recognition moieties. In some embodiments, the at least one electrode is selected from the group consisting of interdigitated, hyperbolic, triangular and rectangular electrodes. In some embodiments, the first substrate comprises at least two electrodes.
- In still further embodiments, the present invention provides systems for detection of an analyte comprising the detection device described above and a readout device, the readout device comprising an opening configured to receive the detection device and an electrical circuit that contacts the at least one electrode when the detection device is in contact with the readout device. In some embodiments, the readout device interfaces with a computer processor. In some embodiments, the readout device comprises an electronic display. In some embodiments, the readout device comprises an LCD display. In some embodiments, the electric circuit is an oscillator circuit. In some embodiments, the oscillator circuit comprises a microprocessor. In some embodiments, the readout device comprises a microprocessor configured to measure electrical capacitance. In some embodiments, the readout device comprises a power source.
- In still other embodiments, the present invention provides methods of detecting an analyte comprising: a) providing a sample suspected of containing an analyte, a substrate having a surface comprising polyimide, and mesogens; b) contacting the surface comprising polyimide with the sample suspected of containing an analyte; c) contacting the surface comprising polyimide with the mesogens, wherein the presence of the analyte is indicated by difference in the orientation of the mesogens. In some embodiments, the analyte non-specifically interacts with the surface comprising polyimide. In some embodiments, the surface comprising polyimide displays a recognition moiety. In some embodiments, the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, lipid, organic molecule and inorganic molecule. In some embodiments, the mesogens are selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline). In some embodiments, the polyimide is rubbed. In some embodiments, the polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7210, Nissan 3510, Nissan 410, Nissan 3140, Nissan 5291, and Japan Synthetic Rubber JALS 146-R19. In some embodiments, the polyimide homeotropically orients the mesogens. In some embodiments, the polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7511L and SE 1211. In some embodiments, the presence of analyte is indicated by a disordered liquid crystal that appears white or bright when viewed through cross polar lenses and areas where analyte is not bound remain ordered and appear dark when viewed through cross polar lenses. In some embodiments, the presence of an analyte is indicated by a disordered liquid crystal that appears white or bright when viewed through cross polar lenses and areas where no analyte is bound maintain homeotropic orientation and appear dark. In some embodiments, the homeotropic orientation of the liquid crystal is detected by a method selected from the group consisting of visual detection, optical detection, spectroscopy, light transmission, and electrical detection.
- In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods of detecting binding interaction between a ligand and its binding partner comprising: a) providing a ligand and a binding partner, wherein at least one of the ligand molecule and the binding partner molecule are complexed with a lipid, and mesogens; b) contacting the ligand molecule and the binding partner molecule under conditions such that the ligand molecule and the binding partner molecule interact to form a ligand-binding partner complex; and c) detecting the ligand-binding partner complex by contacting the complex with mesogens. In some embodiments, the mesogens are homeotropically oriented by the complex. In some embodiments, the binding partner is recognition moiety. In some embodiments, the ligand is an analyte a sample. In some embodiments, the detecting step further comprises contacting the complex to a substrate prior to contacting with the mesogens. In some embodiments, the homeotropic alignment of the mesogens is detected by a method selected from the group consisting of visual detection, optical detection, spectroscopy, light transmission, and electrical detection. In some embodiments, the analyte is selected from the group consisting of a protein, peptide, polypeptide, nucleic acid, organic molecule, inorganic molecule, virus, bacteria, liposome, cell, and fungus. In some embodiments, the substrate is selected from the group consisting of metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials. In some embodiments, the polymeric materials are selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, PDMS, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate and polyisocyanoacrylate. In some embodiments, the mesogen is selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline) and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the substrate comprises a detection region comprising a recognition moiety. In some embodiments, the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a peptide, polypeptide, protein, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, organic molecule, and inorganic molecule. In some embodiments, the protein is an antigen binding protein. In some embodiments, the substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions. In some embodiments, the plurality of detection regions display the same recognition moiety. In some embodiments, the plurality of detection regions display different recognition moieties. In some embodiments, the ligand id biotin and the recognition moiety is avidin. In some embodiments, the at least one of the ligand molecule and the binding partner molecule complexed with a lipid is a secondary binding agent.
- In some embodiments, the present invention provides kits for detecting an analyte comprising: a) a recognition moiety complexed with a lipid; b) a vial containing mesogens; and c) instructions for detecting the analyte. In some embodiments, the kits further comprise a substrate. In some embodiments, the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, organic molecule and inorganic molecule. In some embodiments, the substrate is selected from the group consisting of silicon, glass, polymer, diamond, and metal. In some embodiments, the substrate does not orient the liquid crystal. In some embodiments, the mesogens are selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline).
- In some embodiments, the present invention provides systems for detecting an analyte comprising: a) a recognition moiety complexed with a lipid; and b) a liquid crystal. In some embodiments, the systems further comprise a substrate. In some embodiments, the recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, organic molecule and inorganic molecule. In some embodiments, the substrate is selected from the group consisting of silicon, glass, polymer, diamond, and metal. In some embodiments, the substrate does not orient the liquid crystal. In some embodiments, the mesogens are selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline).
-
FIG. 1 provides a schematic view of an assay device of the present invention demonstrating homeotropic orientation of a liquid crystal directed by bound virus. -
FIG. 2 provides photographs of transfers assays for the presence of West Nile Virus antibodies in positive horse and rabbit serum along with negative controls. -
FIGS. 3 a and 3 b provide a schematic depiction of a device and preferred electrodes of the present invention. -
FIG. 4 is an image of a PDMS stamp of the present invention. -
FIG. 5 is an image of an assay conducted with an assay device of the present invention. -
FIG. 6 shows the results from a simulation of hyperbolic electrodes. -
FIG. 7 shows a schematic of an device configured for dielectrophoresis. -
FIG. 8 is an image of an assay using a polyimide coated substrate to non-specifically detect an analyte. -
FIG. 9 is an image of an assay using a polyimide coated substrate to non-specifically detect an analyte. -
FIG. 10 is a graphic representation of luminosity index for the experiment depicted inFIG. 9 . -
FIG. 11 is an image of an assay using a polyimide coated substrate to non-specifically detect an analyte. -
FIG. 12 is an image of the results of the detection of F1 in chicken serum. -
FIG. 13 is an image of the results of the same experiment asFIG. 12 taken with a polarized microscope. -
FIG. 14 is a schematic depiction of a readout device of the present invention. -
FIG. 15 presents images of experiments in which labeled liposomes are used to report ligand binding. - As used herein, the term “recognition moiety” refers to a composition of matter that interacts with an analyte of interest in either a covalent or noncovalent manner.
- As used herein, the term “virus recognition moiety” refers to any composition of matter that binds specifically to a virus. Examples of “virus recognition moieties” include, but are not limited to antigen binding proteins and nucleic acid aptamers.
- The term “substrate” refers to a composition that serves as a base for another composition such as recognition moiety. Examples of substrates include, but are not limited to, silicon surfaces, glass surfaces, glass beads, magnetic beads, agarose beads, etc.
- As used herein, the term “ligand” refers to any molecule that binds to or can be bound by another molecule. A ligand is any ion, molecule, molecular group, or other substance that binds to another entity to form a larger complex. Examples of ligands include, but are not limited to, peptides, carbohydrates, nucleic acids, antibodies, or any molecules that bind to receptors.
- As used herein, the term “homeotropic director” refers to a topographical feature (e.g., a nanostructure or homeotropic orienting polyimide) of a substrate that homeotropically orients a liquid crystal.
- As used herein, the term “pathogen” refers to disease causing organisms, microorganisms, or agents including, but not limited to, viruses, bacteria, parasites (including, but not limited to, organisms within the phyla Protozoa, Platyhelminthes, Aschelminithes, Acanthocephala, and Arthropoda), fungi, and prions.
- As used herein, the term “bacteria” and “bacterium” refer to all prokaryotic organisms, including those within all of the phyla in the Kingdom Procaryotae. It is intended that the term encompass all microorganisms considered to be bacteria including Mycoplasma, Chlamydia, Actinomyces, Streptomyces, and Rickettsia. All forms of bacteria are included within this definition including cocci, bacilli, spirochetes, spheroplasts, protoplasts, etc. “Gram negative” and “gram positive” refer to staining patterns obtained with the Gram-staining process which is well known in the art (See e.g., Finegold and Martin, Diagnostic Microbiology, 6th Ed. (1982), CV Mosby St. Louis, pp 13-15).
- As used herein, the term “lipid membrane” refers to, in its broadest sense, a thin sheet or layer comprising lipid molecules. It is intended that the term encompass all “biomembranes” (i.e., any organic membrane including, but not limited to, plasma membranes, nuclear membranes, organelle membranes, and synthetic membranes). Typically, membranes are composed of lipids, proteins, glycolipids, steroids, sterol and/or other components. As used herein, the term “membrane fragment” refers to any portion or piece of a membrane.
- As used herein, the term “lipid” refers to a variety of compounds that are characterized by their solubility in organic solvents. Such compounds include, but are not limited to, fats, waxes, steroids, sterols, glycolipids, glycosphingolipids (including gangliosides), phospholipids, terpenes, fat-soluble vitamins, prostaglandins, carotenes, and chlorophylls. As used herein, the phrase “lipid-based materials” refers to any material that contains lipids.
- As used herein, the term “liposome” refers to artificially produced spherical lipid complexes that can be induced to segregate out of aqueous media.
- As used herein, the term “secondary binding agent” refer to a molecule or collection of molecules that binds to one of an analyte-recognition moiety complex. It is contemplated that secondary binding agents are useful for amplifying the signal resulting from analyte-recognition moiety binding.
- As used herein, the term “column media” refers to media used to fill a chromatography column, such as cationic exchange media, anionic exchange media, and immunoaffinity column media.
- As used herein, the term “detection region” refers to a discreet area on substrate that is designated for detection of an analyte (e.g., a virus of interest) in a sample.
- As used herein, the term “immobilization” refers to the attachment or entrapment, either chemically or otherwise, of a material to another entity (e.g., a solid support) in a manner that restricts the movement of the material.
- As used herein, the terms “material” and “materials” refer to, in their broadest sense, any composition of matter.
- As used herein the term “antigen binding protein” refers to a glycoprotein evoked in an animal by an immunogen (antigen) and to proteins derived from such glycoprotein (e.g., single chain antibodies and F(ab′)2, Fab′ and Fab fragments). An antibody demonstrates specificity to the immunogen, or, more specifically, to one or more epitopes contained in the immunogen. Native antibody comprises at least two light polypeptide chains and at least two heavy polypeptide chains. Each of the heavy and light polypeptide chains contains at the amino terminal portion of the polypeptide chain a variable region (i.e., VH and VL respectively), which contains a binding domain that interacts with antigen. Each of the heavy and light polypeptide chains also comprises a constant region of the polypeptide chains (generally the carboxy terminal portion) which may mediate the binding of the immunoglobulin to host tissues or factors influencing various cells of the immune system, some phagocytic cells and the first component (C1q) of the classical complement system. The constant region of the light chains is referred to as the “CL region,” and the constant region of the heavy chain is referred to as the “CH region.” The constant region of the heavy chain comprises a CH1 region, a CH2 region, and a CH3 region. A portion of the heavy chain between the CH1 and CH2 regions is referred to as the hinge region (i.e., the “H region”). The constant region of the heavy chain of the cell surface form of an antibody further comprises a spacer-transmembranal region (M1) and a cytoplasmic region (M2) of the membrane carboxy terminus. The secreted form of an antibody generally lacks the M1 and M2 regions.
- As used herein, the term “selective binding” refers to the binding of one material to another in a manner dependent upon the presence of a particular molecular structure (i.e., specific binding). For example, an immunoglobulin will selectively bind an antigen that contains the chemical structures complementary to the ligand binding site(s) of the immunoglobulin. This is in contrast to “non-selective binding,” whereby interactions are arbitrary and not based on structural compatibilities of the molecules.
- As used herein, the term “polymerization” encompasses any process that results in the conversion of small molecular monomers into larger molecules consisting of repeated units. Typically, polymerization involves chemical crosslinking of monomers to one another.
- As used herein, the term “antigen” refers to any molecule or molecular group that is recognized by at least one antibody. By definition, an antigen must contain at least one epitope (i.e., the specific biochemical unit capable of being recognized by the antibody). The term “immunogen” refers to any molecule, compound, or aggregate that induces the production of antibodies. By definition, an immunogen must contain at least one epitope (i.e., the specific biochemical unit capable of causing an immune response).
- As used herein, the terms “home testing” and “point of care testing” refer to testing that occurs outside of a laboratory environment. Such testing can occur indoors or outdoors at, for example, a private residence, a place of business, public or private land, in a vehicle, as well as at the patient's bedside.
- As used herein, the term “virus” refers to minute infectious agents, which with certain exceptions, are not observable by light microscopy, lack independent metabolism, and are able to replicate only within a living host cell. The individual particles (i.e., virions) consist of nucleic acid and a protein shell or coat; some virions also have a lipid containing membrane. The term “virus” encompasses all types of viruses, including animal, plant, phage, and other viruses.
- As used herein, term “nanostructures” refers to microscopic structures, typically measured on a nanometer scale. Such structures include various three-dimensional assemblies, including, but not limited to, liposomes, films, multilayers, braided, lamellar, helical, tubular, and fiber-like shapes, and combinations thereof. Such structures can, in some embodiments, exist as solvated polymers in aggregate forms such as rods and coils. Such structures can also be formed from inorganic materials, such as prepared by the physical deposition of a gold film onto the surface of a solid, proteins immobilized on surfaces that have been mechanically rubbed, and polymeric materials that have been molded or imprinted with topography by using a silicon template prepared by electron beam lithography.
- As used herein, the terms “self-assembling monomers” and “lipid monomers” refer to molecules that spontaneously associate to form molecular assemblies. In one sense, this can refer to surfactant molecules that associate to form surfactant molecular assemblies. The term “self-assembling monomers” includes single molecules (e.g., a single lipid molecule) and small molecular assemblies (e.g., polymerized lipids), whereby the individual small molecular assemblies can be further aggregated (e.g., assembled and polymerized) into larger molecular assemblies.
- As used herein, the term “linker” or “spacer molecule” refers to material that links one entity to another. In one sense, a molecule or molecular group can be a linker that is covalent attached two or more other molecules (e.g., linking a ligand to a self-assembling monomer).
- As used herein, the term “bond” refers to the linkage between atoms in molecules and between ions and molecules in crystals. The term “single bond” refers to a bond with two electrons occupying the bonding orbital. Single bonds between atoms in molecular notations are represented by a single line drawn between two atoms (e.g., C—C). The term “double bond” refers to a bond that shares two electron pairs. Double bonds are stronger than single bonds and are more reactive. The term “triple bond” refers to the sharing of three electron pairs. As used herein, the term “ene-yne” refers to alternating double and triple bonds. As used herein the terms “amine bond,” “thiol bond,” and “aldehyde bond” refer to any bond formed between an amine group (i.e., a chemical group derived from ammonia by replacement of one or more of its hydrogen atoms by hydrocarbon groups), a thiol group (i.e., sulfur analogs of alcohols), and an aldehyde group (i.e., the chemical group —CHO joined directly onto another carbon atom), respectively, and another atom or molecule.
- As used herein, the term “covalent bond” refers to the linkage of two atoms by the sharing of two electrons, one contributed by each of the atoms.
- As used herein, the term “spectrum” refers to the distribution of light energies arranged in order of wavelength.
- As used the term “visible spectrum” refers to light radiation that contains wavelengths from approximately 360 nm to approximately 800 nm.
- As used herein, the term “substrate” refers to a solid object or surface upon which another material is layered or attached. Solid supports include, but are not limited to, glass, metals, gels, and filter paper, among others.
- As used herein, the terms “array” and “patterned array” refer to an arrangement of elements (i.e., entities) into a material or device. For example, combining several types of ligand binding molecules (e.g., antibodies or nucleic acids) into an analyte-detecting device, would constitute an array.
- As used herein, the term “in situ” refers to processes, events, objects, or information that are present or take place within the context of their natural environment.
- As used herein, the term “sample” is used in its broadest sense. In one sense it can refer to a biopolymeric material. In another sense, it is meant to include a specimen or culture obtained from any source, as well as biological and environmental samples. Biological samples may be obtained from animals (including humans) and encompass fluids, solids, tissues, and gases. Biological samples include blood products, such as plasma, serum and the like. Environmental samples include environmental material such as surface matter, soil, water, crystals and industrial samples. These examples are not to be construed as limiting the sample types applicable to the present invention.
- As used herein, the term “liquid crystal” refers to a thermodynamic stable phase characterized by anisotropy of properties without the existence of a three-dimensional crystal lattice, generally lying in the temperature range between the solid and isotropic liquid phase.
- As used herein, the term “mesogen” refers compounds that form liquid crystals, and in particular rigid rodlike or disclike molecules that are components of liquid crystalline materials.
- As used herein, “thermotropic liquid crystal” refers to liquid crystals that result from the melting of mesogenic solids due to an increase in temperature. Both pure substances and mixtures form thermotropic liquid crystals.
- “Lyotropic,” as used herein, refers to molecules that form phases with orientational and/or positional order in a solvent. Lyotropic liquid crystals can be formed using amphiphilic molecules (e.g., sodium laurate, phosphatidylethanolamine, lecithin). The solvent can be water.
- As used herein, the term “heterogenous surface” refers to a surface that orients liquid crystals in at least two separate planes or directions, such as across a gradient.
- As used herein, “nematic” refers to liquid crystals in which the long axes of the molecules remain substantially parallel, but the positions of the centers of mass are randomly distributed. Nematic liquid crystals can be substantially oriented by a nearby surface.
- “Chiral nematic,” as used herein refers to liquid crystals in which the mesogens are optically active. Instead of the director being held locally constant as is the case for nematics, the director rotates in a helical fashion throughout the sample. Chiral nematic crystals show a strong optical activity that is much higher than can be explained on the bases of the rotatory power of the individual mesogens. When light equal in wavelength to the pitch of the director impinges on the liquid crystal, the director acts like a diffraction grating, reflecting most and sometimes all of the light incident on it. If white light is incident on such a material, only one color of light is reflected and it is circularly polarized. This phenomenon is known as selective reflection and is responsible for the iridescent colors produced by chiral nematic crystals.
- “Smectic,” as used herein refers to liquid crystals which are distinguished from “nematics” by the presence of a greater degree of positional order in addition to orientational order; the molecules spend more time in planes and layers than they do between these planes and layers. “Polar smectic” layers occur when the mesogens have permanent dipole moments. In the smectic A2 phase, for example, successive layers show anti ferroelectric order, with the direction of the permanent dipole alternating from layer to layer. If the molecule contains a permanent dipole moment transverse to the long molecular axis, then the chiral smectic phase is ferroelectric. A device utilizing this phase can be intrinsically bistable.
- “Frustrated phases,” as used herein, refers to another class of phases formed by chiral molecules. These phases are not chiral, however, twist is introduced into the phase by an array of grain boundaries. A cubic lattice of defects (where the director is not defined) exist in a complicated, orientationally ordered twisted structure. The distance between these defects is hundreds of nanometers, so these phases reflect light just as crystals reflect x-rays.
- “Discotic phases” are formed from molecules that are disc shaped rather than elongated. Usually these molecules have aromatic cores and six lateral substituents. If the molecules are chiral or a chiral dopant is added to a discotic liquid crystal, a chiral nematic discotic phase can form.
- The present invention relates to the field of detection of analytes, and in particular to detection of viruses, cells, bacteria, lipid-membrane containing organisms, proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates and other biomolecules, organic molecules and inorganic molecules using a liquid crystal assay format. Liquid crystal-based assay systems (LC assays) are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,284,197; WO 01/61357; WO 01/61325; WO 99/63329; Gupta et al., Science 279: 2077-2080 (1998); Seung-Ryeol Kim, Rahul R. Shah, and Nicholas L. Abbott; Orientations of Liquid Crystals on Mechanically Rubbed Films of Bovine Serum Albumin: A Possible Substrate for Biomolecular Assays Based on Liquid Crystals, Analytical Chemistry; 2000; 72(19); 4646-4653; Justin J. Skaife and Nicholas L. Abbott; Quantitative Interpretation of the Optical Textures of Liquid Crystals Caused by Specific Binding of Immunoglobulins to Surface-Bound Antigens, Langmuir; 2000; 16(7); 3529-3536; Vinay K. Gupta and Nicholas L. Abbott; Using Droplets of Nematic Liquid Crystal To Probe the Microscopic and Mesoscopic Structure of Organic Surfaces, Langmuir; 1999; 15(21); 7213-7223; all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- The present invention provides systems, devices, and methods for both direct and indirect detection of analytes. The indirect detection systems utilize a first substrate comprising a recognition moiety that interacts with an analyte of interest, preferably specifically. After the first substrate is exposed to a sample suspected of containing an analyte, analyte interacting with the recognition moieties displayed on the first substrate are transferred to the second substrate. In preferred embodiments, the analyte interacts with the second substrate in a non-specific manner. In further preferred embodiments, the second substrate comprises a detection region that orients mesogens in liquid crystal. The second substrate is then contacted with a liquid crystal. A disordered liquid crystal is indicative of the presence of an analyte in the detection region.
- WO 01/61357 describes the detection of viruses using liquid crystal based assays. These assays utilize a patterned detection region on a substrate that organizes mesogens in a homeotropic orientation. The assays are designed so that binding of a virus to the detection regions disrupts the homeotropic orientation.
- Surprisingly, it has now been discovered that viral particles and other particles or organisms and cells having lipid membranes bound to a surface can homeotropically orient mesogens independent of any underlying topography pattern on the substrate. Thus, assay devices can be developed and manufactured without the time consuming and expensive stop of optimizing and fabricating nanostructured surfaces. Homeotropic alignment is observed in the present assays if the lipid membrane containing entity is either specifically or non-specifically bound to a substrate surface. The assays of the present invention can utilize a variety of recognition moieties to detect a wide variety of entities with lipid membranes in a wide variety of samples. Furthermore, the assays operate independent of temperature constraints. Thus, the assays of the present invention can be used to detect virtually any entity that comprises a lipid membrane that is accessible to mesogens in a liquid crystal.
- In addition to entities with lipids membranes, which are listed below, the devices, systems and methods of the present invention are useful for detecting a variety of analytes, including, but not limited to, the following analytes: biomolecules including polypeptides (e.g., proteins), toxins, polynucleotides (e.g., RNA and DNA), carbohydrates, viruses, mycoplasmas, fungi, bacteria, and protozoa, especially Class A agents such as Variola major (smallpox), Bacillus anthracis (anthrax), Yersinia pestis (plague), Clostridium botulinum (botulism), Francisella tularensis (tularemia), Arenaviruses (Arenaviridae), Ebola hemorrhagic fever virus, Marburg hemorrhagic fever, Lassa fever virus, Junin and related viruses (Argentinian hemorrhagic fever virus, Bolivian hemorrhagic fever virus, Brazilian hemorrhagic fever virus, Venezuelan hemorrhagic fever virus), Dengue hemorrhagic fever virus, and toxins such as botulinum and Trichothecene (T2) mycotoxins; Class B agents such as Coxiella burnetti (Q fever), Brucella sp. (brucellosis), Burkholderia mallei (glanders), Salmonella sp., Shigella dysenteria, Escherichia coli strain O 157:H7, Cryptosporidium parvum, Alphaviruses (Togaviridae family) such as Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Eastern equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis virus, and toxins such as ricin toxin, epsilin toxin from Clostridium perfigens, and Staphylococcus enterotoxin B; and Class C agents such as mutlidrug resistant tuberculosis, Nipah virus, Hantaviruses, Tick-borne hemorrhagic fever viruses, Tick-borne encephalitis viruses, and Yellow fever virus. Other analytes include, but are not limited to, acids, bases, organic ions, inorganic ions, pharmaceuticals, herbicides, pesticides, chemical warfare agents, and noxious gases. These agents can be present as components in mixtures of structurally unrelated compounds, racemic mixtures of stereoisomers, non-racemic mixtures of stereoisomers, mixtures of diastereomers, mixtures of positional isomers or as pure compounds. The detection of these analytes, and specific substrates and recognition moieties for such detection, is described in more detail in co-pending application Ser. Nos. 10/227,974, 10/443,419, and 60/585,275; all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- Accordingly, the present invention provides improved substrates and devices for the detection of analytes. For convenience, the description of the present invention is divided into the following sections: I. Recognition Moieties; II. Substrates; III. Functionalization of Substrates; IV. Mesogens; V. Direct Detection of Entities with Lipid Membranes; VI. Non-specific Detection Following Specific Capture; VII. Detection with Lipid Tags VIII. Kits.
- I. Recognition Moieties
- A variety of recognition moieties find use in the present invention. In preferred embodiments, the recognition moieties are immobilized on detection regions of the substrate (described in more detail below). In some embodiments of the present invention, a “recognition moiety” attached to or associated with the substrate is utilized to bind to or otherwise interact with another molecule or molecules (e.g., analytes). For example, in some embodiments, recognition moieties are attached to either ω-functionalized spacer arms or ω-functionalized SAM components which are in turn attached to or associated with the substrate. Furthermore, a recognition moiety can be presented by a polymer surface (e.g., a rubbed polymer surface).
- In some preferred embodiments, the recognition moiety comprises an organic functional group. In presently preferred embodiments, the organic functional group is a member selected from the group consisting of amines, carboxylic acids, drugs, chelating agents, crown ethers, cyclodextrins or a combination thereof. In another preferred embodiment, the recognition moiety is a biomolecule. In still further preferred embodiments, the biomolecule is a protein, antigen binding protein, peptide, nucleic acid (e.g., single nucleotides or nucleosides, oligonucleotides, polynucleotides and single- and higher-stranded nucleic acids) or a combination thereof. In a presently preferred embodiment, the recognition moiety is biotin. In some embodiments, the recognition moieties are antigen binding proteins. Examples of antigen binding proteins finding use in the present invention include, but are not limited to, immunoglobulins, single chain antibodies, chimeric antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, monoclonal antibodies, and F(ab′)2, Fab′ and Fab fragments.
- Various procedures known in the art may be used for the production of polyclonal antibodies. For the production of antibody, various host animals, including but not limited to rabbits, mice, rats, sheep, goats, etc., can be immunized by injection with the peptide corresponding to an epitope. In a preferred embodiment, the peptide is conjugated to an immunogenic carrier (e.g., diphtheria toxoid, bovine serum albumin (BSA), or keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH)). Various adjuvants may be used to increase the immunological response, depending on the host species, including but not limited to Freund's (complete and incomplete), mineral gels (e.g., aluminum hydroxide), surface active substances (e.g., lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanins, dinitrophenol, and potentially useful human adjuvants such as BCG (Bacille Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum).
- For preparation of monoclonal antibodies, it is contemplated that any technique that provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture will find use with the present invention (See e.g., Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.). These include but are not limited to the hybridoma technique originally developed by Köhler and Milstein (Köhler and Milstein, Nature 256: 495-497 [1975]), as well as the trioma technique, the human B-cell hybridoma technique (See e.g., Kozbor et al., Immunol. Tod., 4:72 [1983]), and the EBV-hybridoma technique to produce human monoclonal antibodies (Cole et al., in Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, Inc., pp. 77-96 [1985]).
- In addition, it is contemplated that techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies (U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778; herein incorporated by reference) will find use in producing specific single chain antibodies that serve as recognition moieties. Furthermore, it is contemplated that any technique suitable for producing antibody fragments will find use in generating antibody fragments that are useful recognition moieties. For example, such fragments include but are not limited to: F(ab′)2 fragment that can be produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule; Fab′ fragments that can be generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab′)2 fragment, and Fab fragments that can be generated by treating the antibody molecule with papain and a reducing agent. In still further embodiments, the recognition moiety comprises a phage displaying an antigen binding protein.
- In some embodiments where the recognition moiety is a polynucleotide or polypeptide, a plurality of recognition moieties are arrayed on the substrates using photo activated chemistry, microcontact printing, and ink-jet printing. In particularly preferred embodiments, photolithography is utilized (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,045,996; 5,925,525; and 5,858,659; each of which is herein incorporated by reference). Using a series of photolithographic masks to define substrate exposure sites, followed by specific chemical synthesis steps, the process constructs high-density arrays of oligonucleotides, with each probe in a predefined position in the array. Multiple probe arrays are synthesized simultaneously on, for example, a large glass wafer. The wafers are then diced, and individual probe arrays are packaged in injection-molded plastic cartridges, which protect them from the environment and serve as chambers for hybridization.
- In other embodiments, nucleic acid recognition moieties are electronically captured on a suitable substrate (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,017,696; 6,068,818; and 6,051,380; each of which are herein incorporated by reference). Through the use of microelectronics, this technology enables the active movement and concentration of charged molecules to and from designated test sites on its semiconductor microchip. DNA capture probes unique to a given target are electronically placed at, or “addressed” to, specific sites on the microchip. Since DNA has a strong negative charge, it can be electronically moved to an area of positive charge.
- In still further embodiments, recognition moieties are arrayed on a suitable substrate by utilizing differences in surface tension (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,001,311; 5,985,551; and 5,474,796; each of which is herein incorporated by reference). This technology is based on the fact that fluids can be segregated on a flat surface by differences in surface tension that have been imparted by chemical coatings. Once so segregated, oligonucleotide probes are synthesized directly on the chip by ink-jet printing of reagents. The array with its reaction sites defined by surface tension is mounted on a X/Y translation stage under a set of four piezoelectric nozzles, one for each of the four standard DNA bases. The translation stage moves along each of the rows of the array and the appropriate reagent is delivered to each of the reaction site. For example, the A amidite is delivered only to the sites where amidite A is to be coupled during that synthesis step and so on. Common reagents and washes are delivered by flooding the entire surface and then removing them by spinning.
- In still further embodiments, recognition moieties are spotted onto a suitable substrate. Such spotting can be done by hand with a capillary tube or micropipette, or by an automated spotting apparatus such as those available from Affymetrix and Gilson (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,601,980; 6,242,266; 6,040,193; and 5,700,637; each of which is incorporated herein by reference).
- When the recognition moiety is an amine, in preferred embodiments, the recognition moiety will interact with a structure on the analyte which reacts by binding to the amine (e.g., carbonyl groups, alkylhalo groups). In another preferred embodiment, the amine is protonated by an acidic moiety on the analyte of interest (e.g., carboxylic acid, sulfonic acid).
- In certain preferred embodiments, when the recognition moiety is a carboxylic acid, the recognition moiety will interact with the analyte by complexation (e.g., metal ions). In still other preferred embodiments, the carboxylic acid will protonate a basic group on the analyte (e.g. amine).
- In another preferred embodiment, the recognition moiety is a drug moiety. The drug moieties can be agents already accepted for clinical use or they can be drugs whose use is experimental, or whose activity or mechanism of action is under investigation. The drug moieties can have a proven action in a given disease state or can be only hypothesized to show desirable action in a given disease state. In a preferred embodiment, the drug moieties are compounds that are being screened for their ability to interact with an analyte of choice. As such, drug moieties that are useful in practicing the instant invention include drugs from a broad range of drug classes having a variety of pharmacological activities.
- Classes of useful agents include, for example, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS). The MAIDS can, for example, be selected from the following categories: (e.g., propionic acid derivatives, acetic acid derivatives, fenamic acid derivatives, biphenylcarboxylic acid derivatives and oxicams); steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs including hydrocortisone and the like; antihistaminic drugs (e.g., chlorpheniranune, triprolidine); antitussive drugs (e.g., dextromethorphan, codeine, carmiphen and carbetapentane); antipruritic drugs (e.g., methidilizine and trimeprizine); anticholinergic drugs (e.g., scopolamine, atropine, homatropine, levodopa); anti-emetic and antinauseant drugs (e.g., cyclizine, meclizine, chlorpromazine, buclizine); anorexic drugs (e.g., benzphetamine, phentermine, chlorphentermine, fenfluramine); central stimulant drugs (e.g., amphetamine, methamphetamine, dextroamphetamine and methylphenidate); antiarrhythmic drugs (e.g., propanolol, procainamide, disopyraminde, quinidine, encainide); P-adrenergic blocker drugs (e.g., metoprolol, acebutolol, betaxolol, labetalol and timolol); cardiotonic drugs (e.g., milrinone, amrinone and dobutamine); antihypertensive drugs (e.g., enalapril, clonidine, hydralazine, minoxidil, guanadrel, guanethidine); diuretic drugs (e.g., amiloride and hydrochlorothiazide); vasodilator drugs (e.g., diltazem, amiodarone, isosuprine, nylidrin, tolazoline and verapamil); vasoconstrictor drugs (e.g., dihydroergotamine, ergotamine and methylsergide); antiulcer drugs (e.g., ranitidine and cimetidine); anesthetic drugs (e.g., lidocaine, bupivacaine, chlorprocaine, dibucaine); antidepressant drugs (e.g., imipramine, desipramine, amitryptiline, nortryptiline); tranquilizer and sedative drugs (e.g., chlordiazepoxide, benacytyzine, benzquinamide, flurazapam, hydroxyzine, loxapine and promazine); antipsychotic drugs (e.g., chlorprothixene, fluphenazine, haloperidol, molindone, thioridazine and trifluoperazine); antimicrobial drugs (antibacterial, antifungal, antiprotozoal and antiviral drugs).
- Antimicrobial drugs which are preferred for incorporation into the present composition include, for example, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of β-lactam drugs, quinolone drugs, ciprofloxacin, norfloxacin, tetracycline, erythromycin, amikacin, triclosan, doxycycline, capreomycin, chlorhexidine, chlortetracycline, oxytetracycline, clindamycin, ethambutol, hexamidine isothionate, metronidazole; pentamidine, gentamycin, kanamycin, lineomycin, methacycline, methenamine, minocycline, neomycin, netilmycin, paromomycin, streptomycin, tobramycin, miconazole, and amanfadine.
- Other drug moieties of use in practicing the present invention include antineoplastic drugs (e.g., antiandrogens (e.g., leuprolide or flutamide), cytocidal agents (e.g., adriamycin, doxorubicin, taxol, cyclophosphamide, busulfan, cisplatin, a-2-interferon) anti-estrogens (e.g., tamoxifen), antimetabolites (e.g., fluorouracil, methotrexate, mercaptopurine, thioguanine).
- The recognition moiety can also comprise hormones (e.g., medroxyprogesterone, estradiol, leuprolide, megestrol, octreotide or somatostatin); muscle relaxant drugs (e.g., cinnamedrine, cyclobenzaprine, flavoxate, orphenadrine, papaverine, mebeverine, idaverine, ritodrine, dephenoxylate, dantrolene and azumolen); antispasmodic drugs; bone-active drugs (e.g., diphosphonate and phosphonoalkylphosphinate drug compounds); endocrine modulating drugs (e.g., contraceptives (e.g., ethinodiol, ethinyl estradiol, norethindrone, mestranol, desogestrel, medroxyprogesterone), modulators of diabetes (e.g., glyburide or chlorpropamide), anabolics, such as testolactone or stanozolol, androgens (e.g., methyltestosterone, testosterone or fluoxymesterone), antidiuretics (e.g., desmopressin) and calcitonins).
- Also of use in the present invention are estrogens (e.g., diethylstilbesterol), glucocorticoids (e.g., triamcinolone, betamethasone, etc.) and progenstogens, such as norethindrone, ethynodiol, norethindrone, levonorgestrel; thyroid agents (e.g., liothyronine or levothyroxine) or anti-thyroid agents (e.g., methimazole); antihyperprolactinemic drugs (e.g., cabergoline); hormone suppressors (e.g., danazol or goserelin), oxytocics (e.g., methylergonovine or oxytocin) and prostaglandins, such as mioprostol, alprostadil or dinoprostone, can also be employed.
- Other useful recognition moieties include immunomodulating drugs (e.g., antihistamines, mast cell stabilizers, such as Iodoxamide and/or cromolyn, steroids (e.g., triamcinolone, beclomethazone, cortisone, dexamethasone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, beclomethasone, or clobetasol), histamine H2 antagonists (e.g., famotidine, cimetidine, ranitidine), immunosuppressants (e.g., azathioprine, cyclosporin), etc. Groups with anti-inflammatory activity, such as sulindac, etodolac, ketoprofen and ketorolac, are also of use. Other drugs of use in conjunction with the present invention will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
- When the recognition moiety is a chelating agent, crown ether or cyclodextrin, host-guest chemistry will dominate the interaction between the recognition moiety and the analyte. The use of host-guest chemistry allows a great degree of recognition-moiety-analyte specificity to be engineered into a device of the invention. The use of these compounds to bind to specific compounds is well known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Pitt et al. “The Design of Chelating Agents for the Treatment of Iron Overload,” In, INORGANIC CHEMISTRY IN BIOLOGY AND MEDICINE; Martell, A. E., Ed.; American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C., 1980, pp. 279-312; Lindoy, L. F., THE CHEMISTRY OF MACROCYCLIC LIGAND COMPLEXES; Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1989; Dugas, H., BIOORGANIC CHEMISTRY; Springer-Verlag, New York, 1989, and references contained therein.
- Additionally, a manifold of routes allowing the attachment of chelating agents, crown ethers and cyclodextrins to other molecules is available to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Meares et al., “Properties of In Vivo Chelate-Tagged Proteins and Polypeptides.” In, MODIFICATION OF PROTEINS: FOOD, NUTRITIONAL, AND PHARMACOLOGICAL ASPECTS;” Feeney, R. E., Whitaker, I. R., Eds., American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C., 1982, pp.370-387; Kasina et al. Bioconjugate Chem. 9: 108-117 (1998); Song et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 8: 249-255 (1997).
- In a presently preferred embodiment, the recognition moiety is a polyaminocarboxylate chelating agent such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) or diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA). These recognition moieties can be attached to any amine-terminated component of a SAM or a spacer arm, for example, by utilizing the commercially available dianhydride (Aldrich Chemical Co., Milwaukee, Wis.).
- In still further preferred embodiments, the recognition moiety is a biomolecule such as a protein, nucleic acid, peptide or an antibody. Biomolecules useful in practicing the present invention can be derived from any source. The biomolecules can be isolated from natural sources or can be produced by synthetic methods. Proteins can be natural proteins or mutated proteins. Mutations can be effected by chemical mutagenesis, site-directed mutagenesis or other means of inducing mutations known to those of skill in the art. Proteins useful in practicing the instant invention include, for example, enzymes, antigens, antibodies and receptors. Antibodies can be either polyclonal or monoclonal. Peptides and nucleic acids can be isolated from natural sources or can be wholly or partially synthetic in origin.
- In those embodiments wherein the recognition moiety is a protein or antibody, the protein can be tethered to a SAM component or a spacer arm by any reactive peptide residue available on the surface of the protein. In preferred embodiments, the reactive groups are amines or carboxylates. In particularly preferred embodiments, the reactive groups are the e-amine groups of lysine residues. Furthermore, these molecules can be adsorbed onto the surface of the substrate or SAM by non-specific interactions (e.g., chemisorption, physisorption).
- Recognition moieties that are antibodies can be used to recognize analytes which are proteins, peptides, nucleic acids, saccharides or small molecules such as drugs, herbicides, pesticides, industrial chemicals and agents of war. Methods of raising antibodies for specific molecules are well-known to those of skill in the art. See, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,147,786; 5,334,528; 5,686,237; 5,573,922; each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Methods for attaching antibodies to surfaces are also art-known (See, Delamarche et al. Langmuir 12: 1944-1946 (1996)).
- Peptides and nucleic acids can be attached to a SAM component or spacer arm. Both naturally-derived and synthetic peptides and nucleic acids are of use in conjunction with the present invention. These molecules can be attached to a SAM component or spacer arm by any available reactive group. For example, peptides can be attached through an amine, carboxyl, sulfhydryl, or hydroxyl group. Such a group can reside at a peptide terminus or at a site internal to the peptide chain. Nucleic acids can be attached through a reactive group on a base (e.g., exocyclic amine) or an available hydroxyl group on a sugar moiety (e.g., 3′- or 5′-hydroxyl). The peptide and nucleic acid chains can be further derivatized at one or more sites to allow for the attachment of appropriate reactive groups onto the chain (See, Chrisey et al. Nucleic Acids Res. 24: 3031-3039 (1996)).
- When the peptide or nucleic acid is a fully or partially synthetic molecule, a reactive group or masked reactive group can be incorporated during the process of the synthesis. Many derivatized monomers appropriate for reactive group incorporation in both peptides and nucleic acids are know to those of skill in the art (See, for example, THE PEPTIDES: ANALYSIS, SYNTHESIS, BIOLOGY, Vol. 2: “Special Methods in Peptide Synthesis,” Gross, E. and Melenhofer, J., Eds., Academic Press, New York (1980)). Many useful monomers are commercially available (Bachem, Sigma, etc.). This masked group can then be unmasked following the synthesis, at which time it becomes available for reaction with a SAM component or a spacer arm.
- In other preferred embodiments, the peptide is attached directly to the substrate (See, Frey et al. Anal. Chem. 68: 3187-3193 (1996)). In a particularly preferred embodiment, the peptide is attached to a gold substrate through a sulfhydryl group on a cysteine residue. In another preferred embodiment, the peptide is attached through a thiol to a spacer arm which terminates in, for example, an iodoacetamide, chloroacetamide, benzyl iodide, benzyl bromide, alkyl iodide or alkyl bromide. Similar immobilization techniques are known to those of skill in the art (See, for example, Zull et al. J. Ind Microbiol. 13: 137-143 (1994)).
- In another preferred embodiment, the recognition moiety forms an inclusion complex with the analyte of interest. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the recognition moiety is a cyclodextrin or modified cyclodextrin. Cyclodextrins are a group of cyclic oligosaccharides produced by numerous microorganisms. Cyclodextrins have a ring structure which has a basket-like shape. This shape allows cyclodextrins to include many kinds of molecules into their internal cavity (See, for example, Szejtli, J., CYCLODEXTRINS AND THEIR INCLUSION COMPLEXES; Akademiai Klado, Budapest, 1982; and Bender et al., CYCLODEXTRIN CHEMISTRY, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1978).
- Cyclodextrins are able to form inclusion complexes with an array of organic molecules including, for example, drugs, pesticides, herbicides and agents of war (See, Tenjarla et al., J. Pharm. Sci. 87: 425-429 (1998); Zughul et al., Pharm. Dev. Technol. 3: 43-53 (1998); and Albers et al., Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst. 12: 311-337 (1995)). Importantly, cyclodextrins are able to discriminate between enantiomers of compounds in their inclusion complexes. Thus, in one preferred embodiment, the invention provides for the detection of a particular enantiomer in a mixture of enantiomers (See, Koppenhoefer et al. J. Chromatogr. A 793: 153-164 (1998)).
- The cyclodextrin recognition moiety can be attached to a SAM component, through a spacer arm or directly to the substrate (See, Yamamoto et al., J. Phys. Chem. B 101: 6855-6860 (1997)). Methods to attach cyclodextrins to other molecules are well known to those of skill in the chromatographic and pharmaceutical arts (See, Sreenivasan, Appl. Polym. Sci. 60: 2245-2249 (1996)).
- In other embodiments, the recognition moieties can be nucleic acids (e.g., RNA or DNA) or receptors that are specific for a particular entity (e.g., virus). In some embodiments, the nucleic acids are aptamers. The isolation of aptamers is described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,475,096; 5,270,163; and 5,475,096; and in PCT publications WO 97/38134, WO 98/33941, and WO 99/07724, all of which are herein incorporated by reference.
- In some embodiments, recognition moieties are incorporated to detect a variety of bacteria and pathogens. Such recognition moieties include, but not limited to, sialic acid to detect HIV (Wies et al., Nature 333: 426 [1988]), influenza (White et al., Cell 56: 725 [1989]), chlamydia (Infect. 1 mm. 57: 2378 [1989]), reovirus, Streptococcus suis, Salmonella, Sendai virus, mumps, newcastle, myxovirus, and Neisseria meningitidis; 9-OAC sialic acid to detect coronavirus, encephalomyelitis virus, and rotavirus; non-sialic acid glycoproteins to detect cytomegalovirus (Virology 176: 337 [1990]) and measles virus (Virology 172: 386 [1989]); CD4 (Khatzman et al., Nature 312: 763 [1985]), vasoactive intestinal peptide (Sacerdote et al., J. of Neuroscience Research 18: 102 [1987]), and peptide T (Ruff et al., FEBS Letters 211: 17 [1987]) to detect HIV; epidermal growth factor to detect vaccinia (Epstein et al., Nature 318: 663 [1985]); acetylcholine receptor to detect rabies (Lentz et al., Science 215: 182 [1982]); Cd3 complement receptor to detect Epstein-Barr virus (Carel et al., J. Biol. Chem. 265: 12293 [1990]); β-adrenergic receptor to detect rheovirus (Co et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 82: 1494 [1985]); ICAM-1 (Marlin et al., Nature 344: 70 [1990]), N-CAM, and myelin-associated glycoprotein MAb (Shephey et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 85: 7743 [1988]) to detect rhinovirus; polio virus receptor to detect polio virus (Mendelsohn et al., Cell 56: 855 [1989]); fibroblast growth factor receptor to detect herpesvirus (Kaner et al., Science 248: 1410 [1990]); oligomannose to detect Escherichia coli; ganglioside GM1 to detect Neisseria meningitidis; and antibodies to detect a broad variety of pathogens (e.g., Neisseria gonorrhoeae, V. vulnificus, V parahaemolyticus, V. cholerae, V. alginolyticus, etc.).
- In still further embodiments, the recognition moiety is a ligand that interacts with a binding partner. Examples of ligands include, but are not limited to, small organic molecules such as steroid molecules and small drug molecules, proteins, polypeptides and peptides, metal ions, and nucleic acids. In some embodiments, the ligand is recognized by a binding molecule in a sample. Examples of binding molecules include, but are not limited to, steroids, hormones, proteins, polypeptides, and peptides such immunoglobulin molecules and fragments thereof, nucleic acids, and other organic or non-organic molecules. In some preferred embodiments, the ligand is recognized by a binding molecule in a body fluid of a test subject. For example, the ligand can be a virus envelope protein or some other antigenic molecule from a pathogenic organism (such as those listed above). In preferred embodiments, the antigenic molecule (e.g., a protein) is recognized by an antibody molecule in the body fluid of a test subject that has been exposed to the pathogenic organism. In particularly preferred embodiments, the ligand is protein E from the envelope of West Nile Virus.
- In some preferred embodiments, the ligands or recognition moieties are complexed with a lipid. The present invention contemplates complexation of the recognition moiety with a variety of lipids and lipid containing materials, including, but not limited to, fatty acids, phospholipids, mono-, di- and tri-glycerides comprising fatty acids and/or phospholipids, lipid bilayers, and liposomes. The lipid containing material can be provided as multilayers, as well as braided, lamellar, helical, tubular, and fiber-like shapes, and combinations thereof. Standard attachment chemistries are available for attaching a recognition moiety or ligand of interest to lipids and lipids containing materials. These attachment chemistries are described in more detail below with reference to liposomes.
- In some preferred embodiments, the present invention utilizes liposomes. A variety of methods are useful for producing liposomes. Such methods are described in detail in numerous articles and have been reviewed in texts such as New (New, Liposomes: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, Oxford, [1989]), and Rosoff (Rosoff, Vesicles, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, [1996]) among others. See also, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,183,772, 6,306,598, 6,180,784, 6,740,643, and 6,706,922, all of which are incorporated herein by reference, for methods of forming liposomes and other lipid containing materials. In some preferred embodiments, the liposomes are prepared using a probe sonication methods. Methods of derivatizing lipids with a diverse range of compounds (e.g., carbohydrates, proteins, nucleic acids, and other chemical groups) are well known in the art. The carboxylic acid on the terminal end of lipids can be easily modified to form esters, phosphate esters, amino groups, ammoniums, hydrazines, polyethylene oxides, amides, and many other compounds. These chemical groups provide linking groups for carbohydrates, proteins, nucleic acids, and other chemical groups (e.g., carboxylic acids can be directly linked to proteins by making the activated ester, followed by reaction to free amine groups on a protein to form an amide linkage). Examples of antibodies attached to Langmuir films are known in the art (See e.g., Tronin et al., Langmuir 11: 385 [1995]; and Vikhohn et al., Langmuir 12: 3276 [1996]). There are numerous other means to couple materials to membranes, or incorporate materials within a membrane, including for example, coupling of proteins or nucleic acids to polymer membranes (See e.g., Bamford et al. Adv. Mat. 6: 550 [1994]); coupling of proteins to self-assembled organic monolayers (See e.g., Willner et al., Adv. Mat. 5: 912 [1993]), and incorporating proteins into membranes (See e.g., Downer et al., Biosensor and Bioelect. 7: 429 [1992]); among others. Ligands (e.g. proteins, nucleic acids, and carbohydrates) can be conveniently attached to the derivatized lipids.
- In some embodiments, ligands or recognition moieties are covalently linked to the head groups of lipid monomers. In other embodiments, ligands or recognition moieties are covalently linked to the surface of a lipid containing material (e.g., proteins and antibodies with multiple amine and thiol linkages to the material surface). Ins till other embodiments, ligands or recognition moieties are non-covalently incorporated into the biopolymeric material (e.g., ganglioside incorporated into the membrane of films and liposomes).
- II. Substrates
- Substrates that are useful in practicing the present invention can be made of practically any physicochemically stable material. In a preferred embodiment, the substrate material is non-reactive towards the constituents of the mesogenic layer. The substrates can be either rigid or flexible and can be either optically transparent or optically opaque. The substrates can be electrical insulators, conductors or semiconductors. Further, the substrates can be substantially impermeable to liquids, vapors and/or gases or, alternatively, the substrates can be permeable to one or more of these classes of materials. Exemplary substrate materials include, but are not limited to, inorganic crystals, inorganic glasses, inorganic oxides, metals, organic polymers and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the substrates have microchannels therein for the delivery of sample and/or other reagents to the substrate surface or detection regions thereon. The design and use of microchannels are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,425,972, 6,418,968, 6447727, 6432720, 5976336, 5882465, 5876675, 6186660, 6100541, 6379974, 6267858, 6251343, 6238538, 6182733, 6068752, 6429025, 6413782, 6274089, 6150180, 6046056, 6358387, 6321791, 6326083, 6171067, and 6167910, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- A. Inorganic Crystal and Glasses
- In some embodiments of the present invention, inorganic crystals and inorganic glasses are utilized as substrate materials (e.g., LiF, NaF, NaCl, KBr, KI, CaF2, MgF2, HgF2, BN, AsS3, ZnS, Si3N4 and the like). The crystals and glasses can be prepared by art standard techniques (See, e.g., Goodman, C. H. L., Crystal Growth Theory and Techniques, Plenum Press, New York 1974). Alternatively, the crystals can be purchased commercially (e.g., Fischer Scientific). The crystals can be the sole component of the substrate or they can be coated with one or more additional substrate components. Thus, it is within the scope of the present invention to utilize crystals coated with, for example one or more metal films or a metal film and an organic polymer. Additionally, a crystal can constitute a portion of a substrate which contacts another portion of the substrate made of a different material, or a different physical form (e.g., a glass) of the same material. Other useful substrate configurations utilizing inorganic crystals and/or glasses will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
- B. Inorganic Oxides
- In other embodiments of the present invention, inorganic oxides are utilized as the substrate. Inorganic oxides of use in the present invention include, for example, Cs2O, Mg(OH)2, TiO2, ZrO2, CeO2, Y2O3, Cr2O3, Fe2O3, NiO, ZnO, Al2O3, SiO2 (glass), quartz, In2O3, SnO2, PbO2 and the like. The inorganic oxides can be utilized in a variety of physical forms such as films, supported powders, glasses, crystals and the like. A substrate can consist of a single inorganic oxide or a composite of more than one inorganic oxide. For example, a composite of inorganic oxides can have a layered structure (i.e., a second oxide deposited on a first oxide) or two or more oxides can be arranged in a contiguous non-layered structure. In addition, one or more oxides can be admixed as particles of various sizes and deposited on a support such as a glass or metal sheet. Further, a layer of one or more inorganic oxides can be intercalated between two other substrate layers (e.g., metal-oxide-metal, metal-oxide-crystal).
- In a presently preferred embodiment, the substrate is a rigid structure that is impermeable to liquids and gases. In this embodiment, the substrate consists of a glass plate onto which a metal, such as gold is layered by evaporative deposition. In a still further preferred embodiment, the substrate is a glass plate (SiO2) onto which a first metal layer such as titanium has been layered. A layer of a second metal such as gold is then layered on top of the first metal layer.
- C. Metals
- In still further embodiments of the present invention, metals are utilized as substrates. The metal can be used as a crystal, a sheet or a powder. The metal can be deposited onto a backing by any method known to those of skill in the art including, but not limited to, evaporative deposition, sputtering, electroless deposition, electrolytic deposition and adsorption or deposition of preform particles of the metal including metallic nanoparticles.
- Any metal that is chemically inert towards the mesogenic layer will be useful as a substrate in the present invention. Metals that are reactive or interactive towards the mesogenic layer will also be useful in the present invention. Metals that are presently preferred as substrates include, but are not limited to, gold, silver, platinum, palladium, nickel and copper. In one embodiment, more than one metal is used. The more than one metal can be present as an alloy or they can be formed into a layered “sandwich” structure, or they can be laterally adjacent to one another. In a preferred embodiment, the metal used for the substrate is gold. In a particularly preferred embodiment the metal used is gold layered on titanium.
- The metal layers can be either permeable or impermeable to materials such as liquids, solutions, vapors and gases.
- D. Organic Polymers
- In still other embodiments of the present invention, organic polymers are utilized as substrate materials. Organic polymers useful as substrates in the present invention include polymers that are permeable to gases, liquids and molecules in solution. Other useful polymers are those that are impermeable to one or more of these same classes of compounds.
- Organic polymers that form useful substrates include, for example, polyalkenes (e.g., polyethylene, polyisobutene, polybutadiene), polyacrylics (e.g., polyacrylate, polymethyl methacrylate, polycyanoacrylate), polyvinyls (e.g., polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl butyral, polyvinyl chloride), polystyrenes, polycarbonates, polyesters, polyurethanes, polyamides, polyimides, polysulfone, polysiloxanes, polyheterocycles, cellulose derivative (e.g., methyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, nitrocellulose), polysilanes, fluorinated polymers, epoxies, polyethers and phenolic resins (See, Cognard, J. ALIGNMENT OF NEMATIC LIQUID CRYSTALS AND THEIR MIXTURES, in Mol. Cryst. Liq. Cryst. 1: 1-74 (1982)). Presently preferred organic polymers include polydimethylsiloxane, polyethylene, polyacrylonitrile, cellulosic materials, polycarbonates and polyvinyl pyridinium.
- In a presently preferred embodiment, the substrate is permeable and it consists of a layer of gold, or gold over titanium, which is deposited on a polymeric membrane, or other material, that is permeable to liquids, vapors and/or gases. The liquids and gases can be pure compounds (e.g., chloroform, carbon monoxide) or they can be compounds which are dispersed in other molecules (e.g., aqueous protein solutions, herbicides in air, alcoholic solutions of small organic molecules). Useful permeable membranes include, but are not limited to, flexible cellulosic materials (e.g., regenerated cellulose dialysis embranes), rigid cellulosic materials (e.g., cellulose ester dialysis membranes), rigid olyvinylidene fluoride membranes, polydimethylsiloxane and track etched polycarbonate membranes.
- In a further preferred embodiment, the layer of gold on the permeable membrane is itself permeable. In a still further preferred embodiment, the permeable gold layer has a thickness of about 70 Angstroms or less.
- In those embodiments wherein the permeability of the substrate is not a concern and a layer of a metal film is used, the film can be as thick as is necessary for a particular application. For example, if the film is used as an electrode, the film can be thicker than in an embodiment in which it is necessary for the film to be transparent or semi-transparent to light.
- Thus, in a preferred embodiment, the film is of a thickness of from about 0.01 nanometer to about 1 micrometer. In a further preferred embodiment, the film is of a thickness of from about 5 nanometers to about 100 nanometers. In yet a further preferred embodiment, the film is of a thickness of from about 10 nanometers to about 50 nanometers.
- E. Formats
- The substrates of the present invention are provided in a variety of formats. For examples, the substrates may present planar or curved surfaces or be beads. The bead format is especially useful for the indirect detection methods described below. The bead substrates of the present invention may comprise any of the substrate materials described above. In some preferred embodiments, the beads are commercially available beads such as agarose beads, acrylic beads, or latex beads. In some embodiments, the beads are magnetic. In still other embodiments, the beads are coated with a metal such as silver or gold. In still other embodiments, substrates such column chromatography media may be used to capture analytes. Examples of such substrates include immunoaffinity columns (i.e., columns containing media functionalized with antigen binding proteins), protein-A affinity columns, cation exchange columns such as S-SEPHAROSE, SP-SEPHAROSE, and carboxymethyl cellulose, anion exchange columns such as DEAE Cellulose, QAE SEPHADEX, and FAST Q SEPHAROSE, sizing columns such as ULTRAGEL columns, phsosphocelluse columns, heparin sulfate columns, and the like. Following elution for the columns analytes are detected as described in detail below.
- III. Functionalization of Substrates
- In some embodiments, the surface of the substrate is functionalized so that a recognition moiety is immobilized on the surface of the substrate. In some embodiments, the immobilized recognition moiety forms a detection region. In some embodiments, a plurality of detection regions are formed on the surface of the substrate. In some embodiments, the same recognition moiety is provided on two or more of the plurality of detection regions, while in other embodiments, at least two different recognition moieties are immobilized on one or more of the plurality of detection regions. In some embodiments, the recognition moieties are arrayed in discreet detection regions on the substrate surfaces by the methods described in more detail below.
- A. Self-Assembled Monolayers
- In some embodiments, the surface of the substrate is first functionalized by forming a self-assembled monolayer (SAM) on the substrate surface. Self-assembled monolayers are generally depicted as an assembly of organized, closely packed linear molecules. There are two widely-used methods to deposit molecular monolayers on solid substrates: Langmuir-Blodgett transfer and self-assembly. Additional methods include techniques such as depositing a vapor of the monolayer precursor onto a substrate surface and the layer-by-layer deposition of polymers and polyelectrolytes from solution (Ladam et al., Protein Adsorption onto Auto-Assembled Polyelectrolyte Films, Langmuir; 2001; 17(3); 878-882).
- The composition of a layer of a SAM useful in the present invention can be varied over a wide range of compound structures and molar ratios. In one embodiment, the SAM is formed from only one compound. In a presently preferred embodiment, the SAM is formed from two or more components. In another preferred embodiment, when two or more components are used, one component is a long-chain hydrocarbon having a chain length of between 10 and 25 carbons and a second component is a short-chain hydrocarbon having a chain length of between 1 and 9 carbon atoms. In particularly preferred embodiments, the SAM is formed from CH3(CH2)15SH and CH3(CH2)4SH or CH3(CH2)15SH and CH3(CH2)9SH. In any of the above described embodiments, the carbon chains can be functionalized at the ω-terminus (e.g., NH2, COOH, OH, CN), at internal positions of the chain (e.g., aza, oxa, thia) or at both the co-terminus and internal positions of the chain.
- A recognition moiety can be attached to the surface of a SAM by any of a large number of art-known attachment methods. In one preferred embodiment, a reactive SAM component is attached to the substrate and the recognition moiety is subsequently bound to the SAM component via the reactive group on the component and a group of complementary reactivity on the recognition moiety (See, e.g., Hegner et al. Biophys. J. 70: 2052-2066 (1996)). In another preferred embodiment, the recognition moiety is attached to the SAM component prior to immobilizing the SAM component on the substrate surface: the recognition moiety-SAM component cassette is then attached to the substrate. In a still further preferred embodiment, the recognition moiety is attached to the substrate via a displacement reaction. In this embodiment, the SAM is preformed and then a fraction of the SAM components are displaced by a recognition moiety or a SAM component bearing a virus recognition moiety. In still other embodiments, the polypeptide recognition moieties are adsorbed directly onto hydrophobic monolayers such as CH3(CH2)15SH. In embodiments where the recognition moiety is an antibody or other molecule that binds to protein A, protein A is first attached to the monolayer followed by the antibody, which is bound by protein A.
- B. Functionalized SAMs
- The discussion which follows focuses on the attachment of a reactive SAM component to the substrate surface. This focus is for convenience only and one of skill in the art will understand that the discussion is equally applicable to embodiments in which the SAM component-recognition moiety is preformed prior to its attachment to the substrate. As used herein, “reactive SAM components” refers to components that have a functional group available for reaction with a recognition moiety or other species following the attachment of the component to the substrate.
- Currently favored classes of reactions available with reactive SAM components are those that proceed under relatively mild conditions. These include, but are not limited to nucleophilic substitutions (e.g., reactions of amines and alcohols with acyl halides), electrophilic substitutions (e.g., enamine reactions) and additions to carbon-carbon and carbon-heteroatom multiple bonds (e.g., Michael reaction, Diels-Alder addition). These and other useful reactions are discussed in March, ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, Third Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1985.
- According to the present invention, a substrate's surface is functionalized with SAM, components and other species by covalently binding a reactive SAM component to the substrate surface in such a way as to derivatize the substrate surface with a plurality of available reactive functional groups. Reactive groups which can be used in practicing the present invention include, for example, amines, hydroxyl groups, carboxylic acids, carboxylic acid derivatives, alkenes, sulfhydryls, siloxanes, etc.
- A wide variety of reaction types are available for the functionalization of a substrate surface. For example, substrates constructed of a plastic such as polypropylene, can be surface derivatized by chromic acid oxidation, and subsequently converted to hydroxylated or aminomethylated surfaces. Substrates made from highly crosslinked divinylbenzene can be surface derivatized by chloromethylation and subsequent functional group manipulation. Additionally, functionalized substrates can be made from etched, reduced polytetrafluoroethylene.
- When the substrates are constructed of a siliaceous material such as glass, the surface can be derivatized by reacting the surface Si—OH, SiO—H, and/or Si—Si groups with a functionalizing reagent. When the substrate is made of a metal film, the surface can be derivatized with a material displaying avidity for that metal.
- In a preferred embodiment, wherein the substrates are made from glass, the covalent bonding of the reactive group to the glass surface is achieved by conversion of groups on the substrate's surface by a silicon modifying reagent such as:
(RO)3—Si—R1—X1 (1)
where R is an alkyl group, such as methyl or ethyl, R1 is a linking group between silicon and X and X is a reactive group or a protected reactive group. The reactive group can also be a recognition moiety as discussed below. Silane derivatives having halogens or other leaving groups beside the displayed alkoxy groups are also useful in the present invention. - A number of siloxane functionalizing reagents can be used, for example:
-
- 1. Hydroxyalkyl siloxanes (Silylate surface, functionalize with diborane, and H2O2 to oxidize the alcohol)
- a. allyl trichlorosilane→→3-hydroxypropyl
- b. 7-oct-1-enyl trichlorosilane→→8-hydroxyoctyl
- 2. Diol (dihydroxyalkyl) siloxanes (silylate surface and hydrolyze to diol)
- a. (glycidyl trimethoxysilane→→(2,3-dihydroxypropyloxy)propyl
- 3. Aminoalkyl siloxanes (amines requiring no intermediate functionalizing step).
- a. 3-aminopropyl trimethoxysilane→aminopropyl
- 4. Dimeric secondary aminoalkyl siloxanes
- a. bis (3-trimethoxysilylpropyl) amine→bis(silyloxylpropyl)amine.
- 1. Hydroxyalkyl siloxanes (Silylate surface, functionalize with diborane, and H2O2 to oxidize the alcohol)
- It will be apparent to those of skill in the art that an array of similarly useful functionalizing chemistries are available when SAM components other than siloxanes are used. Thus, for example similarly functionalized alkyl thiols can be attached to metal films and subsequently reacted to produce the functional groups such as those exemplified above.
- In another preferred embodiment, the substrate is at least partially a metal film, such as a gold film, and the reactive group is tethered to the metal surface by an agent displaying avidity for that surface. In a presently preferred embodiment, the substrate is at least partially a gold film and the group which reacts with the metal surface comprises a thiol, sulfide or disulfide such as:
Y—S—R2—X2 (2)
R2 is a linking group between sulfur and X2 and X2 is a reactive group or a protected reactive group. X2 can also be a recognition moiety as discussed below. Y is a member selected from the group consisting of H, R3 and R3—S—, wherein R2 and R3 are independently selected. When R2 and R3 are the same, symmetrical sulfides and disulfides result, and when they are different, asymmetrical sulfides and disulfides result. - A large number of functionalized thiols, sulfides and disulfides are commercially available (Aldrich Chemical Co., St. Louis). Additionally, those of skill in the art have available to them a manifold of synthetic routes with which to produce additional such molecules. For example, amine-functionalized thiols can be produced from the corresponding halo-amines, halo-carboxylic acids, etc. by reaction of these halo precursors with sodium sulfhydride. See, e.g., Reid, ORGANIC CHEMISTRY of BIVALENT SULFUR, VOL 1, pp. 21-29, 32-35, vol. 5, pp. 27-34, Chemical Publishing Co., New York, 1.958, 1963. Additionally, functionalized sulfides can be prepared via alkylthio-de-halogenation with a mercaptan salt (See, Reid, ORGANIC CHEMISTRY OF BIVALENT SULFUR, vol. 2, pp. 16-21, 24-29, vol. 3, pp. 11-14, Chemical Publishing Co., New York, 1960). Other methods for producing compounds useful in practicing the present invention will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
- In another preferred embodiment, the functionalizing reagent provides for more than one reactive group per each reagent molecule. Using reagents such as Compound 3, below, each reactive site on the substrate surface is, in essence, “amplified” to two or more functional groups:
(RO)3—Si—R2—(X2)n (3)
where R is an alkyl group, such as methyl, R2 is a linking group between silicon and X2, X2 is a reactive group or a protected reactive group and n is an integer between 2 and 50, and more preferably between 2 and 20. - Similar amplifying molecules are also of use in those embodiments wherein the substrate is at least partially a metal film. In these embodiments the group which reacts with the metal surface comprises a thiol, sulfide or disulfide such as in Formula (4):
Y—S—R2—(X2)n (4)
As discussed above, R2 is a linking group between sulfur and X2 and X2 is a reactive group or a protected reactive group. X2 can also be a recognition moiety. Y is a member selected from the group consisting of H, R3 and R3—S—, wherein R2 and R3 are independently selected. - R groups of use for R1, R2 and R3 in the above described embodiments of the present invention include, but are not limited to, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, substituted aryl, substituted arylalkyl, acyl, halogen, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, alkoxy, acyloxy, aryloxy, aryloxyalkyl, mercapto, saturated cyclic hydrocarbon, unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic and heterocyclicalkyl groups.
- In each of Formulae 1-4, above, each of R1, R2 and R3 are either stable or they can be cleaved by chemical or photochemical reactions. For example, R groups comprising ester or disulfide bonds can be cleaved by hydrolysis and reduction, respectively. Also within the scope of the present invention is the use of R groups which are cleaved by light such as, for example, nitrobenzyl derivatives, phenacyl groups, benzoin esters, etc. Other such cleaveable groups are well-known to those of skill in the art.
- In another preferred embodiment, the organosulfur compound is partially or entirely halogenated. An example of compounds useful in this embodiment include:
X1Q2C(CQ1 2)mZ1(CQ2 2)nSH (5)
wherein, X1 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, halogen reactive groups and protected reactive groups. Reactive groups can also be recognition moieties as discussed below. Q, Q1 and Q2 are independently members selected from the group consisting of H and halogen. Z1 is a member selected from the group consisting of —CQ2—, —CQ1 2—, —CQ2 2—, —O—, —S—, NR4—, —C(O)NR4 and R4NC(O0-, in which R4 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic groups and m and n are independently a number between 0 and 40. - In yet another preferred embodiment, the organic layer comprises a compound according to
Formula 5 above, in which Q, Q1 and Q2 are independently members selected from the group consisting of H and fluorine. In a still further preferred embodiment, the organic layer comprises compounds having a structure according to Formulae (6) and (7):
CF3(CF2)mZ1(CH2)nSH (6)
CF3(CF2)oZ2(CH2)pSH (7)
wherein, Z1 and Z2 are members independently selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —O—, —S—, NR4, —C(O)NR4 and R4NC(O)— in which R4 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic groups. In a presently preferred embodiment, the Z groups of adjacent molecules participate in either an attractive (e.g., hydrogen bonding) or repulsive (e.g., van der Waals) interaction. - In Formula 7, m is a number between 0 and 40, n is a number between 0 and 40, o is a number between 0 and 40 and p is a number between 0 and 40.
- In a further preferred embodiment, the compounds of Formulae 6 and 7 are used in conjunction with an organosulfur compound, either halogentated or unhalogenated, that bears a recognition moiety.
- When the organic layer is formed from a halogenated organosulfur compound, the organic layer can comprise a single halogenated compound or more than one halogenated compound having different structures. Additionally, these layers can comprise a non-halogenated organosulfur compound.
- The reactive functional groups (X1 and X2) are, for example:
-
- (a) carboxyl groups and various derivatives thereof including, but not limited to, N-hydroxysuccinimide esters, N-hydroxybenztriazole esters, acid halides, acyl imidazoles, thioesters, p-nitrophenyl esters, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl and aromatic esters;
- (b) hydroxyl groups which can be converted to esters, ethers, aldehydes, etc.
- (c) haloalkyl groups wherein the halide can be later displaced with a nucleophilic group such as, for example, an amine, a carboxylate anion, thiol anion, carbanion, or an alkoxide ion, thereby resulting in the covalent attachment of a new group at the site of the halogen atom;
- (d) dienophile groups which are capable of participating in Diels-Alder reactions such as, for example, maleimido groups;
- (e) aldehyde or ketone groups such that subsequent derivatization is possible via formation of carbonyl derivatives such as, for example, imines, hydrazones, semicarbazones or oximes, or via such mechanisms as Grignard addition or alkyllithium addition;
- (f) sulfonyl halide groups for subsequent reaction with amines, for example, to form sulfonamides;
- (g) thiol groups which can be converted to disulfides or reacted with acyl halides;
- (h) amine or sulfhydryl groups which can be, for example, acylated or alkylated;
- (i) alkenes which can undergo, for example, cycloadditions, acylation, Michael addition, etc; and
- (j) epoxides which can react with, for example, amines and hydroxyl compounds.
- The reactive moieties can also be recognition moieties. The nature of these groups is discussed in greater detail below.
- The reactive functional groups can be chosen such that they do not participate in, or interfere with, the reaction controlling the attachment of the functionalized SAM component onto the substrate's surface. Alternatively, the reactive functional group can be protected from participating in the reaction by the presence of a protecting group. Those of skill in the art will understand how to protect a particular functional group from interfering with a chosen set of reaction conditions. For examples of useful protecting groups, see Greene et al., PROTECTIVE GROUPS IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991.
- In a preferred embodiment, the SAM component bearing the recognition moiety is attached directly and essentially irreversibly via a “stable bond” to the surface of the substrate. A “stable bond”, as used herein, is a bond which maintains its chemical integrity over a wide range of conditions (e.g., amide, carbamate, carbon-carbon, ether, etc.). In another preferred embodiment, the SAM component bearing the recognition moiety is attached to the substrate surface by a “cleaveable bond”. A “cleaveable bond”, as used herein, is a bond that is designed to undergo scission under conditions which do not degrade other bonds in the recognition moiety-analyte complex. Cleaveable bonds include, but are not limited to, disulfide, imine, carbonate and ester bonds.
- In certain embodiments, it is advantageous to have the recognition moiety attached to a SAM component having a structure that is different than that of the constituents of the bulk SAM. In this embodiment, the group to which the recognition moiety is bound is referred to as a “spacer arm” or “spacer.” Using such spacer arms, the properties of the SAM adjacent to the recognition moiety can be controlled. Properties that are usefully controlled include, for example, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, surface-activity and the distance of the recognition moiety from the plane of the substrate and/or the SAM. For example, in a SAM composed of alkanethiols, the recognition moiety can be attached to the substrate or the surface of the SAM via an amine terminated poly(ethyleneglycol). Numerous other combinations of spacer arms and SAMs are accessible to those of skill in the art.
- The hydrophilicity of the substrate surface can be enhanced by reaction with polar molecules such as amine-, hydroxyl- and polyhydroxylcontaining molecules. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, polylysine, polyethyleneimine, poly(ethyleneglycol) and poly(propyleneglycol). Suitable functionalization chemistries and strategies for these compounds are known in the art (See, for example, Dunn, R. L., et al., Eds. POLYMERIC DRUGS AND DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS, ACS Symposium Series Vol. 469, American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C. 1991).
- The hydrophobicity of the substrate surface can be modulated by using a hydrophobic spacer arm such as, for example, long chain diamines, long chain thiols, α, ω-amino acids, etc. Representative hydrophobic spacers include, but are not limited to, 1,6-hexanediamine, 1,8-octanediamine, 6-aminohexanoic acid and 8-aminooctanoic acid.
- The substrate surface can also be made surface-active by attaching to the substrate surface a spacer which has surfactant properties. Compounds useful for this purpose include, for example, aminated or hydroxylated detergent molecules such as, for example, 1-aminododecanoic acid.
- In another embodiment, the spacer serves to distance the virus recognition moiety from the substrate or SAM. Spacers with this characteristic have several uses. For example, a recognition moiety held too closely to the substrate or SAM surface may not react with incoming analyte, or it may react unacceptably slowly. When an analyte is itself sterically demanding, the reaction leading to recognition moiety-analyte complex formation can be undesirably slowed, or not occur at all, due to the monolithic substrate hindering the approach of the two components.
- In another embodiment, the physicochemical characteristics (e.g., hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, surface activity, conformation) of the substrate surface and/or SAM are altered by attaching a monovalent moiety which is different in composition than the constituents of the bulk SAM and which does not bear a recognition moiety. As used herein, “monovalent moiety” refers to organic molecules with only one reactive functional group. This functional group attaches the molecule to the substrate. “Monovalent moieties” are to be contrasted with the bifunctional “spacer” groups described above. Such monovalent groups are used to modify the hydrophilicity, hydrophobicity, binding characteristics, etc. of the substrate surface. Examples of groups useful for this purpose include long chain alcohols, amines, fatty acids, fatty acid derivatives, poly(ethyleneglycol) monomethyl ethers, etc.
- When two or more structurally distinct moieties are used as components of the SAMs, the components can be contacted with the substrate as a mixture of SAM components or, alternatively, the components can be added individually. In those embodiments in which the SAM components are added as a mixture, the mole ratio of a mixture of the components in solution results in the same ratio in the mixed SAM. Depending on the manner in which the SAM is assembled, the two components do not phase segregate into islands (See, Bain and Whitesides, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 111: 7164 (1989)). This feature of SAMs can be used to immobilize recognition moieties or bulky modifying groups in such a manner that certain interactions, such as steric hindrance, between these molecules is minimized.
- The individual components of the SAMs can also be bound to the substrate in a sequential manner. Thus, in one embodiment, a first SAM component is attached to the substrate's surface by “underlabeling” the surface functional groups with less than a stoichiometric equivalent of the first component. The first component can be a SAM component liked to a terminal reactive group or recognition group, a spacer arm or a monovalent moiety. Subsequently, the second component is contacted with the substrate. This second component can either be added in stoichiometric equivalence, stoichiometric excess or can again be used to underlabel to leave sites open for a third component.
- C. Polyimides
- In some embodiments, the substrates are coated with polyimide layer. It is contemplated that polyimide coated substrates are especially useful because in some instances, the surfaces homeotropically orient a liquid crystal, while in other instances the surfaces can be rubbed to provide an anisotropic surface for orient a liquid crystal. In preferred embodiments, a substrate such as a silicon wafer is coated with a polyimide. In preferred embodiment, the substrate is spin coated with the polyimide. A variety of polyimides find use with the present invention, including, but not limited to Nissan 7210, Nissan 3510, Nissan 410, Nissan 3140, Nissan 5291, and Japan Synthetic Rubber JALS 146-R19 for planar alignment of liquid crystals and Nissan 7511L and SE 1211 for homeotropic orientation of liquid crystals. Surprising, it has been found that the ability of rubbed polyimide surfaces to orient liquid crystals is maintained when a recognition moiety is displayed on the rubbed surface, and then masked when an analyte binds the recognition moiety. Thus, areas where an analyte is bound have a non-ordered liquid crystal and appear white or bright when viewed through cross polars and areas where analyte is not bound remain ordered and appear dark when viewed through cross polars. Surprising, it has also been found that polyimide surfaces that homeotropically orient liquid crystals can be used to report non-specific binding to the surface. In these embodiments, areas where an analyte is bound have a disordered liquid crystal appear white or bright when viewed through cross polars and areas where no analyte is bound maintain the homeotropic orientation and appear dark. These different polyimides provide different anchoring properties and different binding affinity to different proteins which can be used to probe and report the binding events between the proteins. Likewise, different liquid crystals show different response to the specific binding event. Therefore, it is possible to tune the assays by using different liquid crystalline materials such as, 5CB, BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and (p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline (MBBA) with different optical and dielectric properties.
- D. Direct Adsorption
- In some embodiments, the recognition moiety is immobilized on a substrate by direct adsorption. For example, an antibody can be immobilized onto a thin film of polyurethane spin coated onto a gold substrate surface.
- E. Arrays
- In some embodiments where the virus recognition moiety is a polynucleotide or polypeptide, a plurality of virus recognition moieties are arrayed on the substrates using photo activated chemistry, microcontact printing, and ink-jet printing. In particularly preferred embodiments, photolithography is utilized (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,045,996; 5,925,525; and 5,858,659; each of which is herein incorporated by reference). Using a series of photolithographic masks to define substrate exposure sites, followed by specific chemical synthesis steps, the process constructs high-density arrays of oligonucleotides, with each probe in a predefined position in the array. Multiple probe arrays are synthesized simultaneously on, for example, a large glass wafer. The wafers are then diced, and individual probe arrays are packaged in injection-molded plastic cartridges, which protect them from the environment and serve as chambers for hybridization.
- In other embodiments, nucleic acid virus recognition moieties are electronically captured on a suitable substrate (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,017,696; 6,068,818; and 6,051,380; each of which are herein incorporated by reference). Through the use of microelectronics, this technology enables the active movement and concentration of charged molecules to and from designated test sites on its semiconductor microchip. DNA capture probes unique to a given target are electronically placed at, or “addressed” to, specific sites on the microchip. Since DNA has a strong negative charge, it can be electronically moved to an area of positive charge.
- In still further embodiments, virus recognition moieties are arrayed on a suitable substrate by utilizing differences in surface tension (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,001,311; 5,985,551; and 5,474,796; each of which is herein incorporated by reference). This technology is based on the fact that fluids can be segregated on a flat surface by differences in surface tension that have been imparted by chemical coatings. Once so segregated, oligonucleotide probes are synthesized directly on the chip by ink-jet printing of reagents. The array with its reaction sites defined by surface tension is mounted on a X/Y translation stage under a set of four piezoelectric nozzles, one for each of the four standard DNA bases. The translation stage moves along each of the rows of the array and the appropriate reagent is delivered to each of the reaction site. For example, the A amidite is delivered only to the sites where amidite A is to be coupled during that synthesis step and so on. Common reagents and washes are delivered by flooding the entire surface and then removing them by spinning.
- In still further embodiments, virus recognition moieties are spotted onto a suitable substrate. Such spotting can be done by hand with a capillary tube or micropipette, or by an automated spotting apparatus such as those available from Affymetrix and Gilson (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,601,980; 6,242,266; 6,040,193; and 5,700,637; each of which is incorporated herein by reference).
- E. Blocking
- In some embodiments, following immobilization of the recognition moiety on the surface of the substrate, the remainder of the substrate is blocked to guard against non-specific binding to the substrate surface. Examples of suitable blocking agents, include, but are not limited to, serum albumins, zwitterionic polymers, adsorbed lipid layers, dextran and other sugars, cross-linked lipids, polyethylene oxide, polyoxazolines, hydrogels, and milk. In preferred embodiments, the blocking agent bovine serum albumin, human serum albumin or equine serum albumin.
- IV. Mesogens
- Any compound or mixture of compounds which forms a mesogenic layer can be used in conjunction with the present invention. The mesogens can form thermotropic or lyotropic liquid crystals. Both the thermotropic and lyotropic liquid crystals can exist in a number of forms including nematic, chiral nematic, smectic, polar smectic, chiral smectic, frustrated phases and discotic phases.
TABLE 1 Molecular structure of mesogens suitable for use in Liquid Crystal Assay Devices Mesogen Structure Anisaldazine NCB CBOOA Comp A Comp B DB7NO2 DOBAMBC nOm n = 1, m = 4: MBBA n = 2, m = 4: EBBA nOBA n = 8: OOBA n = 9: NOBA nmOBC nOCB nOSI 98P PAA PYP906 {overscore (n)}Sm - Presently preferred mesogens are displayed in Table 1. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the mesogen is a member selected from the group consisting of 4-cyano-4′-pentylbiphenyl, N-(4methoxybenzylidene)-4-butlyaniline and combinations thereof.
- The mesogenic layer can be a substantially pure compound, or it can contain other compounds which enhance or alter characteristics of the mesogen. Thus, in one preferred embodiment, the mesogenic layer further comprises a second compound, for example and alkane, which expands the temperature range over which the nematic and isotropic phases exist. Use of devices having mesogenic layers of this composition allows for detection of the analyte recognition moiety interaction over a greater temperature range.
- In some preferred embodiments, the mesogenic layer further comprises a dichroic dye or fluorescent compound. Examples of dichroic dyes and fluorescent compounds useful in the present invention include, but are not limited to, azobenzene, BTBP, polyazo compounds, anthraquinone, perylene dyes, and the like. In particularly preferred embodiments, a dichroic dye of fluorescent compound is selected that complements the orientation dependence of the liquid crystal so that polarized light is not required to read the assay. In some preferred embodiments, if the absorbance of the liquid crystal is in the visible range, then changes in orientation can be observed using ambient light without crossed polars. In other preferred embodiments, the dichroic dye or fluorescent compound is used in combination with a fluorimeter and the changes in fluorescence are used to detect changes in orientation of the liquid crystal.
- V. Direct Detection of Entities with Lipid Membranes
- The present invention provides methods and devices for the direct detection of entities having a biological membrane, including viruses and bacteria that are pathogens. The systems and devices of the present invention can be of any configuration that allows for the contact of a mesogenic layer with an organic layer or inorganic layer (e.g., metal, metal salt or metal oxide). The only limitations on size and shape are those that arise from the situation in which the device is used or the purpose for which it is intended. The device can be planar or non-planar. Thus, it is within the scope of the present invention to use any number of polarizers, lenses, filters lights, and the like to practice the present invention.
- The systems and devices of the present invention find use in the detection of variety of viruses and entities having lipid membranes. Examples of such entities having lipid membranes include, but are not limited to, viruses, bacteria, liposomes, cells, mycoplasmas, protozoans, fungi and the like.
- The present invention is not limited to the detection of any particular type of virus. Indeed, the present invention contemplates the detection of a variety of viruses, including viruses from the following families: Adenoviridae, Arenaviridae, Astroviridae, Bimaviridae, Bunyaviridae, Caliciviridae, Circoviridae, Coronaviridae, Filoviridae, Flaviviridae, Hepadnaviridae, Herpesviridae, Iridoviridae, Filoviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Papovaviridae, Paramyxoviridae, Parvoviridae, Picomaviridae, Poxyiridae, Reoviridae, Retroviridae, Rhabdoviridae, Togaviridae, Badnavirus, Bromoviridae, Comoviridae, Geminiviridae, Partitiviridae, Potyviridae, Sequiviridae, and Tombusviridae; the following genera: Mastadenovirus, Aviadenovirus, African swine fever-like viruses, Arenavirus, Arterivirus, Astrovirus, Aquabirnavirus, Avibimavirus, Bunyavirus, Hantavirus, Nairovirus, Phlebovirus, Calicivirus, Circovirus, Coronavirus, Torovirus, Deltavirus, Filovirus, Flavivirus, Japanese Encephalitis Virus group, Pestivirus, Hepatitis C—like viruses, Orthohepadnavirus, Avihepadnavirus, Simplexvirus, Varicellovirus, Cytomegalovirus, Muromegalovirus, Roseolovirus, Lymphocryptovirus, Rhadinovirus, Ranavirus, Lymphocystivirus, Goldfish virus-like viruses, Influenzavirus A, B, Influenzavirus C, Thogoto-Like viruses, Polyomavirus, Papillomavirus, Paramyxovirus, Morbillivirus, Rubulavirus, Pneumovirus, Parvovirus, Erythrovirus, Dependovirus, Enterovirus, Rhinovirus, Hepatovirus, Cardiovirus, Aphthovirus, Orthopoxvirus, Parapoxvirus, Avipoxvirus, Capripoxvirus, Leporipoxvirus, Suipoxvirus, Molluscipoxvirus, Yatapoxvirus, Orthoreovirus, Orbivirus, Rotavirus, Coltivirus, Aquareovirus, mammalian type B retroviruses, mammalian type C retroviruses, avian type C retroviruses, type D retroviruses, blv-htlv retroviruses, Lentivirus, Spumavirus, Vesiculovirus, Lyssavirus, Ephemerovirus, Alphavirus, Rubivirus, Badnavirus, Alfamovirus, Ilarvirus, Bromovirus, Cucumovirus, Tospovirus, Capillovirus, Carlavirus, Caulimovirus, Closterovirus, Comovirus, Fabavirus, Nepovirus, Dianthovirus, Enamovirus, Furovirus, Subgroup I Geminivirus, Subgroup II Geminivirus, Subgroup III Geminivirus, Hordeivirus, Idaeovirus, Luteovirus, Machlomovirus, Marafivirus, Necrovirus, Partitiviridae, Alphacryptovirus, Betacryptovirus, Potexvirus, Potyvirus, Rymovirus, Bymovirus, Fijivirus, Phytoreovirus, Oryzavirus, Nucleorhabdovirus, Sequivirus, Waikavirus, Sobemovirus, Tenuivirus, Tobamovirus, Tobravirus, Carmovirus, Tombusvirus, Trichovirus, Tymovirus, Umbravirus; and the following species: human adenovirus 2, fowl adenovirus 1, African swine fever virus, lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, equine arteritis virus, human astrovirus 1, infectious pancreatic necrosis virus, infectious bursal disease virus, Bunyamwera virus, Hantaan virus, Nairobi sheep disease virus, sandfly fever Sicilian virus, vesicular exanthema of swine virus, chicken anemia virus, avian infectious bronchitis virus, Berne virus, hepatitis delta virus, Marburg virus, yellow fever virus, west Nile virus, bovine diarrhea virus, hepatitis C virus, hepatitis B virus, duck hepatitis B virus, human herpesvirus 1, human herpesvirus 3, human herpesvirus 5, human cytomegalovirus, mouse cytomegalovirus 1, human herpesvirus 6, human herpesvirus 4, ateline herpesvirus 2, frog virus 3, flounder virus, goldfish virus 1, influenza A virus, influenza B virus, influenza C virus, Thogoto virus, murine polyomavirus, cottontail rabbit papillomavirus (Shope), Paramyxovirus, human parainfluenza virus 1, measles virus, mumps virus, human respiratory syncytial virus, mice minute virus, B 19 virus, adeno-associated virus 2, poliovirus 1, human rhinovirus 1A, porcine rhinovirus, hepatitis A virus, encephalomyocarditis virus, St. Louis encephalomyocarditis virus, foot-and-mouth disease virus O, vaccinia virus, orf virus, fowlpox virus, sheeppox virus, monkey pox virus, myxoma virus, swinepox virus, Molluscum contagiosum virus, Yaba monkey tumor virus, reovirus 3, bluetongue virus 1, simian rotavirus SA11, Colorado tick fever virus, golden shiner virus, mouse mammary tumor virus, murine leukemia virus, avian leukosis virus, Mason-Pfizer monkey virus, bovine leukemia virus, human immunodeficiency virus 1, human spumavirus, vesicular stomatitis Indiana virus, rabies virus, bovine ephemeral fever virus, Sindbis virus, rubella virus, commelina yellow mottle virus, alfalfa mosaic virus, tobacco streak virus, brome mosaic virus, cucumber mosaic virus, tomato spotted wilt virus, apple stem grooving virus, carnation latent virus, cauliflower mosaic virus, beet yellows virus, cowpea mosaic virus, broad bean wilt virus 1, tobacco ringspot virus, carnation ringspot virus, pea enation mosaic virus, soil-borne wheat mosaic virus, maize streak virus, beet curly top virus, bean golden mosaic virus, barley stripe mosaic virus, raspberry bushy dwarf virus, barley yellow dwarf virus, maize chlorotic mottle virus, maize rayado fino virus, tobacco necrosis virus, white clover cryptic virus 1, white clover cryptic virus 2, potato virus X, potato virus Y, ryegrass mosaic virus, barley yellow mosaic virus, Fiji disease virus, wound tumor virus, rice ragged stunt virus, potato yellow dwarf virus, tobacco necrosis satellite, parsnip yellow fleck virus, rice tungro spherical virus, Southern bean mosaic virus, rice stripe virus, tobacco mosaic virus, tobacco rattle virus, carnation mottle virus, tomato bushy stunt virus, apple chlorotic leaf spot virus, turnip yellow mosaic virus, carrot mottle virus.
- The present invention is not limited to the detection of any particular type of bacteria. Indeed, the detection of variety of bacteria is contemplated, including, but not limited to Gram-positive cocci such as Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes (group A), Streptococcus spp. (viridans group), Streptococcus agalactiae (group B), S. bovis, Streptococcus (anaerobic species), Streptococcus pneumoniae, and Enterococcus spp.; Gram-negative cocci such as Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitidis, and Branhamella catarrhalis; Gram-positive bacilli such as Bacillus anthracis, Bacillus subtilis, Corynebacterium diphtheriae and Corynebacterium species which are diptheroids (aerobic and anerobic), Listeria monocytogenes, Clostridium tetani, Clostridium difficile, Escherichia coli, Enterobacter species, Proteus mirablis and other spp., Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Campylobacter jejuni, Legionella peomophilia, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Clostridium tetani, Hemophilus influenzae, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Treponema pallidum, Bacillus anthracis, Vibrio cholerae, Borrelia burgdorferi, Cornebacterium diphtheria, Staphylococcus aureus, Bacillus anthracis, and other members of the following genera: Vibrio, Salmonella, Shigella, Pseudomonas, Actinomyces, Aeromonas, Bacillus, Bacteroides, Bordetella, Brucella, Campylobacter, Capnbocylophaga, Clamydia, Clostridium, Corynebacterium, Eikenella, Erysipelothriz, Escherichia, Fusobacterium, Hemophilus, Klebsiella, Legionella, Leptospira, Listeria, Mycobacterium, Mycoplasma, Neisseria, Nocardia, Pasteurella, Proteus, Pseudomonas, Rickettsia, Salmonella, Selenomonas, Shigelia, Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, Treponema, Bibro, and Yersinia. Bacterial infections result in diseases such as bacteremia, pneumonia, meningitis, osteomyelitis, endocarditis, sinusitis, arthritis, urinary tract infections, tetanus, gangrene, colitis, acute gastroenteritis, bronchitis, and a variety of abscesses, nosocomial infections, and opportunistic infections.
- The present invention is not limited to the detection of any particular fungi. Examples of fungi include, but are not limited to, dermatophytes (e.g., Microsporum canis and other M. spp.; and Trichophyton spp. such as T. rubrum, and T. mentagrophytes), yeasts (e.g., Candida albicans, C. Tropicalis, or other Candida species), Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Torulopsis glabrata, Epidermophyton floccosum, Malassezia furfur (Pityropsporon orbiculare, or P. ovale), Cryptococcus neoformans, Aspergillus fumigatus, Aspergillus nidulans, and other Aspergillus spp., Zygomycetes (e.g., Rhizopus, Mucor), Paracoccidioides brasiliensis, Blastomyces dermatitides, Histoplasma capsulatum, Coccidioides immitis, and Sporothrix schenckii. Fungal infections (mycoses) may be cutaneous, subcutaneous, or systemic. Superficial mycoses include tinea capitis, tinea corporis, tinea pedis, onychomoycosis, perionychomycosis, pityriasis versicolor, oral thrush, and other candidoses such as vaginal, respiratory tract, biliary, eosophageal, and urinary tract candidoses. Systemic mycoses include systemic and mucocutaneous candidosis, cryptococcosis, aspergillosis, mucormycosis (phycomycosis), paracoccidioidomycosis, North American blastomycosis, histoplasmosis, coccidioidomycosis, and sporotrichosis. Fungal infections also contribute to meningitis and pulmonary or respiratory tract diseases. Opportunistic fungal infections have proliferated, particularly in immunocompromised patients such as those with AIDS. Preferred organisms include Escherichia coli, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Staphylococcus aureus, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Aspergillus fumigatus, and Aspergillus nidulans. See Goodman and Gilman's Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, (8th ed., 1990) Table 44-1, page 1024-1033, for additional microbial pathogens, diseases, and current therapeutic agents. The above-described cells are generally available, for example, from the American Type Culture Collection.
- The present invention is not limited to the detection of any particular types of cells. Examples of such cells include, but are not limited to, Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO—K1, ATCC CCl-61); bovine mammary epithelial cells (ATCC CRL 10274; bovine mammary epithelial cells); monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture; see, e.g.; Graham et al., J. Gen Virol., 36: 59 [1977]); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK, ATCC CCL 10); mouse sertoli cells (TM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod. 23: 243-251 [1980]); monkey kidney cells (CV1 ATCC CCL 70); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL-1587); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA, ATCC CCL 2); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34); buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442); human lung cells (WI38, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51); TR1 cells (Mather et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci., 383: 44-68 [1982]); MRC 5 cells; FS4 cells; rat fibroblasts (208F cells); MDBK cells (bovine kidney cells); human hepatoma line (Hep G2), and, for example, the following cancerous cells or cells isolated from the following carcinomas: fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, Ewing's tumor, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, colon carcinoma, pancreatic cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinomas, cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilns' tumor, cervical cancer, testicular tumor, lung carcinoma, small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, epithelial carcinoma, glioma, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, hemangioblastoma, acoustic neuroma, oligodendroglioma, meningioma, melanoma, neuroblastoma, retinoblastoma; leukemias, acute lymphocytic leukemia and acute myelocytic leukemia (myeloblastic, promyelocytic, myelomonocytic, monocytic and erythroleukemia); chronic leukemia (chronic myelocytic (granulocytic) leukemia and chronic lymphocytic leukemia); and polycythemia vera, lymphoma (Hodgkin's disease and non-Hodgkin's disease), multiple myeloma, Waldenstrbm's macroglobulinemia, and heavy chain disease.
- Accordingly, in some embodiments, the present invention provides substrates comprising at least one detection region comprising a recognition moiety that binds to or otherwise interacts with a virus or a biological entity having a lipid membrane. In preferred embodiments, the detection regions are discreet and created by arraying at least one recognition moiety on the surface of the substrate. As described above, the inventors have made the surprising discovery that viral particles bound to a virus recognition moiety on a substrate surface provide for the homeotropic orientation of mesogens in a liquid crystal independent of the presence of any other homeotropic director (e.g., surface topography that causes homeotropic orientation) in the detection region. Also, the inventors have surprisingly found that entities with lipid membranes (e.g., cells) also provide for the homeotropic orientation of mesogens independent of the presence of other homeotropic directors. Accordingly, in some preferred embodiments, the detection region does not include structures which homeotropically orient mesogens in a liquid crystal in the absence of virus or entity with a lipid membrane bound to or otherwise interacting with the detection region. In preferred embodiments, the recognition moiety is immobilized on the substrate as described in detail above. In some embodiments, a plurality of recognition moieties are arrayed on the surface of the substrate so that multiplexed assays for a variety of viruses and/or entities having a lipid membrane can be performed simultaneously. In other embodiments, the control regions are included on the substrate that comprise control species immobilized on the surface of the substrate or which provide a site to contact with a control sample containing a known amount of the entity that is being detected.
- The present invention is not limited to any particular method of detection a change in the orientation of the mesogens in the device. Thus, it is within the scope of the present invention to use lights, microscopes, spectrometry, electrical techniques and the like to aid in the detection of a change in the mesogenic layer. In those embodiments utilizing light in the visible region of the spectrum, the light can be used to simply illuminate details of the mesogenic layer to provide for visual detection. Alternatively, the light can be passed through the mesogenic layer and the amount of light transmitted, absorbed or reflected can be measured. The device can utilize a backlighting device such as that described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,739,879. Light in the ultraviolet and infrared regions is also of use in the present invention. Microscopic techniques can utilize simple light microscopy, confocal microscopy, polarized light microscopy, atomic force microscopy (Hu et al., Langmuir 13: 5114-5119 (1997)), scanning tunneling microscopy (Evoy et al., J. Vac. Sci. Technol A 15: 1438-1441, Part 2 (1997)), and the like. Spectroscopic techniques of use in practicing the present invention include, for example, infrared spectroscopy (Zhao et al., Langmuir 13: 2359-2362 (1997)), raman spectroscopy (Zhu et al., Chem. Phys. Lett. 265: 334-340 (1997)), X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (Jiang et al., Bioelectroch. Bioener. 42: 15-23 (1997)) and the like. Visible and ultraviolet spectroscopies are also of use in the present invention. Other useful techniques include, for example, surface plasmon resonance (Evans et al., J. Phys. Chem. B 101: 2143-2148 (1997), ellipsometry (Harke et al., Thin Solid Films 285: 412-416 (1996)), electrical methods (such as impedometric methods (Rickert et al., Biosens. Bioelectron. 11:757:768 (1996)), and the like.
- In some embodiments, the devices of the present invention further comprise an electrode or series of electrodes. In some preferred embodiments, at least two electrodes are provided in a plane on one of the surfaces of the device substrate. A variety of electrodes may be utilized, including, but not limited to, interdigitated, hyperbolic, triangular and rectangular electrodes. In some particularly preferred embodiments, the device comprises interdigitated electrodes.
FIGS. 3 a and 3 b provide a schematic depiction of a device and preferred electrodes of the present invention.FIG. 3 a depicts liquid crystal molecules supported on a nanostructured surface coated with a recognition moiety (in this embodiment an antibody). In the absence of bound analyte, the mesogens assume a planar orientation. Upon binding of an analyte (in this embodiment, virus particles) on to the surface the molecules align perpendicular to the surface inducing a change in the capacitance between two electrodes.FIG. 3 b present a schematic of interdigitated electrodes. In this embodiment, the size of the arrows is on the order of 500 μm.FIG. 7 presents a schematic depiction of a substrate configured for dielectrophoresis. The electrode is formed on the surface of the substrate by methods known in the art (e.g., photolithography, printing, etc.). The electrode includes a circuit that interfaces with power source (e.g., an alternating current source) and a phase inverter. In some embodiments, a mask (e.g., formed from PDMS) is used to contain the sample on the substrate during dielectrophoresis. - In preferred embodiments, the electrodes are utilized to transfer viral or other particles to a surface of the assay device, preferably to a surface comprising recognition moieties. The electrodes are also utilized to measure changes in dielectric capacitance of the device (described in more detail below and in the examples).
- A challenge that confronts the realization of rapid surface-based detection systems is the efficient capture of viruses present in the liquid sample by the assay surface. Most approaches rely on diffusion of virus to the surface and on enhancement of this process by either mechanical approaches to increase fluid motion or by increases in temperature. These are satisfactory approaches when sufficient numbers of virus particles are present in a reasonably large volume of sample, and the contact of sample with the surface occurs over reasonably long periods of time (hours) such as in virus neutralization, plaque reduction neutralization assays or ELISAs.
- In some preferred embodiments, the methods of the present invention utilize dielectrophoresis (DEP) to capture and concentrate virus particles from biological samples directly onto functionalized assay surfaces. DEP is the transport of polarizable particles by a non-uniform time-dependent electric field. The present invention is not limited to any mechanism of action. Indeed, an understanding of the mechanism of action is not necessary to practice the present invention. The DEP force is generated by the interaction of an induced dipole and a non-uniform field; the strength and magnitude of that field being related to the dielectric properties of the analyte (e.g., viruses) and the ionic strength of the medium in which the analyte suspended.
- Early work on the effects of DEP on biological particles showed that the dielectrophoretic behavior of two viruses, herpes simplex (HSV) and tobacco mosaic virus (TMV) depended on the frequency of the electric field and the dielectric properties of the virus. At a frequency of 6 MHz in a solution with electrolyte conductivity of 10 mSm−1, TMV experienced positive DEP (movement to regions of the highest electric fields). In contrast, under the same conditions, HSV experienced negative DEP (movement to regions of the lowest electric field). In 1999, Morgan et al., Separation of submicron bioparticles by dielectrophoresis. Biophysical Journal 77: 516-525 (1999), demonstrated that dielectrophoresis could be used to separate heterogeneous mixtures of viruses. Using microfabricated polynomial electrodes, they successfully separated a mixture of TMV and HSV. Studies have also shown that the dielectric properties of a virus are affected by changes in the physical or biochemical makeup of the virus particle, such as mechanical damage to the envelope or enzymatic stripping of surface proteins (Hughes et al., Measuring the dielectric properties of herpes simplex virus type 1 virions with dielectrophoresis. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1571: 1-8 (2002). Using vaccinia virus labeled with lipophilic carbocyanin dyes and nucleophilic Hoechst dyes, Akin et al. Real-time virus trapping and fluorescent imaging in microfluidic devices, Nano Letters 4: 257-259 (2003) have demonstrated real-time imaging of the capture and trapping of virus particles by dielectrophoretic filters within a microfluidic biochip. In a step towards the development of a rapid diagnostic for food-borne pathogens, Suchiro et al. Selective detection of specific bacteria using dielectrophoretic impedance measurement method combined with an antigen-antibody reaction, Journal of Electrostatics 58: 229-246 (2003) combined measurement of DEP impedance with antibody agglutination to detect bacteria in suspension.
- Forces arising from DEP can be used to rapidly concentrate, manipulate, and even separate viruses from small sample volumes. The experiments described above, however, were conducted using model systems of very high concentration, purified virus (up to 1012 pfu/mL) suspended in media of very low ionic strength. For practical application to viral diagnostics, DEP must be utilized under conditions of physiological ionic strength (600 mSm−1 or greater) and must effectively.
- The methods of the present invention contemplate dielectrophoretic forces on viruses to be of the order of 1 pN. This force, when acting on a virus, generates velocities of 100 μs−1. Thus, in preferred embodiments, the time taken for the particle to travel a 100 μm distance is on the order of Is. In contrast, Brownian forces acting on virus particles give rise of diffusion coefficients of ˜10−12 m2s−1. Thus the time taken by the virus particle to diffuse through the same distance of 100 μm in absence of dielectrophoretic force is 1.4 hrs. It is thus contemplated that in preferred embodiments, dielectrophoretic forces can accelerate the transport of viruses to surfaces by 3 orders of magnitude.
- In further preferred embodiments, the present of analyte in a sample is determined by measuring the dielectric capacitance of the device. The present invention is not limited to a particular mechanism of action. Indeed, an understanding of the mechanism of action is not necessary to practice the present invention. Nevertheless, it is contemplated that liquid crystals have large, anisotropic electrical properties that are reflected in changes in electrical capacitance related to orientation within an electrical field. The method of the present invention, based on dielectric transduction, relies on the principle of change in capacitance between two electrodes when dielectric properties of the medium between them changes. Thus, in some embodiments of the present invention, DEP is utilized to force an analyte (e.g., virus) to the analytic surface. When the analyte binds to the surface, it induces a change in the dielectric property of the medium between the electrodes. When this occurs, it is contemplated that only a very small fraction of the electric field distribution between electrodes will be affected and the change in capacitance between the electrodes will be negligibly small. However, in preferred embodiments, where a film of liquid crystal is placed over the bound virus, the orientational transition of the liquid crystals in response to the virus is propagated throughout the entire layer of liquid crystals affecting almost the entire electric field distribution and the change in capacitance is large and measurable with commercially available devices. It is contemplated the methods of the present invention can be utilized to detect fewer than about 10,000 analyte particles (e.g., viruses) in a sample, preferably fewer than about 1,000 analyte particles in a sample, more preferably fewer than about 100 analyte particles in a sample, and most preferably fewer than about 10 analyte particles in a sample.
- In still further embodiments, the present invention provides devices for detecting the change in dielectric capacitance.
FIG. 14 provides a schematic depiction of such a device. The detection device preferably comprises a housing configured to receive an assay device. In preferred embodiments, the housing has an opening therein into which the assay device is inserted. In further embodiments, insertion of the assay device into the detection device causes the electrodes on the device to contact an oscillator circuit. In some preferred embodiments, a microprocessor (such as DS1086 ECONOSCILLATOR, MAXIM Integrated Products Inc.) based oscillator circuit is utilized to generate an AC voltage with the desired amplitude and frequency output. In preferred embodiments, the frequency of the applied electric fields ranges from between about 100 Hz to about 50 MHz. In further preferred embodiments, in order to maintain a small form factor, the input DC voltage is supplied from a battery source. The oscillator circuits provide variable output voltage and frequency by adjusting the parameters, such as capacitance/resistance of the oscillator circuit. In still further embodiments, the devices comprise a liquid crystal display to provide an easy read-out for the output parameters of the oscillator circuit. In some embodiments, a battery charger is integrated into the device to recharge the battery. In still other preferred embodiments, the detection devices comprise a microprocessor that measures the differential capacitance between the electrodes. In some preferred embodiments, the microprocessor is a MS3110 chip. This chip yields the difference between the capacitance in the form of output voltage. - The devices of the present invention can be used to detect the presence of wide variety of biological entities in a sample, including, but not limited to those described above. Likewise, the devices of the present invention can be used to detect biological entities in a variety of samples. In some embodiments, the biological sample is a biological fluid, tissue homogenate, feces, vesicular fluid, swab of an orifice or tissue, or media in which virus has been cultured or prepared. In some embodiments, the biological fluid is cerebral-spinal fluid, urine, serum, plasma, nasal secretion, sputum, semen or saliva.
- Biological samples may be collected by a variety of techniques. In some embodiments, whole blood is collected by one of many routes (e.g., venipuncture or fingerstick) into a tube containing an anticoagulant such as heparin or sodium citrate. The blood is mixed and then a sample is removed and placed into contact with a sensing surface. In some embodiments, serum is obtained by permitting blood collected as described to form a clot in the tube. The tube is subjected to centrifugation or is permitted to sit for one or more hours so that the serum component separates from the cellular component. A sample of the serum is placed in contact with the sensing surface. In some embodiments, tissue homogenates are utilized. Pieces of organs (e.g., kidney, spleen, heart, brain, liver, lymph nodes) are either minced by scissors or blades or are placed into a container with fluid (PBS, other buffers, media, water, etc) and homogenized using a plastic pestle or by insertion of a mechanical homogenizer into the container until there are no large pieces of tissue visible. The preparation is centrifuged at low speed (<20,000 rpm for 5-60 minutes) to remove the particulate material remaining. The supernatant is placed in contact with the device substrate surface. In some embodiments, spinal fluid is collected from the spinal cord by a needle. The fluid is inserted into a sterile tube. A sample of the spinal fluid is placed into contact with the device substrate surface. In some embodiments, a sample of nasal secretions is collected onto a cotton or synthetic applicator swab and the swab is placed into a fluid (PBS, water, media, other buffers etc). An aliquot of the sample is placed in contact with the device substrate surface. In some embodiments, a nasopharyngeal aspirate sample is collected by insertion of the swab into the nasopharynx. The swab is placed into a tube containing fluid (PBS, media, water, buffers) and a sample of the fluid is placed in contact with the device substrate surface. In some embodiments, the biological sample is obtained from an intermediate host animal (e.g., a mosquito in the case of West Nile Virus). One or more than one mosquito is suspended in liquid such as phosphate buffered saline or other buffers or media used to grow cells in culture or water. The mosquitoes are homogenized by use of a disposable plastic pestle or by insertion of a mechanical homogenizer into the container. The mosquitoes are homogenizes until no intact insects are visible. The homogenate is subjected to a low speed centrifugation (e.g., 2,000 rpm for 5 minutes) and the supernatant is collected. The supernatant is placed into contact with a device substrate surface. In any of the foregoing embodiments, the sample may require additional centrifugation if particulate matter is visible.
- In some embodiments, a second substrate is provided which is configured opposite the first substrate so that cell is formed. In some embodiments, the second substrate is also arrayed with recognition moieties, while in other embodiments, the second substrate is free of recognition moieties. In some embodiments, the second substrate is blocked to prevent non-specific binding or resists non-specific binding.
- In some embodiments, samples suspected of containing a virus or entity having a lipid membrane are allowed to contact a detection region(s) on the first substrate. The sample is allowed to contact the substrate for a period of time (e.g., for about 0.5-24 hours, preferably about 2 to 10 hours, and most preferably about 1.5 to 5 hours). In some embodiments, the substrate is rocked during the incubation period. In some embodiments, flowing incubation, the substrate is washed with a suitable buffer (e.g., PBS). The preceding steps can be performed in the presence or absence of the second substrate. For example, in some embodiments, the sample is applies to the substrate and the incubation and wash steps are performed without assembling a cell. In other embodiments, the cell is assembled and the incubation and wash steps are performed in the cell.
- Following the wash step, the cell is constructed if necessary. In some embodiments, mesogens are then added to the cell so that a liquid crystal is formed in the cell. The cell is then incubated for a period of time to allow for a change to occur in the liquid crystal. In some embodiments, the change in the liquid crystal occurs immediately. The present assays operate a variable temperature range. In some embodiments, the incubation is conducted at about 15 to 50 degrees C., preferably from about 22 to 35 degrees C.
- Following incubation with the liquid crystal, the cell is assayed for whether a change in the liquid crystal has occurred over one or more of the detection regions. Although many changes in the mesogenic layer can be detected by visual observation under ambient light, any means for detecting the change in the mesogenic layer can be incorporated into, or used in conjunction with, the device. Thus, it is within the scope of the present invention to use lights, microscopes, spectrometry, electrical techniques and the like to aid in the detection of a change in the mesogenic layer. In some embodiments, binding of virus to the virus recognition moiety is detected by a change in the color and texture of the liquid crystal. The present invention is not limited to any particular mechanism of action. Indeed, an understanding of the mechanism of action is not necessary to practice the invention. Nevertheless, it is believed that the change in color and texture is due tilting of the mesogens in the liquid crystal prior to assumption of a homeotropic orientation.
- Accordingly, in those embodiments utilizing light in the visible region of the spectrum, the light can be used to simply illuminate details of the mesogenic layer. Alternatively, the light can be passed through the mesogenic layer and the amount of light transmitted, absorbed or reflected can be measured. The device can utilize a backlighting device such as that described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,739,879, incorporated herein by reference. Light in the ultraviolet and infrared regions is also of use in the present invention.
- In some embodiments, the cell is placed in between cross polar lenses and light is passed though the lenses and the cell. Areas of homeotropic orientation appear black, while areas of planar orientation appear bright. Thus, the presence of bound virus is indicated by a black field while areas where no virus is bound are indicated by a bright field.
- In some embodiments, the present invention utilizes plate readers to detect changes in the orientation of mesogens upon binding of an analyte. In particular, the present invention includes methods and processes for the quantification of light transmission through films of liquid crystals based on quantification of transmitted or reflected light.
- The present invention is not limited to any particular mechanism of action. Indeed, an understanding of the mechanism of action is not required to practice the present invention. Nevertheless, it is contemplated that ordered nanostructured substrates impart order to thin films of liquid crystal placed onto their surface. These ordered films of liquid crystal preserve the plane of polarized light passed through them. If the liquid crystal possesses a well-defined distortion—such as a 90 degree twist distortion-then the liquid crystal will change the polarization of the transmitted light in a well-defined and predictable manner. It is further contemplated that ordered films (e.g., areas of homeotropic orientation) of liquid crystal differentially absorb (relative to randomly ordered films of liquid crystal) specific wavelengths of light.
- Accordingly, the present invention contemplates the use of plate readers to detect light transmission through an LC assay device when viewed through cross polars, the transmission of light through an LC assay device illuminated with a suitable wavelength of light, or reflection of light (i.e., polarized light or non-polarized light of specific wavelengths) from the surface of an LC assay device. In particularly preferred embodiments, plate readers are provided that are designed to be used in conjunction with LC assays. Other embodiments of the present invention provide modified commercially available readers such as ELISA readers and fluorometric readers adapted to read LC assays.
- Non-limiting examples of the plate readers useful in conjunction with the present invention are provided in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/227,974, incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, two polarizing filters are placed in the optical pathway of the plate reader in a crossed or parallel polar configuration. One filter is placed on the emission side of the light path prior to passing through the sample while a second polarizing filter is placed on the analyzing side of the light path after light has passed through the sample but before it is collected by a sensing devise such as a photodiode or a CCD. An ordered liquid crystal in the LC assay device preserves the plane of polarization and the amount of light reaching the light gathering and sensing device is markedly attenuated when viewed through cross polars or markedly accentuated when viewed through parallel polars. Random organization of the liquid crystal of the LC assay device does not preserve the plane of polarization and the amount of light, passing through crossed polars, reaching the light collecting and sensing device is relatively unaffected. Accordingly, in preferred embodiments, the binding of target molecules by the recognition moieties in an LC assay device introduces disorder into the overlying thin film of LC that increases with the amount of bound target molecule. In other embodiments, specific bandpass filters are placed on the excitation side of the light path before light encounters the sample as well as on the emission side of the light path (after light has passed through or is reflected by the sample but before reaching the light collecting and sensing device (e.g., photodiode or CCD). This configuration is useful for quantifying both reflected and transmitted light.
- The present invention also provides LC assay devices configured for use in the plate reader. In preferred embodiments, the LC assay device is formatted or arrayed according to the dimensions of standard commercially available plates (e.g., 24, 96, 384 and 1536 well plates). In some embodiments, the LC assay device comprises a surface (e.g., a substrate with recognition moieties attached) that is of proper external dimensions to be accurately fit into a given commercial reader.
- It will also be recognized that the present invention provides an assay system comprising a plate reading device and an LC assay device, wherein the plate reading device and LC assay device are configured so that light provided from the plate reading device which is passed through or reflected from at least one surface of the LC assay device is detected by a detection unit of the plate reading device. Suitable detecting units include CCDs and photomultiplier tubes.
- Commercially available plate readers that may be modified according to the present invention include, but are not limited, to those available from Nalge Nunc International Corporation (Rochester, N.Y.), Greiner America, Inc. (Lake Mary, Fla.), Akers Laboratories Inc., (Thorofare, N.J.), Alpha Diagnostic International, Inc. (San Antonio, Tex.), and Qiagen Inc. (Valencia, Calif.).
- VI. Non-specific Detection Following Specific Capture
- In some embodiments, the assays of the present find use for the non-specific detection of an analyte following specific capture. In these embodiments, the analyte is captured by a capture substrate (e.g., a PDMS stamp or bead) displaying a recognition moiety that interacts with the analyte. The analyte is then transferred to a detection substrate to which the analyte non-specifically binds. The presence of the analyte on the second substrate is detected by contacting the second substrate with a liquid crystal. Areas of disorder or order within the liquid crystal are indicative of the presence of analyte. As above, a variety of methods are useful for determining whether there is a changes in the orientation of the mesogens of the device. In some embodiments, the assay devices are configured with electrodes as described above so that the analyte can be transferred to a surface of the assay device by use of an electric current (e.g., by dielectrophoresis). The electrodes are also used to measured changes in electrical properties of the device (e.g., dielectric capacitance) as a result of changes in liquid crystal orientation.
- In some preferred embodiments, the assays of the present invention are used for the detection of multiple species or genera of animals to a pathogenic organism. As a non-limiting example, antibodies specific West Nile Virus have been detected in samples collected from horses, mallard ducks, pigeons, rabbits, and mice. It will be recognized that these assays find use for testing samples from avian species such as crow, blue jay, eagles, sparrows and the more than 150 species of birds present in the US that are known to be infected with West Nile Viral, horses, humans, small mammals such as dogs and cats and other companion animals, rodents such as mice and rats, etc., and other wildlife such as raccoons, skunks, felines, canids, etc.
- In some embodiments, surfaces of the detection substrate as described above are functionalized for protein binding using the chemistries described above. In some preferred embodiments, the detection substrates are substrates onto which a metal (e.g., gold) has been obliquely deposited and functionalized with 4-Aminothiophenol (ATP). In preferred embodiments, it is preferred that the compound used to functionalize the surface of the detection substrate displays a stronger affinity for the ligand (e.g., an antibody) than the ligand displays for its binding partner (e.g., the envelope protein E of West Nile Virus).
- In some embodiments, a stamp substrate surface is prepared that displays at least one recognition moiety. A stamp substrate is any substrate that can be used to transfer an entity that is covalently or non-covalently bound to the surface of the stamp substrate to another surface. Examples of suitable stamp substrates include, but are not limited to, PDMS and other elastomeric materials. In some embodiments, different concentrations of the same recognition moiety are arrayed in different areas of the stamp substrate. In other embodiments, a variety of different recognition moieties (e.g., envelope proteins from different enveloped viruses) are arrayed on the stamp substrate surface. In some embodiments, multiple recognition moieties in multiple concentrations are arrayed on the stamp substrate surface. In other embodiments, a control area is included on the stamp substrate surface. The recognition moiety (or recognition moieties) is then introduced to the stamp substrate surface, preferably in an array.
- In some embodiments, the stamp substrate surface is a functionalized surface so that a covalent chemical bond is formed with the recognition moiety. In some preferred embodiments, a PDMS substrate is functionalized with disuccinimidyl suberate (DSS). In general, it is preferred that the compound used to functionalize the surface of the stamp substrate displays a stronger affinity for the recognition moiety (e.g., an envelope protein from a virus) than the recognition moiety displays for its associated analyte (e.g., an antibody to the recognition moiety, in this case an antigen, present in serum). Examples of other suitable functionalizing agents includes those that are listed above.
- In some embodiments, the stamp substrate is then exposed to a test sample under conditions such that an analyte (e.g., binding partner of the recognition moiety) suspected of being contained in the test sample is captured by the recognition moiety on the stamp substrate. In preferred embodiments, the test sample comprises a body fluid from a test subject. After a period incubation (e.g., 10 minutes to about 10 hours), the stamp substrate is washed. In some embodiments, the detection substrate is then contacted with the stamp substrate under conditions such that the analyte (e.g., an antibody) is transferred from the stamp substrate surface to the detection substrate. In preferred embodiments, the compound used to functionalize the surface of the detection substrate displays a stronger affinity for the analyte than does the recognition moiety so that the analyte is detached from the recognition moiety and transferred to the detection substrate.
- In still further embodiments, the analyte is captured on a bead that displays a recognition moiety. As described above, the beads may be formed from latex, polymers, agarose, or other materials and in some preferred embodiments are magnetic. In some embodiments, the analyte is then transferred to the detection substrate. The transfer may be accomplished in a variety of ways. In some embodiments, the analyte is eluted from the beads either directly onto the detection substrate or eluted and the transferred to the detection substrate by a method such as spotting. In other embodiments, the beads exposed to analyte are contacted with the detection substrate so that the analyte is transferred to the detection substrate. As described above, in some embodiments, the detection substrate surface is functionalized with a moiety with a stronger affinity for the analyte than the recognition moiety on the bead so that the analyte is transferred to the detection substrate. In some embodiments, the signal from the analyte is amplified by binding one or more additional molecules to the analyte prior to elution. For example, if the analyte used is an antibody, a secondary anti-species antibody (e.g., and anti-Fc antibody for a particular species or rabbit-anti-human antibody, mouse-anti-human antibody, mouse-anti-rabbit antibody, etc.). Enzyme-antibody conjugates, analyte specific second antibodies, gold sol particles and other molecules and molecule systems may also be utilized. Where nucleic acids are being detected, the analyte detection assays outlined herein may follow an amplification method such as PCR.
- A variety of detection substrates find use in the assays of the present invention, including the functionalized substrates described in detail above. In some preferred embodiments, the detection substrate comprises a rubbed polyimide or a polyimide that homeotropically orients a liquid crystal.
- In some embodiments, after transfer of the analyte to the detection substrate, a liquid crystal is applied to the detection substrate so that the presence of the binding partner on the detection substrate can be detected. A variety of liquid crystal-forming substances can be used, including those listed above. In some preferred embodiments, 5CB is used. In some embodiments, the detection substrate is used to form an optical cell with another substrate and the liquid crystal is applied to a chamber formed by the two substrates.
- As can be seen, the foregoing methods can be adapted to detect of variety of analyte-recognition moiety combinations, including protein-protein, protein-nucleic acid, nucleic acid-nucleic-acid, and other molecular interactions. The detection is label free. Thus, it is contemplated that this system is especially useful for multiplexed assays. As will be appreciated, the capture substrate can be functionalized with a variety of recognition moieties in an array that corresponds to a series of discreet detection regions on the detection substrate. Positive signals on the detection substrate can thus be correlated with the particular ligand on the stamp substrate. Thus, a first detection area on the detection substrate can be specific for a first analyte (e.g., an antibody specific for a particular pathogen), a second detection area on the detection substrate can be specific for a second analyte (e.g., an antibody specific for a second pathogen or a different antibody specific for the first pathogen to provide confirmatory results), and so on.
- The label free detection possible with the present system provides advantages over currently used processes such as ELISA. The present system does not require a secondary antibody to detect ligand or antigen specific antibodies from a test subject. This is important because the present system can be utilized to detect antigen/ligand specific antibodies from different species in a single assay because separate secondary antibodies specific for each species are not required. This aspect greatly increases the flexibility of the assays and time needed to respond outbreaks of a disease in a wide or previously unstudied population of subjects. Furthermore, the present system does not require a labeling systems such as radioactive, fluorescent, or enzymatic system. These systems are often relatively unstable or have short shelf lives and require specialized equipment (scintillation counters, film) that is not readily adaptable to field use.
- VII. Detection with Lipid Tags
- In some embodiments, the ability of lipids such as liposomes to orient liquid crystals is utilized to detect an analyte. As described above, the present invention comtemplates the use of recognition moieties or ligands that are complexed with lipids. In some embodiments, these lipid complexes (e.g., liposomes) are utilized to detect the presence of an analyte in a sample or on substrate. For example, as described above, lipids and lipid containing entities such liposomes can be derivatized to display a recognition moiety such as a protein or nucleic acid. A sample or substrate onto which a sample has been applied can then be contacted with the lipid-recognition moiety complex so that the recognition moiety binds to otherwise becomes associated with the analyte. The resulting analyte-recognition moiety-lipid complex can then be detected by transferring the complex to a substrate if necessary and then contacting the substrate with a liquid crystal. The present invention is not limited to any particular mechanism of action. Indeed, an understanding of the mechanism of action is not necessary to practice the present invention. Nevertheless, it is contemplated that the lipid portion of the complex provides homeotropic orientation to the portion of the liquid crystal in contact with the lipid. The homeotropic orientation can be detected by the methods described above. It will be recognized that it is not necessary that the substrate itself orient the liquid crystal. Thus, these assays can utilize low-cost simple substrates that do not provide an anisotropic surface or surface that is otherwise derivatized with an organic layer. Of course, the substrates have anisotropic surfaces or derivatized surfaces as described above if desired.
- In other embodiments, the lipid-recognition moiety complexes are used as secondary binding agents to detect an analyte-recognition moiety complex. For example, an analyte may first be contacted with a first recognition moiety. In some embodiments, the first recognition moiety is a ligand for a second recognition moiety complexed with a lipid. The analyte-first recognition moiety complex is then contacted with the second recognition moiety-lipid complex so that the second recognition moiety binds to the first recognition moiety, thus labeling the analyte-first recognition moiety complex with the lipid. The presence of the lipid can then be detected as described above. In some preferred embodiments, the first recognition moiety is fused to either avidin or biotin so that a lipid complex comprising either avidin or biotin can be used as the secondary binding agent. In other embodiments, if the first recognition moiety is an antibody, the second recognition moiety can be protein A or an antibody that binds to the first antibody, for example, to the Fc region.
- VIII. Kits
- In some embodiments, the present invention provides kits for the detection of analytes. In preferred embodiments, the kits comprise one or more substrates as described in detail above. In some embodiments, the kits comprise capture and detection substrates. In some preferred embodiments, the capture substrates are beads or stamps. In further embodiments, the kits comprise a substrate that can be used in conjunction with the detection substrate to assemble a liquid crystal cell. In some embodiments, the kits comprise a vial containing mesogens. In still other embodiments, the kits comprise at least one vial containing a control analyte or analytes. In still other embodiments, the kit comprises instructions for using the reagents contained in the kit for the detection of at least one type of analyte. In some embodiments, the instructions further comprise the statement of intended use required by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in labeling in vitro diagnostic products. The FDA classifies in vitro diagnostics as medical devices and requires that they be approved through the 510(k) procedure. Information required in an application under 510(k) includes: 1) The in vitro diagnostic product name, including the trade or proprietary name, the common or usual name, and the classification name of the device; 2) The intended use of the product; 3) The establishment registration number, if applicable, of the owner or operator submitting the 510(k) submission; the class in which the in vitro diagnostic product was placed under section 513 of the FD&C Act, if known, its appropriate panel, or, if the owner or operator determines that the device has not been classified under such section, a statement of that determination and the basis for the determination that the in vitro diagnostic product is not so classified; 4) Proposed labels, labeling and advertisements sufficient to describe the in vitro diagnostic product, its intended use, and directions for use. Where applicable, photographs or engineering drawings should be supplied; 5) A statement indicating that the device is similar to and/or different from other in vitro diagnostic products of comparable type in commercial distribution in the U.S., accompanied by data to support the statement; 6) A 510(k) summary of the safety and effectiveness data upon which the substantial equivalence determination is based; or a statement that the 510(k) safety and effectiveness information supporting the FDA finding of substantial equivalence will be made available to any person within 30 days of a written request; 7) A statement that the submitter believes, to the best of their knowledge, that all data and information submitted in the premarket notification are truthful and accurate and that no material fact has been omitted; 8) Any additional information regarding the in vitro diagnostic product requested that is necessary for the FDA to make a substantial equivalency determination. Additional information is available at the Internet web page of the U.S. FDA.
- Experimental
- The following examples are provided in order to demonstrate and further illustrate certain preferred embodiments and aspects of the present invention and are not to be construed as limiting the scope thereof.
- In the experimental disclosure which follows, the following abbreviations apply: eq (equivalents); M (Molar); μM (micromolar); N (Normal); mol (moles); mmol (millimoles); μmol (micromoles); nmol (nanomoles); g (grams); mg (milligrams); μg (micrograms); ng (nanograms); l or L (liters); ml (milliliters); μl (microliters); cm (centimeters); mm (millimeters); μm (micrometers); nm (nanometers); C (degrees Centigrade); U (units), mU (milliunits); min. (minutes); sec. (seconds); % (percent); kb (kilobase); bp (base pair); PCR (polymerase chain reaction); BSA (bovine serum albumin).
- This example describes different methods for immobilizing antibodies on substrate. Five different immobilization strategies were evaluated:
- 1) HEXA: adsorption of Protein A, then the West Nile Virus monoclonal antibodies (WNV Mabs) onto a hydrophobic monolayer formed from CH3(CH2)15SH (HEXA) on the surface of a gold film. The surface was blocked with BSA after immobilization of the antibody.
- 2) SPDP: covalent attachment of WNV Mabs to a monolayer formed from 2-mercaptoethylamine (2-MEA) on a gold film by using the sulfhydryl-reactive (protein) and amine-reactive (monolayer) heterobifunctional cross-linker N-succinimidyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP). The surface was blocked with BSA after immobilization of the antibody.
- 3) PMPI: covalent attachment of Ras polyclonal antibodies (Ras Pabs) to a monolayer formed from 11-mercaptoundecanol (11-MU) on a gold film by using a sulfhydryl-reactive (protein) and hydroxyl-reactive (monolayer) heterobifunctional cross-linker N-(p-maleimidophenyl)isocyanate (PMPI). The surface was blocked with BSA after immobilization of the antibody.
- 4) DSS: covalent attachment of Ras Pabs to a monolayer formed from 2-MEA on a gold film by using an amino-reactive homobifunctional cross-linker disuccinimidyl suberate (DSS). The surface was blocked with BSA after immobilization of the antibody.
- 5) Adsp.: direct adsorption of WNV Mabs onto a thin film of polyurethane spin coated on the surface of gold. The surface was blocked with BSA after immobilization of the antibody.
- The ellipsometric thicknesses of antibodies immobilized by these five methods was analyzed. All five methods resulted in immobilization of antibodies on surfaces. The three strategies for the covalent immobilization of antibodies to the surfaces (SPDP, PMPI and DSS) led to approximately the same level of immobilization of antibodies (an ellipsometric thickness of 3 nm). Passive adsorption of antibodies (Adsp) on polyurethane surfaces led to capture of an ellipsometric thickness of ˜8 nm of antibody, and the Protein A mediated attachment of antibodies (HEXA) lead to the immobilization of an ellipsometric thickness of ˜4 nm of IgG. The direct adsorption approach (Adsp) and protein A-mediated adsorption lead to the highest levels of antibody immobilization.
- The detection of viruses with liquid crystal assays in which the detection region comprises topographical features has been described in WO 01/61357. These types of surfaces in combination with liquid crystals were successfully used to report the presence of West Nile Virus (WNV) captured on the surface of such substrates. Surprisingly, however, it has now been found that the reporting mechanism does not require the topography on the surface. This unexpected outcome substantially simplifies the fabrication of substrates for detection of viruses using liquid crystals. As described below, it has been demonstrated that this reporting mechanism can be applied to different viruses.
- Antibodies to WNV were deposited onto the surface of molded polyurethane replicas. The micromolded replicas had a pitch of 400 nm and a depth of 54 nm. A drop of aqueous solution containing WNV was deposited onto the surface of the polymeric replica. The solutions contained 108.4 pfu/0.2 ml of WNV and the incubation was performed for 4.5 hours. Following incubation of the droplet containing WNV on the surface, the surface was rinsed with PBS and then imaged by using liquid crystal. Surprisingly, regions of the surface that were contacted with the solution containing WNV caused homeotropic anchoring of the liquid crystal. In particular, the homeotropic region was seen both on the areas of the replica that possess topography as well as the nominally smooth areas. Because the fabrication of substrates that do not possess a controlled topography is simple and straightforward to perform, the possibility of using surfaces without topography as the basis of assays for viruses using liquid crystals was investigated. As described below, the homeotropic response to WNV is unique to the presence of specifically captured virus on the surface.
- Next, it was necessary to confirm that the observed response in the topography-free region was a response to specifically captured WNV on the surface. Antibodies to SLE, Dengue, LACV and WNV were deposited on the same planar substrate. WNV stock was rocked across the four regions for 17 hours at 35° C. The cell was then observed through crossed polar lenses. The Dengue and LaCV antibody regions displayed brightly colored and disordered LC, indicating no binding of the WNV to non-specific antibodies. The WNV antibody region displayed a complete homeotropic circle, indicating bound virus. In the SLE antibody region, there was a small area of homeotropic alignment, signifying a slight cross-reaction of the WNV to the SLE antibodies.
- Several observations were made. First, the homeotropic response of the liquid crystal to WNV is striking and unambiguous. The entire region of the surface that was exposed to the droplet containing WNV assumed a homeotropic orientation. Second, in contrast to the region of the surface presenting antibodies to WNV, the regions presenting antibodies to SLE, Dengue and LACV did not cause a homeotropic orientation of the liquid crystal. It is noted that a small area of the surface presenting the antibodies to SLE did cause homeotropic alignment, however, it is very small as compared to the area presenting antibodies to WNV, and it was clearly distinguishable from the area presenting antibodies to WNV. In summary, these results clearly demonstrate that the homeotropic response of the liquid crystal to WNV is a response to virus that is specifically captured on the regions of the surface presenting antibodies to WNV.
- These results were obtained using an optical cell that comprised a second surface of glass treated with OTS. Because the liquid crystal orients homeotropically on the OTS-treated glass surface, the possibility that the homeotropic response of the liquid crystal to bound virus was caused by the OTS-treated glass slide in combination with a lack of orienting influence of a virus-decorated surface was considered. To address this possibility, an optical cell was prepared from two polyurethane surfaces decorated with virus. Homeotropic anchoring of the liquid crystal was observed when virus was captured by the antibodies on the polyurethane surface. From this result it can be concluded that the homeotropic orientation of the liquid crystal on the virus-decorated surfaces is a response to WNV and not caused by the OTS-coated glass slide. Additionally, a planar gold substrate was functionalized with C16SH, then WNV monoclonal antibodies and then treated with WNV. The planar gold substrate was then paired with an OTS slide to create an optical cell. It was observed that homeotropic orientation of the liquid crystal can be obtained when the antibodies to the WNV are immobilized on gold films made hydrophobic with hexadecanethiol.
- Different methods of immobilizing the antibody were investigated to determine the procedure which would give the best results. Briefly, polyurethane substrates were functionalized with (a) 1 uM WNV monoclonal antibodies, (b) 5 uM WNV monoclonal antibodies, and (c) 1 mg/ml Protein A first, then 1 uM WNV monoclonal antibodies. All functionalized substrates were then incubated with the WNV stock. The results showed that substantially the same homeotropic response is observed when the polyurethane is functionalized with 1 uM or 5 uM antibody, and also when the substrate is first incubated with Protein A (molecule which correctly orients the antibody), and then functionalized with 1 uM antibody. These results indicate that a strong homeotropic response can be obtained with a lower concentration of antibody, with or without Protein A. The current method involves coating the entire substrate with 1 mg/ml Protein A, and subsequently immobilizing antibodies in specific detection regions on the substrate.
- The results described above were obtained by incubation of the surfaces with the virus solution for up to 20 hrs. Next, ways of optimize virus delivery to the surface-immobilized WNV monoclonal antibodies and thus minimize the binding times were investigated. The following three parameters were investigated: a) the temperature of the incubation; b) rocking of the sample back-and-forth to generate convection; and (c) the influence of the antibody spot size.
- First, increasing the incubation temperature to 35 degrees from room temperature (approximately 22 degrees C) decreased the required binding time. Next, by delivering an approximately 20 μl drop to the antibody functionalized surface, it was possible to shorten the time needed for a 100% homeotropic alignment response from overnight (16-20 hrs) to 3 hrs. To reduce the binding time even further, a ‘rocking’ method was introduced into the procedure. Instead of incubating the WNV as a stationary 20 μl drop on the substrate, a PDMS “pool” was used to contain a larger volume (300 μl) of WNV on top of the substrate. The WNV was then rocked continuously using a bi-directional rotator. This change in procedure led to a reduction of binding time from 3 hours to 2 hours. To determine the effect of reducing the spot size of the antibody, the antibody volume (to be immobilized) was decreased from 20 μl to 5 μl. By combining these three methods, increasing temperature, rocking, and reducing the surface area of immobilized antibody, the binding time was decreased from 2 hours to 1.5 hours. It should be emphasized that this is the only incubation time required for the assay. Once the virus and antibody have interacted, the liquid crystals are added and they assume their preferred orientation within seconds. Read out is immediate. The orientation is stable and the assay need not be read immediately. This does not represent a fixed time requirement. These end points were set as 100% homeotropic alignment. Partial alignment has been noted before the 1.5 hr point. These results provide unambiguous evidence that liquid crystals can be used to detect WNV bound to a substrate coated with antibodies to WNV via the homeotropic response of the liquid crystal.
- To assess the generality of the method of reporting viruses other than WNV via the homeotropic response of the liquid crystal, an experiment was performed to determine if SLE could be detected via the response of liquid crystal to SLE captured on a surface presenting antibodies to SLE. Assays for SLE were performed essentially as described above for WNV. In each case when SLE virus was tested in the assay, areas of homeotropic alignment were observed on the edge of the slide, outside of the diagnostic zone but in the direction of the PBS wash. It appears as though the antigen-antibody complexes that formed on the diagnostic surface were washed away during the PBS rinse and only some residual remained near the edge of the slide to be visualized by the homeotropic alignment of the liquid crystals. This did not happen with the WNV assay. These areas indicate that SLE can be detected via the homeotropic response of the liquid crystal. This result is important, because it suggests that the homeotropic response of liquid crystal is not restricted to WNV but can be exploited for detection of viruses other than WNV. It would be valuable in times such as this when outbreaks of WNV, SLE and EEE are occurring simultaneously to have a rapid multi-plexed assay available.
- A useful format for assays for viruses is a multi-array with antibodies to several viruses patterned spatially on the same surface. To demonstrate the feasibility of patterning antibodies on surfaces, and detecting the binding of virus to them, an experiment was performed in which antibodies to WNV were patterned on three regions of a surface. Briefly, a polyurethane substrate was functionalized with WNV monoclonal antibodies in a lane format. WNV was rocked over the substrate for 2 hours at 35° C. Three homeotropic lanes were observed, indicating the location of the bound virus.
- This example describes the detection of WNV from the tissue of birds. Polyurethane substrates were prepared by incubation of the surface with 1 mg/ml Protein A. Next, 4 droplets containing 1 uM WNV monoclonal antibodies were immobilized within each of several sample areas. Crow samples comprising kidney/spleen tissue suspensions were obtained from NWHC's Diagnostic Virology lab. These samples were determined to be positive or negative by real time RT-PCR, or by tissue culture isolation, respectively. Tissue suspensions were centrifuged for 10 min at 2,000 rpm, and the supernatant was applied directly to the sample areas. The WNV stock used in these
experiments 107.7 pfu/0.2 ml. Incubation was overnight at 35° C. The polyurethane substrate which was functionalized with WNV monoclonal antibodies was treated with positive or negative American crow tissue suspensions, culture media, and WNV stock as a positive control. The positive crow and the WNV sample regions displayed homeotropic alignment, indicating the presence of bound West Nile virus. The negative crow and culture media sample regions displayed disordered and brightly colored LC, indicating the lack of bound virus. We note that the positive control and negative controls yielded the correct response of the liquid crystal. - Additional control experiments were performed using whole blood from birds and horses. Chicken blood (with either heparin or citrate as an anti-coagulant) and horse blood was applied directly to the substrate which was functionalized with WNV antibodies. Incubation was overnight at 35° C. The results clearly demonstrated that there is no cross-reaction or non-specific binding with normal avian or equine whole blood samples. Additional results were obtained with negative sera from chicken/horse/mallard/or with culture media. Additionally, six mosquito homogenates from the NY State Dept of Health were that have previously shown to be negative for WNV by Taqman PCR were obtained and tested. These homogenates also tested negative with the LC assay and did not show any evidence of non-specific binding to the surface. This experiment demonstrates the ability to use concentrated biological samples with little processing in the assays of the present invention.
- This example demonstrates homeotropic orientation by tissue culture cells. Tissue culture cells are allowed to attach to the surface of a glass slide. The surface is washed and mesogens are placed on the surface. Areas of the surface occupied by cells appear uniformly dark. Areas not occupied by cells regions display disordered and brightly colored LC.
- This example describes the detection of antibodies transferred from a stamp substrate comprising a ligand to a detection substrate. To form the stamp substrate, 10 parts elastomer to 1 part curing agent from the Sylgard 184 Elastomer Kit (Dow Corning) is mixed together, degassed in a vacuum desiccator, and cured into PDMS at ˜65° C. for 1 hour. The PDMS stamps are cut out from the PDMS cured to a Fisher's Finest Glass Microscope Slide. The PDMS stamps are then rinsed with ethanol and dried with nitrogen to clean them. The PDMS stamps are then plasma ashed in an oxygen plasma (200 mTorr O2 backfill pressure) at 275 Watts for 4 minutes to oxidize the surface of the PDMS producing a surface similar to glass. The PDMS stamps are then submerged in a 2% APES/98% dry acetone solution for 2 minutes with constant stirring. PDMS stamps are then transferred into acetone for 5 minutes with constant stirring. The PDMS stamps are then removed from the acetone, rinsed with acetone, and dried with nitrogen. The PMDS stamps are then placed in an oven uncovered for 30 minutes at 100° C. The PDMS stamps are removed from the oven and cooled to room temperature before placing them into a 1 mM DSS (Pierce) solution made from dissolving 74 mg of DSS in 2 ml of DMSO which is mixed with 198 ml of dry methanol. Stamps are kept in 20 ml of the DSS chemistry for 1 hour with constant stirring. The PDMS stamps are then removed from the DSS and rinsed with methanol followed by a nitrogen stream to dry them. Twenty μL drops of 0.25 μM protein E (L2 Diagnostics, LLC) are then incubated on the individual stamps overnight at 4° C. and for 1.5 hours at room temperature.
- An obliquely (35°) deposited 30 ÅTi/300 ÅAu Coming 1737 microscope slide is placed in ˜1 mM ATP (4-aminothiophebol, Aldrich) overnight. The droplets of protein E are then rinsed off of the stamps with milli-Q water from a squirt bottle for approximately 15 seconds followed by a nitrogen stream to dry the stamps. Twenty μL drops of 20 mg/ml (total protein concentration) anti-E rabbit polyclonals (L2 Diagnostics, LLC), 20 mg/ml negative rabbit serum (Pierce), 1:2 dilution positive horse serum (Cornell university), and 1:2 dilution negative horse serum (Cornell University) are placed on their individual stamps where the protein E was incubated (dilutions done in PBS). The sera are incubated at room temperature for 6 hours. The sera are rinsed off the PDMS stamps with ˜0.5 ml. of 0.01% Triton in PBS followed by a milli-Q water rinse for 15 seconds from a squirt bottle. The stamps are then dried with nitrogen. The oblique gold-coated slide is removed from the ATP, rinsed with ethanol, dried with nitrogen, dipped into the 0.1N HCl, dried with nitrogen, dipped again into the 0.1N HCl, and dried with nitrogen.
- The PDMS stamps are then gently placed into contact with the ATP treated oblique gold slide for 1 minute with gentle pressure for 5 seconds at the beginning and end of contact. The stamps are removed from the surface. Optical cells are constructed by separating the stamped oblique gold/ATP surface from a Fisher slide that had been vacuum deposited with OTS ((Tridecafluoro-1,1,2,2-tetrahydrooctyl)trimethoxysilane, Gelest), with 25 μm Mylar. The optical cells are held together with binder clips. 5CB liquid crystal (4-cyano-4′pentyl-1-1′-biphenyl, EM Science) is then introduced into the optical cells in its isotropic phase at ˜40° C. Optical cells are then heated at 37° C. until (usually overnight) the liquid crystal is aligned homeotropically everywhere, unless there is disruption in a circular form from transferred biological agents.
- The results are presented in
FIG. 2 . In this procedure, protein E is covalently bound to the DSS chemistry on the PDMS stamp. The protein E in turn captures WNV antibodies if present in the serum incubation droplet. Even if there are no WNV antibodies in the serum (in this case the negative serums or controls on the right ofFIG. 2 ) there is assumed to be some non-specific absorption to the PDMS stamp surface, thus the need for using the Triton rinse to remove non-specific absorbed entities. When the PDMS stamp is brought into contact with the ATP treated gold surface the protein E stays covalently bound to the DSS chemistry on the stamp and the captured WNV antibodies, if present, transfer to the ATP chemistry due to the physics of a stronger bond. Referring to the pictures inFIG. 2 , the two optical cells on the left, as viewed through crossed-polarizers, were stamped with PDMS that had sera positive for the WNV antibodies incubated on them. The two pictures on the right ofFIG. 2 show the control optical cells, as viewed through crossed-polarizers, that were stamped with PDMS that had sera negative for WNV antibodies incubated on them. When WNV antibodies are present, the stamps that captured WNV antibodies on them transfer to the ATP treated gold causing a circular (from the shape of the incubation droplet) disruption pattern in the liquid crystal optical cell, see pictures on the left. The control stamps that have not captured antibody demonstrate homeotropically aligned liquid crystal in the optical cell (see pictures on the right ofFIG. 2 ). - This experiment demonstrates the capture of a_specific antibody from a mixture of two antibodies in solution. A six button PDMS stamp, see
FIG. 4 , was plasma ashed in an O2 cloud for 8 minutes to oxidize the surface of the PDMS. The stamp was then placed in a 2% APES in dry acetone solution for 2 minutes while stirring. The stamp was then placed in acetone for 5 minutes while stirring. The stamp was then rinsed with acetone, dried with nitrogen, and placed in a 100° C. oven for 30 minutes. The stamp was then placed in a 1 mM DSS solution for 1 hour while stirring. The stamp was removed from the DSS, rinsed with methanol, and dried with nitrogen. On three of the buttons on the six button PDMS α-stamp, 20 μl drops of 0.25 μM protein E were incubated overnight at 4° C. The remaining three buttons had 2011 drops of 0.25 μM biotinalated BSA incubated on them overnight at 4° C. The proteins were rinsed off with water and the α-stamp was dried with nitrogen. Two of the three protein E functionalized buttons and two of the three biotinalated BSA functionalized buttons had 20 μl drops of a 0.25 μM mixture of anti-biotin and anti-E incubated on them for 6 hours at room temperature. The third protein E functionalized button had a 20 μl droplet of 0.25 μM anti-biotin incubated on it for six hours at room temperature as a negative control. The third biotinalated BSA functionalized button had a 20 μl droplet of 0.25 μM anti-E incubated on it for six hours at room temperature as a negative control. Each of the six individual buttons were first rinsed with ˜5 drops of 0.01% Triton in PBS followed by a 15 second rinse with milli-Q water and then dried with nitrogen. The six button α-stamp was then put into contact with a 1 mM ATP treated 35° obliquely deposited Au slide for 1 minute with a few seconds of gentle pressure at the beginning to insure contact. The α-stamp was then peeled off and the optical cell was put together with an OTS slide and 5CB liquid crystal. The optical cell was then incubated at 40° C. for two days to turn the background LC homeotropic. The results are provided in the image inFIG. 5 . - Analysis of this data reveals two strong positives from the biotinalated BSA pulling out its specific antibody, anti-biotin, from a mixture and reporting it in the LC optical cell seen via α CP. Both of the protein E buttons that had the antibody mixture incubated on them show a positive result around the rim of the printing area from the anti-E transferring, but not as strong of a signal as the anti-biotin readouts. Both negative controls were blank, which would imply that the four positive controls pulled out their specific antibodies from the antibody mixture and reported them via α CP. The anti-E signals could not be as strong as the anti-biotin signals for several reasons: too long of an incubation while waiting for the optical cell background to turn homeotropic causing some of the disruption to wash away, and/or uneven pressure of the α-stamp during printing.
- A silicon wafer was scrubbed with 1-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidinone (NMP). The scrubbed wafer was spin cleaned with NMP at 1700 rpm and the wafer was spin coated with 1.0% solids SE-7210 polyimide at 1700 rpm. The wafers were pre-cured at 85 C for 10 minutes, followed by a final cure at 180 C for 15 minutes. Polyimide surfaces were rubbed by machine with the following settings:
-
- wheel speed 343 rpm,
- table speed: 3 cm/sec
- non-load wheel current: 0.065 amps
- loaded wheel current: 0.055 amps
- left height readout: 2.530
- right height readout: 2.530
- The following materials were deposited in sequence from droplet onto the wafer. A two hour incubation period was used for each addition:
-
- Protein A: 1 mg/ml
- Bovine serum albumin: 0.1 mg/ml
- Mouse IgG: 1 microMolar
- The surface thickness of the wafer, calculated from ellipsometric readings following each binding step, are listed below:
Polyimide coated wafer 21.0, 21.1 Protein A 23.4, 22.9, 22.9 BSA 22.3, 21.8, 22.2 Mouse Antibody 24.9, 24.2
These readings demonstrate the binding of Protein A to the polyimide surface and the subsequent binding of Mouse antibody to the Protein A. - Glass slides were scrubbed with 1-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidinone(NMP), spin cleaned with NMP at 1700 rpm and spin coated with 1.0% solids polyimide SE-7210 at 1700 rpm. The slides were pre-cured at 85 C for 10 min and subjected to a final cure at 180 C for 15 minutes. The following materials were added by droplet incubation in the order listed:
-
- Protein A: 1 mg/ml
- BSA 0.1 mg/ml
- Mouse antibody 1 microMolar
- Slides were washed with phosphate buffered saline in between incubations. They were dried with a stream of nitrogen and formed into a cell by the addition of a top slide. Liquid crystal ZLI-1221 was added to the space between the glass slides.
- The binding of mouse antibody to the immobilized protein A present on the polyimide surface was reported by a change in orientation of the liquid crystals. Areas with only Protein A or with Protein A plus BSA appeared dark to the naked eye when visualized through cross polars, as did the areas of the polyimide surface which were not functionalized with Protein A. The areas that were functionalized with Protein A and had been exposed to the mouse antibody, appeared white when viewed through a polarizing film. The contrast of areas that bound mouse antibody with non-functionalized or non-antibody exposed areas was strong.
- This experiment has been conducted with liquid crystals ZL1-15700-000, 5CB, and MLC-6710-080 with similar results to that described above. These experiments demonstrate that liquid crystals can report binding events hosted on functionalized polyimide surfaces.
- Polyimide surfaces (SE-7210) in combination with liquid crystals can be used to specifically detect target molecules. In this experiment we demonstrate the detection of mouse IgG and the lack of detection of rat IgG on surfaces treated with Protein A. Protein A is known to bind mouse IgG strongly while it shows a weak to no binding affinity for rat IgG.
- Glass slides were scrubbed with NMP, spin cleaned with NMP at 1700 rpm and spin coated with 1.0% solids polyimide SE-7210 at 1700 rpm. The slides were pre-cured at 85 C for 10 min and subjected to a final cure at 180 C for 15 minutes. The polyimide surface was rubbed at either a high pressure (2.43) or a normal pressure (2.53), or a low pressure (2.63) under standard rubbing conditions described above.
- The following materials were added by droplet incubation in the order listed:
-
- Protein A: 1 mg/ml
- BSA 0.1 mg/ml
- Mouse IgG 2a 1 microMolar
- Rat IgG 1 microMolar
- Slides were washed with phosphate buffered saline in between incubations. They were dried with a stream of nitrogen and formed into a cell by the addition of a top slide. Liquid crystal ZL1-1221 was added to the space between the glass slides.
- All three rubbing pressures yielded similar results. There was very limited disruption (the test areas appeared dark under cross polars) on control samples with Protein A, Protein A+BSA or Protein A+BSA+Rat antibody. There was near total disruption on samples with Protein A+BSA+Mouse antibody. The area appeared white under cross polars. There was no significant binding of the rat antibody to the Protein A. this indicates specificity of binding on a polyimide surface.
- Glass slides were coated with polyimide and rubbed using the standard protocol described above. The slides were functionalized with the following reagents, using a 30 minute incubation period for each reagent. A series of dilutions of Protein A in the blocking agent fish gelatin of 1:99, 10:90, 25:75, and 50:50 were made to control the sensitivity of the surface to the target molecule
-
- Protein A 1.0 mg/ml
- Fish Gelatin 0.1% dilution of a 30% stock solution.
- Anti-biotin 100 micrograms/ml
- Biotin (100 micrograms/ml) was added to each functionalized area. The secondary anti-biotin antibody (100 micrograms/ml) was applied. Control regions were included that were processed as follows:
-
- 1. Protein A+fish gelatin
- 2. Protein A+fish gelatin+antibody 1
- 3. Protein A+fish gelatin+antibody 1+biotin
- Controls 1 and 2 appeared dark when viewed between cross polars, indicating that liquid crystals were uniformly aligned on the surface. Control 3 showed a minimum of disruption, but appeared mostly dark between cross polars, incdicating uniform alignment of the liquid crystals. The degree of disruption did appear to increase as the ratio of Protein A to fish gelatin increased, indicating an increase in sensitivity of the surface. The regions exposed to the complete sandwich, Protein A+fish gelatin+antibody 1+biotin+antibody 2, appeared white when viewed between cross polars, indicating disruption of liquid crystal alignment and therefore the binding of the target molecule, biotin. All ratios of Protein A to fish gelatin yielded similar results in the complete sandwich indicating that concentrations lower than the 1:99 ration could be used to tune the assay.
- Polyimide surfaces were prepared identically to those described in Examples 12 and 13. The reagents applied to the surface were also identical to the above experiments. In this instance, the incubation times for each step were reduced from 2 hrs to 10 minutes. Liquid Crystal E7 was used.
- A very slight increase in disruption of the liquid crystal film in the sample field was seen in comparison to the minimal disruption in the liquid crystal film over the control areas. The use of E7 significantly reduced the response of the LC to the binding of the mouse IgG. The nature of the disruption was very different by visual observation than the appearance of the disrupted liquid crystals using 5CB or ZL 1-1221.
- Polyimide surfaces were prepared as described in Examples 12 and 13. A ten minute incubation time was used for each reagent. LC ZL 1-1221 was used. The concentration of the target protein (mouse antibody was varied (0.1 micromolar, 0.01 microMolar and 1.0 microMolar) Rat antibody was used as the negative control.
- Strong disruption of the liquid crystal film was observed in areas exposed to the 1.0 microMolar concentration of mouse antibody. Moderate disruption was seen in areas exposed to the 0.1 microMolar concentration of mouse antibody. No disruption in the liquid crystal film was observed in areas exposed to the lowest concentration (0.01 microMolar) of mouse antibody. It is possible that a ten minute incubation time under these rubbing conditions is not sufficient for sensitivity at the 0.01 microMolar range.
- Polyimide surfaces were prepared as described in Examples 12 and 13. All reagents are the same as used in those examples. Rat antibody is used as a negative control. LC ZL1-1221 was used. A ten minute incubation time was used for the Protein A and BSA exposures, but a 2 hr incubation was used for the antibody exposures.
- Areas incubated with 1.0 microMolar or 0.1 microMolar mouse antibody showed significant disruption in the liquid crystal film. The area incubated with 0.01 microMolar mouse antibody did not cause disruption in the liquid crystal film. The rat antibody did not cause disruption. The number of antibodies bound to the surface area for the 0.01 microMolar assay may be below the threshold needed to cause disruption in the liquid crystal film. Sensitivity may be increased by decreasing the functionalized surface area.
- Four polyimide coated and rubbed slides were blotted with the materials listed below. The slides were blotted using a 30 minute incubation time for each of the materials. A dilution series was created using 1:99, 10:90, 25:75 and 50:50 ratios of Protein A and the diluted Fish Gelatin. Each slide was blotted with one of the four mixed Protein A/Fish gelatin dilution samples. Subsequent additions of primary antibody (anti-biotin), biotin, and secondary antibody (anti-biotin) were added to the specified areas. The coating of slides and the rubbing procedures were identical to those used in the examples above. Reagents:
-
- Protein A: 1.0 mg/ml
- Fish Gelatin: 0.1% dilution of 30% stock
- Anti-biotin: 100 micrograms/ml
- Biotin antigen: 100 micrograms/ml
- ZL1-1221
- Slight disruption was seen when the primary antibody binds to Protein A for 50:50 and for 25:75 samples. For 10:90 ratios, the disruption is less than above and for 1:99, it is even less.
- By diluting the Protein A with fish gelatin it is possible to limit the amount of primary antibody. This is an approach to limit the sensitivity of the system. This allows the rubbed polyimide to be used for systems in which the goal is to create an assay for the detection of an antigen as well as systems for the detection of antibody. Based on these results, it appears that a concentration even lower that 1:99 could be used and may result in even less disruption with the primary antibody and antigen, while still giving good disruption in response to the binding of the secondary antibody.
- General Materials:
- Virus: vesicular stomatitis virus-Indiana strain (VSV-I) obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Chantilly, Va., will be propagated on BHK-21 cells. Aliquots of the initial stock will be stored at −80° C. to provide for the preparation of working stock virus. Virus titers will be calculated by plaque formation on BHK cells. Virus will be diluted in growth medium with 10% fetal bovine serum for testing.
- Antibodies: Antibodies to VSV-I will be obtained from the National Veterinary Diagnostic Laboratory, Ames Iowa and the ATCC, Chantilly, Va.
- Polyurethane: Norland Optical Adhesive 61 (Norland Products, Cranbury, N.J. Liquid crystals: 5 CB, E7, ZLI 1221, MLC 1400-100, MLC10000-100 (EMD Chemicals)
- Polyimide alignment layers: SE 7210, SE 7511L (Nissan Chemicals)
- Glass slides: aluminosilicate, Corning 1737 F
- Design of Electrode Geometry and Fabrication of Microelectrodes
- Available software such as Coulomb 3D is used to simulate the electric field and to calculate the capacitance between in-plane electrodes. Based on the simulation results, appropriate electrode geometry (triangular, hyperbolic, interdigitated, etc.) and parameters (thickness, width, separation) will be identified so that the capacitance between the electrodes falls within an easily detectable range, typically in the pF range.
- An order of magnitude estimate of the sensitivity of the electrical detection system was performed. The capacitance was calculated between interdigitated electrodes as shown in
FIG. 3 b with 5 μm width and 5 μm spacing between them. Using a semi-infinite strip approximation, the capacitance between electrodes with 50 fingers, each of length 500 μm, is C=0.4 εeff pF, where εeff is relative permittivity of the medium covering the electrodes. When a homogeneously aligned layer of LC undergoes orientational transition from planar to homeotropic configuration, the effective dielectric constant changes from εplanar=38 to εhomeo=8 (as calculated for the liquid crystal MLC10000-100) which corresponds to a capacitance change from 3.2 pF to 15 pF. A change in capacitance in the pF range can be detected by using a commercially available LCR meter in the laboratory setting or by measuring differential capacitance using an off-the-shelf chip (e.g., MS3110 Universal Capacitive Readout from MicroSensors Inc, Costa Mesa Calif.). - The sensitivity of the detection system depends on the resolution of the device used for measurement of the capacitance. Both commercially available LCR meters and off-the-shelf differential capacitance measurement chips have a resolution on the order of 0.1 fF in 10 pF level. An order of magnitude estimate of 0.1 fF resolution for interdigitated electrodes described above corresponds to a total of 10 virons on a 500 μm×500 μm area. This result predicts that by using an electrical detection system it is possible to detect 10 viron particles bound to the surface.
- Arrays of interdigitated co-planar electrodes are designed based on the calculations described above. In preferred embodiments, electrodes are in the micrometer range and fabrication of these electrodes will be performed by using standard photolithographic methods of patterning followed by a lift off process. These electrode arrays are fabricated on commercially available glass substrates.
- Estimation of the Change in Capacitance Between Planar and Homeotropic Orientation of Liquid Crystals
- Using electrodes fabricated as described above, experimental measurements are preformed to measure the capacitance of the liquid crystal anchored on the electrodes in known orientations. These measurements are performed by coating the electrodes with LC alignment films that give rise to known orientations of LCs. A thin (20 nm-thick) LC alignment layer (Nissan SE 7210) is coated onto two glass substrates (one with optimized electrodes and the other without electrodes) and buffed to create anisotropy in the surface morphology that aligns the LC material in a predetermined azimuthal direction perpendicular to the electrode fingers. An approximately 25 μm thick optical cell is fabricated by clamping these two substrates, separated by a Mylar film at each end, together. The liquid crystal 4-cyano-4′-pentylbiphenyl (5CB) is injected in to the gap between the substrates in isotropic phase (40° C.) and cooled down to room temperature. The capacitance is measured between the electrodes using a precision LCR meter (HP 42841, Agilent Technologies).
- A similar cell is prepared using the homeotropic alignment layer (Nissan SE 7511L) and the capacitance between the electrodes is measured. A comparison between these two measurements provides an estimate of change in capacitance when LC undergoes orientational transition upon binding of virus to the surface.
- Preparation of the Analytic Surface
- In order to provide a chemically homogeneous surface onto which to immobilize the antibodies (for capture of virus), the co-planar electrode arrays are coated with a thin polymeric layer. The examples above established that antibodies immobilized on polyurethane films have a sufficient binding capacity for detection of WNV, therefore, a thin layer of polyurethane is spin coated onto the electrode arrays. In particular, a thin layer of polyurethane NOA 61 is spin coated onto the surface and degassed in a vacuum dessicator. A planar piece of polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) is placed onto the NOA 61-coated glass slide, compressed and degassed. The sandwich is cross linked for 30 min in 365 nm ultraviolet light. The PDMS is peeled from the surface yielding a thin ˜40 μm layer of polyurethane on the substrate. If the PU film is too thick to see any changes due to liquid crystal re-orientation, thinner layers may be produced by dilution of the NOA 61 with acetone before spin coating onto the surface. The capacitance between the fingers of the electrodes is measured for reference.
- Functionalization of the Analytic Surface and Optical Confirmation of Virus Binding
- Two procedures for immobilization of the antibodies are utilized. Both were found to permit detection of VSV in the examples above. The first approach uses the passive adsorption of antibodies onto the polyurethane surface. The second approach employs protein A to achieve the oriented immobilization of antibodies. The antibodies (monoclonal or rabbit polyclonal) are allowed to adsorb to the surface from a 20 μl droplet. The VSV-binding ability of these surfaces is validated by exposing the functionalized areas to solutions of VSV-I at 35° C. with rocking for 1.5 hours. The sample is rinsed with PBS, and 20 μm thick Mylar spacers placed at each end of the slide. A tridecafluoro-1,1,2,2-tetrahydrooctyl-1-trichlorosilane-coated slide is placed on top, and clamped to the bottom slide to form an optical cell. Fifteen μl of 5CB is added to the cell. The surface is then viewed between crossed (90°) polarizing filters. A dark field of view verifies the homeotropic alignment of LCs.
- The Measurement of Capacitance
- Using surfaces and electrode geometries validated as described in Example 19, a high precision LCR meter is used to measure the change in capacitance between electrodes supporting a film of liquid crystal on a surface without bound virus and a film of liquid crystal upon a surface with bound virus. In order to determine the change in capacitance induced by the orientational transition, five optical cells are constructed:
-
- 1) untreated polyurethane(PU) surface;
- 2) PU surface treated with antibody to VSV-I;
- 3) PU surface treated with antibody to VSV-I and a non-specific virus such as herpes simplex;
- 4) PU surface treated with antibody to VSV-I, and VSV-I virus; and
- 5) PU surface treated with a non-specific antibody (e.g., anti-biotin IgG) and VSV-I virus.
- A comparison of capacitance between two electrodes in all five types of cells provides a quantitative measure of the change in capacitance upon specific binding of VSV-1 to the surface. When implemented in the final device used for assay measurements, we will employ a differential capacitive measurement system similar to MS3110 Universal Capacitive Readout (MicroSensors Inc. CA) for measurements of capacitance. A system like the MS3110 permits facile measurement of the change in the differential capacitance between the electrodes treated with antibody targeted to VSV and the control surfaces (e.g. the surfaces presenting non-specific antibody). The output voltage of such a system is a linear function of the change in the differential capacitance between two inputs fed to it. A series of virus concentrations are tested to establish the relationship between the concentration of bound virus and the change in capacitance of the liquid crystal film.
- Selection of Optimal Liquid Crystalline Materials
- It is contemplated that the sensitivity of an assay based on LCs depend upon the ability of the LCs to undergo the orientational transition from a planar to a homeotropic configuration upon binding of the virus. This tendency to undergo the orientational transition depends on the detailed molecular level interaction between LC molecules and the virus particles. We will evaluate different LC materials, including 5CB, E7, MLC 1400-100, MLC10000-100, TL-205, for their applicability and effectiveness to undergo orientational transitions. In preliminary studies, 14 species of liquid crystals have been examined for their response to lipids and have identified those that assume a homeotropic orientation in response to lipids (Table 1). The change in capacitance between two electrodes also depends on dielectric anisotropy of the LC material, which is up to 30 for commercially available LC material. However, some reports have suggested that addition of small amounts of polar material could significantly increase the dielectric anisotropy of LC materials. Accordingly, devices are constructed that include known ferroelectric materials, such as Sn2P2S6 (Ouskova et al, Dielectric relaxation spectroscopy of a nematic liquid crystal doped with ferroelectric Sn2P2S6 nanoparticles. Liquid Crystals 30: 1-5 (2003)), as dopants for enhancement of the dielectric anisotropy of LC that will ultimately increase the sensitivity of the assays.
- The presence of the electrodes utilized for capacitance measurement provides the opportunity to address a fundamental challenge that confronts all surface-based analytical methods. That is, the transport of the analyte from the sample matrix to the analytical surfaces is generally the rate-limiting step in surface-based analyses (often requiring prolonged incubation times for sufficient binding to occur). Certain methods of the present invention exploit the electrodes present on the analytical surfaces to accelerate the transport of virus to the surface via dielectrophoresis. Thus the electrodes in the device are multifunctional—they both increase the rate of transport of virus to the surface (via dielectrophoresis, as described below) and form the basis of a sensitive method to report the presence of the bound virus (as described in the preceding examples).
- Dielectrophoresis is a phenomenon in which a polarizable particle in a non-uniform alternating current (AC) electric field experiences a net force and moves toward the region of high or low electric field strength. If the particle is more polarizable than the suspending medium, it moves toward the region of strong electric field and if the particle is less polarizable than the medium, it moves toward the region of low electric field. The magnitude of dielectrophoretic force depends also on, besides the dielectric properties of the particles and the medium, the gradient of the electric field and the size of the particle. For a particle of radius rp in an electric field with
- gradient ∇/Erms|2, the average dielectrophoretic force is given by,
F DEP=2πr p 3εm Re[K e ]∇|E rms|2
where εm is the permittivity of the medium, Erms is the root mean square electric field intensity and Re[KE] is the real part of Claussius-Mossoti factor given as,
where ε* p and ε* m are effective dielectric permittivity of the particle and the medium, respectively. The direction of the dielectrophoretic force is determined by the relative sign of Re[KE] which depends on the relative conductivity and permittivity of the particle and the medium. For example, for a spherical virus particle suspended in a physiological medium such as TSE with σm=600 mSm−1, and εm=80 ε0, the single shell model yields Re[KE]=−0.46 at 10 MHz. This result indicates that the virus particle will move toward the region of lower electric field at 10 MHz. This is termed “negative dielectrophoresis”. The dieletrophoretic force exerted on a virus particle of radius 250 nm, in a field gradient defined by hyperbolic electrodes separated by 10 μm with AC field of strength 5 Vpp between them, located at the edge of the electrode is approximately 3 pN. For comparison, the force associated with Brownian motion of the particle in a medium is of the order of FB=KBT/(2 rp), where KB is the Boltzmann constant and T is the absolute temperature. Thus at room temperature, the force experienced by the virus particle is on the order of 10−2 pN. These results clearly indicate that the dieletrophoretic force is at least two orders of magnitude stronger than the thermal force exerted on the particle, which is responsible for the diffusive transport of the virus particles. Neglecting Brownian and buoyancy forces exerted on the particle, the equation of motion of the particle is determined by dielectrophoretic force and viscous drag acting on it. Using 3 pN for the dielectrophoretic force, the velocity of the virus particle is estimated to be 700 μms−1. Thus the time taken for the particle to travel a 100 μm distance is on the order of 0.1 s. The diffusion coefficient of the particle suspended in water can be estimated by using the Stokes-Einstein's equation; D=KBT/(6πηrp) where η is the coefficient of viscosity of medium. The diffusion coefficient is estimated to be 10−12 m2s−1. The time taken by the virus particle to diffuse through the same distance of 100 μm in absence of dielectrophoretic force is 1.4 hrs. This simple order of magnitude estimate shows that the dielectrophoretic force exerted on the virus particle suspended in a medium drives the virus particle at least four orders of magnitude faster than by the diffusion process alone. These results clearly indicate that application of the dielectrophoretic force significantly enhances the mass transport of the virus particles on to the surface, thus providing a basis for real time virus detection.
Optimization of Electrode Geometry for Dielectrophoresis of Virus - The DEP force exerted on a virus particle depends strongly on a gradient of the electric field between two electrodes. In this task, different geometries of electrodes, such as interdigitated, hyperbolic, rectangular, and triangular will be investigated for their ability to produce the largest field gradient in the regions between the electrodes. This investigation will be guided by computer modeling of electric fields generated by different electrode arrays. This modeling will use commercially available software such as Coulomb 3D.
FIG. 6 shows the results from a simulation of hyperbolic electrodes. These results show that the field gradient exhibits a local minimum at the center of the electrodes which will be the virus collection area for negative dielectrophoresis. - Dielectrophoretic Transport of Virus to a Surface
- Results by Morgan et al. Separation of submicron bioparticles by dielectrophoresis. Biophysical Journal 77: 516-525 (1999) indicate that viruses exhibit both positive and negative dielectrophoresis as a function of electric field frequency and this behavior is dependent on the dielectric properties of the suspending medium. This cross-over effect in the frequency domain is investigated by using different suspension media for the virus particles. Buffers, such as Tris-saline EDTA, phosphate buffered saline, growth media such as Minimum Essential media with 10% fetal calf sera as well as various animal and human sera and standard viral transport media will be examined for their dielectric properties and their effects on the dielectrophoretic force exerted on the virus. Combinations of variables such as strength and frequency of the applied AC field, and ionic strength of the suspending medium, that yield the maximum response in the least amount of time and with the least amount of sample will be identified. To monitor these events in real time the virus particles are labeled. A method recently published by Akin et al., Real-time virus trapping and fluorescent imaging in microfluidic devices, Nano Letters 4: 257-259 (2004) is utilized which used a lipophilic carbocyanin dyes to label the envelope of vaccinia virus. The dyes (DiOC63 and DIL, Molecular Probes, Calif.) label the lipid membrane and capsid proteins of the virus and permitted visualization of surface bound vaccinia by digital epifluorescence microscopy at 400× magnification.
- Antibody functionalized surfaces with integrated microelectrodes (
FIG. 3 ) fabricated as described above are exposed to a 20 μL droplet of labeled VSV-I. An AC electric field is applied across the electrodes to induce dielectrophoretic motion of the virus particles to the surface in the region between the electrodes. VSV-1 binds to the antibodies on the surface. The field is turned off and the unbound virus is washed from the surface. These events are monitored in real time using a Zeiss-Axiovert 200 M microscope. - The optimal parameters for the dielectrophoresis of VSV-1 are identified by observation of the intensity of fluorescence seen within the center region of the electric field. The intensity of the fluorescence is correlated with the known concentrations of virus in the applied sample. The strength and frequency of the applied field that permit detection of the least amount of virus in under 5 minutes are chosen for testing against various suspension media of physiologic ionic strength. Such media include typical clinical materials such as serum, nasal swab fluid, and viral transport media to determine how the strength and frequency required for viral transport will be affected by these common sample fluids.
- Preparation of beads. Sera-Mag beads (0.8 μM in diameter) were functionalized with either 0.4 mg/mL EDC (Aldrich) or 1.1 mg/mL Sulfo-NHS (Pierce). First, 27 μl of 5% Sera-Mag beads were diluted in 1 mL of the functionalizing agent. Reactions were carried out 15 minutes and then quenched with 2-mercaptoethanol. The beads were washed 3 times with 25 mM MES and 37.5 mM NaCl. The washed beads were centrifuged at 11,300 rpm for 5 minutes. Removal of buffer was followed by the addition of fresh buffer. Next, 0.06 μM aF1pAb (100 μg/mL) was added for 1.5-2 hours during which the beads were rotated and mixed. The beads were quenched for amine by adding a final concentration of 10 mM D-glucosamine. The beads were then washed in PBS+D-glucusoamine (10 mM) for 20 minutes. The beads were transferred to regular microfuge tubes blocked with BSA to prevent non-specific binding of non-target molecules to the beads.
- Detection of F1 antigen from Yersinia pestis. Magnetic beads were functionalized with anti-F 1 polyclonal antibody as described above. A binding solution was prepared from PBS, Tween 0.05%,
Heparin 50 μg/mL, and 100 mM additional NaCl. Wash solutions were prepared from PBS/Tween 0.05% and PBS/Tween 0.05%+200 mM additional NaCl. The beads were functionalized and stored in PBS at 0.135% w/v, the same concentration at which the beads were utilized. In the experiment, 1 mL of bead solution was utilized and bound up to 5 μg/mL of F1 at over 99.0%. An ELISA on F1 samples applied before and after capture on the on the beads was carried out. The F1 samples were placed on ELISA strip wells measured for levels of F 1 protein using anti-F1 polyclonal antibody. The two conditions, start material and depleted material, were then graphed against absorbance 450 nm as result of ELISA colorimetric assay. This allowed to estimation of % of F1 captured by the functionalized beads. The data showed that almost all the F1 was absorbed to the beads. The F1 antigen was then eluted to a detection substrate surface comprising polyimide. The polyimide surface is prepared as follows: Undiluted polyimide 7511 liquid is applied to a slide, spin coated, pre-cured at 80° C. for 15 minutes, cured at 180° C. for one hour and stored at RT. Further, in the last step of the protocol, 10 uL 0.1M pH 2.4 glycine is mixed with the particle beads, and the tubes are then vortexed in a microfuge and placed on a magnetic stand to obtain separation of beads from supernatant. The low pH glycine serves to elute bound F1 and its antibody complex from the bead surface. 10 uL of the eluent is applied to the polyimide surface for the LC assay. Following elution, an optical cell was formed by adding a second substrate separated from the detection substrate by a thin mylar film. Mesogens (5CB) were then introduced into the optical cell. - Surfaces functionalized with polyimide 7511L orient liquid crystals in a homeotropic alignment in the absence of bound analyte. When analyte is present, the homeotropic orientation is disrupted. When viewed through cross polar lenses, homeotropic orientation is indicated by a dark field, while disrupted orientation is indicated by a bright field, as shown in
FIG. 8 . A digitized image taken with two Polaroid filters at cross polar configuration at 0°. Polyimide 7511L slides were prepared from 40% undiluted stock. These slides, in absence of protein, assume homeotropic alignment as shown in dark background. Upon protein binding, homeotropic alignment is disrupted and shown in white background. In the top row, from left to right, are elution samples from aF1pAb beads initially blocked with RNase A treated with BSA 400 ng/mL, F1 500 pg/mL and 2.5 ng/mL. The bottom row is 25, 100, and 400 ng/mL concentrations of F1. After initial protein binding in binding solution PBS/T/H/N, aF1pAb beads were washed in PBS/Tween 0.05%, 200 mM additional NaCl (PBS/T/N) wash solution. - An additional example demonstrates how this approach one can determine presence and quantity of the target molecule.
FIG. 9 below demonstrates that with increasing F1 concentration, the disruption of homeotropic alignment increases as indicated by increased white signal against aligned LC black background on homeotropic aligning polyimide surfaces. This type of assay can be used to quantify levels of the F1 antigen. - In
FIG. 9 , the digitized figures were taken by polarized microscope with cross polar filters (0°). Polyimide 7511L slides were prepared from 40% undiluted stock. In absence of protein, these slides assume homeotropic alignment as shown in by the dark background. Upon protein binding homeotropic alignment is disrupted (indicated by a white background). The following samples were analyzed: elution buffer, BSA (200 ng/mL), and F1 elutions of beads exposed to 5, 10, 50 and 200 ng/mL concentrations of F1. The conditions were as described above. These experiments were carried in triplicate andFIG. 9 had intermediate levels of signal with respect to two other replicates (not shown). As can be seen, it was possible to detect 5 ng/mL analyte. -
FIG. 10 is a graphic representation of luminosity index for the experiment depicted inFIG. 9 . These experiments were carried in triplicate and figure chosen above have intermediate levels of signal with respect to two other replicates. Elution buffer was also applied to one area and used as reference for Luminosity index shown in the graph below. - In further experiments, a rubbed polyimide surface was utilized.
FIG. 11 shows a digitized image taken with a polarized microscope with cross polar filters (0 degrees). Polyimide SE 7210 1.5% slides were rubbed at 2.55 ml/m setting at 4.0 cm/s table speed with a wheel speed of 343 rpm.FIG. 11 shows the results of elutions to the polyimide surface from functionalized aF1pAb beads that were treated with various concentrations of F1 or BSA as control. After washing, the beads were treated by the addition of rabbit anti-mouse IgG (5 μg/mL) and anti-mouse FC IgG (6 μg/mL). The complex was eluted off of the beads with 10 μl acid elution of 0.1M glycine pH 2.3. Elution samples were neutralized by addition of 1 μl 1 M Tris pH 7.5. The samples were contacted with the polyimide substrate and an optical cell was constructed by placing a mylar spacer on the substrate clamping another substrate onto the first with bulldog clamp. 5CB was applied in liquid phase and after cooling the digitized image was acquired. -
FIG. 12 provides the results of further experiments demonstrating the detection of an analyte (F1) from a complex medium (chicken serum). In these experiments, chicken serum (CS) was diluted to 20% with the binding solution PBS/T/H/N. BSA blocked beads functionalized as above were used. Six 0.5 mL suspensions of aF1pAb beads (0.135% concentration) were contacted with the diluted CS. After binding, all tubes were washed with PBS/Tween buffer. The beads were then washed a second time with 100 μL 0.5×PBS+2 mM SDS or 100 μL 0.1Mglycine pH 4.0. After mixing, the wash buffers were removed by pelleting the beads in PBS/Tween 0.05%. The beads were then washed with PBS/Tween/NaCl (additional 200 mM). aF1mAb at 3 μg/mL was then added to the beads in 0.5 ml tubes. The reactions were mixed and the supernatant was removed. Next, 0.75 mL of 5 μg/ml of both RAM and anti-mouse FC IgG were added for 5 minutes. The beads were washed with PBS/Tween/NaCl and then with PBS. Elution buffer (10 μL) was added to each tube mixed by vortexing for 3-4 minutes. The elution buffer (2 μL aliquots) was the applied to a 7511L homeotropic polyimide slide. The slides were placed on a heated plate for 2-3 minutes until droplets have evaporated. The slides were then washed with dH2O and dried with gas nitrogen. An optical cell was constructed by using a bulldog clamp to clamp together the treated substrate and an another substrate with a mylar spacer in between. 5CB in nematic phase was applied at room temperature. After 5 minutes, the homeotropic liquid crystal was observed. -
FIG. 12 is a digitized image taken with cross polar filters (0 degrees). In top row are elutions from beads treated contacted with 20% CS with no additional wash, SDS wash, and a 0.1M glycine pH 4.0 wash. In the lower row are elutions from beads contacted with 20% CS+F1 50 ng/mL with no additional wash, SDS wash, or a 0.1M glycine pH 4.0 wash.FIG. 13 presents the results of the same experiments as analyzed with a polarized microscope. The digitized images were taken by polarized microscope where the polaroid filters are cross polar at 0°. The order of the treatments is the same as forFIG. 12 . - The SDS and 0.1M Glycine washes were conducted to remove the BSA blocker from the functionalized beads so that there be no BSA signal interfering with F1 detection. As can be seen in
FIG. 12 andFIG. 13 (polarized microscope image), both the SDS and Glycine washes eliminated the signal from the control top row second and third spots (20% Chicken Serum). Since the functionalized beads were blocked with BSA, it is most likely the BSA blocker that creates the signal seen in the first spot. - Tables 2 and 3 present the results of experiments in which different liquid crystals were surveyed for their ability to be homeotropically oriented by cultured cells. Many liquid crystals align homeotropically in response to phospholipids and cholesterol. Phospholipids (2 ul; 0.01 M in chloroform) were applied to discrete marked areas on glass slides. The phospholipids had dioleoyl alkyl chains and the following headgroups: phosphatidylserine (DOPS), phosphatidylglycerol (DOPG), phosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE), phosphatidylserine (DOPS), phosphatidic acid (DOPA), and lysophosphatidylcholine (DOLPC). After the solvent dried, optical cells were assembled with liquid crystals applied nematically and heated to isotropy. Homeotropic alignment was confirmed by conoscopic analysis. Chol=cholesterol; C=cholesteric alignment; Bkg=background alignment; U=unaligned; H=homeotropically aligned; ND indicates not done due to background. 4OCB, 4′-octyl-4-biphenyl-carbonitrile (Aldrich); 6CHBT, 1-(trans-4-hexylcyclohexyl)-4-isothiocyanato-benzene. All other liquid crystals are from EM Industries/Merck.
TABLE 2 Survey of liquid crystals for alignment by cells and by slide exposed to medium. Liquid Crystal FBS/DMEM 3T3 cells 4OCB Disrupted Homeotropic 5CB Disrupted Homeotropic 6CHBT Planar, with defects Homeotropic E7 Disrupted Homeotropic ZLI-1221 Planar, streaky Disrupted ZLI-1557 Planar with streaky defects Homeotropic ZLI-2222 Planar, minor defects Homeotropic ZLI-3225 Planar with streaky defects Homeotropic (tilt) ZLI-3497 Planar with streaky defects Homeotropic (tilt) ZLI-4431 Planar with streaky defects Homeotropic (tilt) ZLI-4446 Planar, with defects Homeotropic ZLI-5070 Planar with streaky defects Homeotropic (tilt) MLC-6080 Planar with squiggly defects Homeotropic MLC-6466 Planar with streaky defects Homeotropic MLC-6710-080 Planar with streaky defects Homeotropic MLC-15700-000 Planar, streaky Homeotropic TL205 Somewhat planar Homeotropic -
TABLE 3 Investigation of phospholipid influence on liquid crystal alignment. Liquid Crystal Bkg DOPS DOPG DOPC DOPE DOPA DOLPC Chol 4OCB H ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 5CB U H H H Planar H U 6CHBT U H H H H H U E7 Twisted H H H Twisted H H planar planar ZLI-1221 H H H H H H H ZLI-1557 H H H H H H H ZLI-2222 H H H H H H H ZLI-3225 U H H H H H H ZLI-3497 H ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ZLI-4431 Chol U U U U U U U ZLI-4446 H ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ZLI-5070 Twisted H H H H H H planar MLC-6080 U H H H H H H MLC-6466 U H H H H H H MLC-6710-080 U H H H H H H MLC-15700-000 H H H U H H U TL205 U H H H H H H - This experiment describes the detection of binding of liposomes labeled with biotin to the immobilized anti-biotin antibody using liquid crystals. Anti-biotin immobilized glass substrates were prepared as follows. PrecisionCT slides (Bioslide Technologies; Cat# BSP—SC02-C) cleaned in plasma asher (20 min, 275 watts, 200 millitor) were immersed in 2% APES (3-Aminopropyltriethoxysilane; Pierce) in dry acetone for 2 min. Slides were transferred to pure acetone and stirred for 5 min and rinsed with acetone to remove excess of silane. Slides were dried with nitrogen and kept at 110° C. oven for 45 min. Slides were removed from oven and after they reached room temperature areas were marked on one side of slide. 1 mg/ml BS3 (Bis (Sulfosuccinimidyl) suberate; Pierce) cross-linker was applied as 10 ul drops on marked areas and incubated for 15 min at room temperature. After rinsing excess cross-linker with water surfaces were dried with nitrogen gas. 100 ug/ml and 20 ug/ml anti-biotin antibody (Sigma; Anti-Biotin Developed in Goat) was applied on BS3 treated surfaces and incubated for 2 hrs at room temperature or 1 hr at room temperature and later transferred to 4° C. overnight. Antibody immobilized surfaces were rinsed with milliQ water to remove unbound protein and dried with N2. Liposome labeled with biotin (17.84 micromol phospholipid/ml) and unlabeled liposome (18.7 micromol phospholipid/ml) were diluted 100fold with PBS buffer, and 10 ul of liposome was applied on anti-biotin treated surface. PBS buffer was added on one area as buffer control. After 1:30 hrs incubation at room temperature, surfaces was rinsed with water and N2 dried. Two protein treated surfaces were kept apart by inserting 20 μm mylar spacer at two sides and two surfaces were aligned in anti-parallel direction. Two surfaces were held together by using bulldog clips placed along the mylar placed sides. The cells were heated to ˜40° C. by placing them on hot plate. I also used hot air to warm the air around the cells. 5CB was heated into its isotropic phase within a glass syringe. A drop of 5CB was drawn into the cavity between two surfaces by capillary force. Once filled with 5CB, the cell was removed form hot plate. After reaching room temperature, isotropic phase of 5CB transformed to the nematic state. Optical images were taken at crossed polar position using polarizing microscope. The above experiment was done in triplicates. The data from one experiment is presented in
FIG. 15 . - Binding of biotin labeled liposome to the immobilized anti-biotin antibody changes disrupted surface to homeotropic (black) where as no change was noticed with unlabeled liposome. This experiment demonstrates the use of liposomes labeled with target molecule to study receptor-ligand interactions.
- The biotin labeled liposomes were prepared from 100 micromol (75 mg) egg phosphatidylcholine; 1 micromol (1.28 mg) phosphatidylethanolamine-N-(lissamine rhodamine B; sulfonyl) ammonium salt; 1 micromol (1.05 mg) 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine-N-(cap Biotinyl) sodium salt. The control liposomes were prepared from 100 micromol (75 mg) egg phosphatidylcholine; 1 micromol (1.28 mg); phosphatidylethanolamine-N-(lissamine rhodamine B sulfonyl) ammonium salt.
- The lipid mixtures were prepared by combining the desired quantities of the components in chloroform solution. Each solution was then divided in two for liposome preparation. For each batch The solution was dried down in a B24/40 boiling tube on a rotary evaporator. The resultant film was suspended in 5 ml. of hydrated isopropylether. To the lipid solution was added 2 ml of buffer. At this stage the buffer does not mix with the ether phase. The tube was stoppered, and the mixture was sonicated in a bath type sonicator (Laboratory Supply company, Hicksville N.Y.) at 55C to give a water-in-ether emulsion. The ether was then evaporated from the emulsion using a rotary evaporator, bath temperature 55C. After ether removal, the mixture formed a viscous gel, which on agitation, broke down to give a liposome suspension. After liposome formation, the two 50 micromol batches for sample and control liposomes respectively were combined for the next step.
- The size of the liposomes was then reduced to a smaller and more uniform diameter by a process known as extrusion, wherein they were passed through a series of polycarbonate membranes of defined pore size. The extrusion chamber was heated to 60C, and the liposomes were passed five times through a 0.4 micron pore size polycarbonate membrane, and then five times through a 0.1 micron pore size polycarbonate membrane. The process of extrusion noticeably reduces the turbidity of the suspension.
- The liposomes were then dialysed overnight at 4C against 1 liter of the suspension buffer so as to eliminate any residual traces of isopropylether. The liposomes were analyzed for their phospholipid content using the phosphorus assay of Bartlett, and were found to contain:
-
- Sample (biotin) liposomes: 17.84 micromol phospholipid/ml
- Control liposomes: 18.7 micromol phospholipid/ml
- The liposomes were analyzed for their size using a Nicomp 380 particle sizer. The volume-weighted gaussian mean diameters were:
-
- Sample (biotin) liposomes: 134 nanometer
Control liposomes: 157 nanometer.
- Sample (biotin) liposomes: 134 nanometer
- All publications and patents mentioned in the above specification are herein incorporated by reference. Various modifications and variations of the described method and system of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. Although the invention has been described in connection with specific preferred embodiments, it should be understood that the invention as claimed should not be unduly limited to such specific embodiments. Indeed, various modifications of the described modes for carrying out the invention which are obvious to those skilled in organic chemistry, materials science, chemical engineering, virology, biology, genetics, or related fields are intended to be within the scope of the following claims.
Claims (209)
1. A method for detecting viruses comprising:
a) providing:
i) a sample suspected of containing of a virus;
ii) a detection device comprising a substrate comprising at least one detection region having a first virus recognition moiety immobilized thereon;
iii) mesogens;
b) contacting said detection region with said sample;
c) contacting said substrate with said mesogens, wherein the presence of said virus is indicated by a change in said mesogens over said detection regions and wherein said change is independent of the presence of an additional homeotropic director on said detection region.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein said change in said mesogens is selected from the group consisting of a change in color, a change in texture, a change in tilt, and homeotropic orientation.
3. The method of claim 1 , wherein said change in mesogens is detected by a method selected from the group consisting of visual detection, optical detection, spectroscopy, light transmission, and electrical detection.
4. The method of claim 1 , wherein said virus is selected from the group consisting of the following families: Adenoviridae, Arenaviridae, Astroviridae, Bimaviridae, Bunyaviridae, Caliciviridae, Circoviridae, Coronaviridae, Filoviridae, Flaviviridae, Hepadnaviridae, Herpesviridae, Iridoviridae, Filoviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Papovaviridae, Paramyxoviridae, Parvoviridae, Picornaviridae, Poxyiridae, Reoviridae, Retroviridae, Rhabdoviridae, Togaviridae, Badnavirus, Bromoviridae, Comoviridae, Geminiviridae, Partitiviridae, Potyviridae, Sequiviridae, and Tombusviridae.
5. The method of claim 1 , wherein said virus is a Japanese Encephalitis Virus group virus.
6. The method of claim 5 , wherein said Japanese Encephalitis Virus group virus is selected from the group consisting of West Nile Virus and St. Louis Encephalitis Virus.
7. The method of claim 4 , wherein said virus is an enveloped virus.
8. The method of claim 1 , wherein said substrate is selected from the group consisting of metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials.
9. The method of claim 8 , wherein said polymeric materials are selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, PDMS, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate and polyisocyanoacrylate.
10. The method of claim 1 , wherein said mesogen is selected from the group consisting of 4-cyano-4′-pentylbiphenyl, N-(4methoxybenzylidene)-4-butlyaniline and combinations thereof.
11. The method of claim 1 , wherein said virus recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of antigen binding proteins and nucleic acids.
12. The method of claim 11 , wherein said antigen binding protein is an immunoglobulin.
13. The method of claim 1 , wherein said substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions.
14. The method of claim 1 , wherein said plurality of detection regions have the same virus recognition moiety bound thereto.
15. The method of claim 1 , wherein said plurality of detection regions have different virus recognition moieties bound thereto.
16. The method of claim 1 , wherein said detection device further comprises a second substrate arranged opposite said first substrate to form a cell.
17. The method of claim 1 , wherein said change in said mesogens is detected by viewing said detection device between cross polar lenses.
18. The method of claim 1 , wherein said detection region does not homeotropically orient mesogens in the absence of virus.
19. The method of claim 1 , wherein said sample is selected from the group consisting of biological fluids, tissue homogenates, feces, vesicular fluids, swabs of orifices or tissues, and media in which virus has been cultured or prepared.
20. The method of claim 1 , wherein said biological fluid is selected from the group consisting of cerebral-spinal fluid, urine, serum, plasma, nasal secretions, sputum, semen and saliva.
21. The method of claim 1 , wherein said homeotropic ordering is observed within 48 hours of the application of said sample to said detection region.
22. A device for the detection of a virus comprising a first substrate comprising at least one detection region having a first virus recognition moiety specific for said virus immobilized thereon, wherein said detection region does not homeotropically orient an added mesogen in the absence of said virus.
23. The device of claim 22 , wherein said first substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions.
24. The device of claim 22 , wherein said virus recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of antigen binding protein and nucleic acid.
25. The device of claim 23 , wherein said plurality of detection regions are arranged in an array.
26. The device of claim 22 , further comprising at least one control region comprising immobilized virus.
27. The device of claim 22 , further comprising a second substrate oriented opposite said first substrate to form a cell for containing mesogens.
28. The device of claim 22 , wherein said substrate is selected from the group consisting of metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials.
29. A kit comprising:
a) a device for the detection of a virus comprising a first substrate comprising at least one detection region having a first virus recognition moiety specific for said virus immobilized thereon, wherein said detection region does not homeotropically orient an added mesogen in the absence of said virus; and
b) instructions for detection of said virus.
30. The kit of claim 29 , further comprising a vial containing mesogens.
31. The kit of claim 29 , further comprising a vial comprising said virus for use as a positive control.
32. A method for detecting a lipid membrane containing entity comprising:
a) providing:
i) a sample suspected of containing of an entity with a lipid membrane;
ii) a detection device comprising a substrate comprising at least one detection region;
iii) mesogens;
b) contacting said detection region with said sample;
c) contacting said substrate with said mesogens, wherein the presence of said biological entity with a lipid membrane is indicated by a change in said mesogens over said detection regions.
33. The method of claim 32 , wherein said change in said mesogens is selected from the group consisting of a change in color, a change in texture, a change in tilt, and homeotropic orientation.
34. The method of claim 32 , wherein said change in mesogens is detected by a method selected from the group consisting of visual detection, optical detection, spectroscopy, light transmission, and electrical detection.
35. The method of claim 32 , wherein said entity is selected from the group consisting of a cell, a bacterium, a Mycoplasma, a virus, and a liposome or combinations thereof.
36. The method of claim 32 , wherein said substrate is selected from the group consisting of metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials.
37. The method of claim 36 , wherein said polymeric materials are selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, PDMS, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate and polyisocyanoacrylate.
38. The method of claim 32 , wherein said mesogen is selected from the group consisting of 4-cyano-4′-pentylbiphenyl, N-(4methoxybenzylidene)-4-butlyaniline and combinations thereof.
39. The method of claim 32 , wherein said mesogen is 4-cyano-4′-pentylbiphenyl.
40. The method of claim 32 , wherein said detection region further comprises a recognition moiety that recognizes said biological entity.
41. The method of 40, wherein said recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of antigen binding proteins and nucleic acids.
42. The method of claim 41 , wherein said antigen binding protein is an immunoglobulin.
43. The method of claim 32 , wherein said substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions.
44. The method of claim 43 , wherein said plurality of detection regions have the same recognition moiety bound thereto.
45. The method of claim 43 , wherein said plurality of detection regions have different recognition moieties bound thereto.
46. The method of claim 32 , wherein said detection device further comprises a second substrate arranged opposite said first substrate to form a cell.
47. The method of claim 32 , wherein said change in said mesogens is detected by viewing said detection device between cross polar lenses.
48. The method of claim 32 , wherein said detection region does not homeotropically orient mesogens in the absence of virus.
49. The method of claim 32 , wherein said sample is selected from the group consisting of biological fluids, tissue homogenates, feces, vesicular fluids, swabs of orifices or tissues, and media in which virus has been cultured or prepared.
50. The method of claim 32 , wherein said biological fluid is selected from the group consisting of cerebral-spinal fluid, urine, serum, plasma, nasal secretions, sputum, semen and saliva.
51. The method of claim 33 , wherein said homeotropic ordering is observed within 48 hours of the application of said sample to said detection region.
52. The method of claim 32 , wherein said entity comprising a lipid membrane is a liposome displaying a ligand.
53. A device for the detection of an entity comprising a lipid membrane, said device comprising a first substrate comprising at least one detection region having at least one recognition moiety specific for said entity comprising a lipid membrane immobilized thereon, wherein said detection region does not homeotropically orient an added mesogen in the absence of said entity comprising a lipid membrane.
54. The device of claim 53 , wherein said first substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions.
55. The device of claim 53 , wherein said recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of antigen binding protein and nucleic acid.
56. The device of claim 54 , where said plurality of detection regions comprise recognition moieties.
57. The device of claim 56 , wherein at least two of said plurality of detection regions comprise the same recognition moiety.
58. The device of claim 56 , wherein said plurality of detection regions are arranged in an array.
59. The device of claim 54 , further comprising at least one control region comprising an immobilized control entity comprising a biological membrane.
60. The device of claim 54 , further comprising a second substrate oriented opposite said first substrate to form a cell for containing mesogens.
61. The device of claim 54 , wherein said substrate is selected from the group consisting of metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials.
62. A kit comprising:
a) a device for the detection of a entity comprising a lipid membrane comprising a first substrate comprising at least one detection region having a first recognition moiety specific for said entity comprising a lipid membrane immobilized thereon, wherein said detection region does not homeotropically orient an added mesogen in the absence of said entity comprising a lipid membrane; and
b) instructions for detection of said entity comprising a lipid membrane.
63. The kit of claim 62 , further comprising a vial containing mesogens.
64. The kit of claim 62 , further comprising a vial comprising an entity comprising a lipid membrane for use as a positive control.
65. A method comprising:
a) providing a functionalized detection substrate treated to align mesogens, a stamp substrate displaying at least one recognition moiety, a biological test sample suspected of containing a binding partner for said recognition moiety, and mesogens;
b) contacting said test sample with said stamp substrate under conditions such that said binding partner can bind said recognition moiety;
c) contacting said detection substrate with said stamp substrate under conditions such that said binding partner to said recognition moiety is transferred to said detection substrate;
d) detecting the presence of said binding partner to said recognition moiety on said detection substrate by applying said mesogens to said substrate.
66. The method of claim 65 , wherein said biological sample is selected from the group consisting of whole blood, serum, cerebral spinal fluid, nasopharyngeal aspirate, and nasal secretions.
67. The method of claim 65 , wherein alignment of said mesogens by said detection substrate is disrupted by the presence of said binding partner to said recognition moiety.
68. The method of claim 67 , wherein said alignment is homeotropic.
69. The method of claim 65 , wherein said mesogens are not homeotropically aligned over areas of said detection substrate wherein said binding partner of said recognition moiety is present.
70. The method of claim 65 , wherein said detection substrate is used to form an optical cell.
71. The method of claim 65 , wherein said detecting is performed by analysis of said detection substrate with cross-polar lenses.
72. The method of claim 71 , wherein areas of said detection substrate with homeotropically aligned mesogens appear dark.
73. The method of claim 71 , wherein areas of said detection substrate with substantially non-homeotropically aligned mesogens appear bright.
74. The method of claim 65 , further comprising providing a secondary binding agent and contacting said analyte or said recognition moiety with said secondary binding agent prior to detection.
75. The method of claim 74 , wherein said secondary binding agent is selected form the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid.
76. The method of claim 75 , wherein said secondary binding agent is avidin or biotin.
77. The method of claim 75 , wherein said secondary binding agent is complexed with a lipid.
78. The method of claim 74 , wherein said secondary binding agent is displayed on a liposome.
79. The method of claim 65 , wherein said recognition moiety is an antigenic substance from a pathogenic organism.
80. The method of claim 79 , wherein said antigenic substance is a protein.
81. The method of claim 80 , wherein said protein is an envelope protein of a virus.
82. The method claim 81 , wherein said envelope protein is protein E from West Nile Virus.
83. The method claim 65 , wherein said binding partner is an antibody.
84. The method of claim 65 , wherein said stamp substrate comprises two or more recognition moieties in an array.
85. The method of claim 65 , wherein said ligand is bound by binding partners from a plurality of species or genera.
86. The method of claim 65 , wherein said mesogen is 5CB.
87. The method of claim 65 , wherein said stamp substrate comprises PDMS.
88. The method of claim 65 , wherein said detection substrate comprises obliquely deposited gold.
89. A kit comprising:
a) a stamp substrate displaying at least one recognition moiety;
b) a functionalized detection substrate that orients mesogens; and
c) instructions for using said substrates for detecting a binding partner of said recognition moiety.
90. The kit of claim 89 , further comprising a container of mesogens.
91. The kit of claim 89 , further comprising a container containing a secondary binding agent.
92. A system for detecting an analyte comprising:
a) a first substrate displaying a recognition moiety, wherein said recognition moiety interacts with said analyte;
b) a second substrate comprising a surface configured to receive said analyte interacting with said recognition moiety; and
c) a liquid crystal overlaying said second substrate.
93. The system of claim 92 , wherein is said first substrate is selected from the group consisting of a stamp, a bead, and a column.
94. The system of claim 92 , wherein said stamp comprises PDMS.
95. The system of claim 92 , wherein said bead is a magnetic bead.
96. The system of claim 92 , wherein said column is an immunoaffinity column.
97. The system of claim 92 , wherein said recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, lipid, organic molecule and inorganic molecule.
98. The system of claim 92 , wherein said liquid crystal comprises mesogens selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline).
99. The system of claim 92 , wherein said second substrate comprises a functionalized surface.
100. The system of claim 92 , wherein said functionalized surface comprises a polyimide.
101. The system of claim 100 , wherein said polyimide is rubbed.
102. The system of claim 101 , wherein said polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7210, Nissan 3510, Nissan 410, Nissan 3140, Nissan 5291, and Japan Synthetic Rubber JALS 146-R19.
103. The system of claim 100 wherein said polyimide homeotropically orients said liquid crystal.
104. The system of claim 103 , wherein said polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7511L and SE 1211.
105. A method of detecting an analyte comprising:
a) providing a first substrate displaying a recognition moiety, a second substrate, mesogens, and a sample suspected of containing an analyte;
b) contacting said first substrate displaying a recognition moiety with said sample suspected of containing an analyte so that said analyte interacts with said recognition moiety;
c) transferring said analyte interacting with said recognition moiety to said second substrate; and
d) contacting said second substrate with said mesogens to detect the presence of said analyte on said second substrate.
106. The method of claim 105 , wherein said recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, lipid, organic molecule and inorganic molecule.
107. The method of claim 105 , wherein said analyte is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, organic molecule, inorganic molecule, virus, liposome, bacteria, fungus, and cell.
108. The method of claim 105 , wherein said first substrate is selected from the group consisting of a stamp, a bead, and a column.
109. The method of claim 105 , wherein said second substrate is selected from the group consisting of silicon, glass, polymer, diamond, and metal.
110. The method of claim 105 , wherein said second substrate comprises a surface functionalized with a polyimide.
111. The method of claim 110 , wherein said polyimide is rubbed.
112. The method of claim 111 , wherein said polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7210, Nissan 3510, Nissan 410, Nissan 3140, Nissan 5291, and Japan Synthetic Rubber JALS 146-R19.
113. The method of claim 110 wherein said polyimide homeotropically orients said liquid crystal.
114. The method of claim 113 , wherein said polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7511L and SE 1211.
115. The method of claim 105 , wherein the presence of analyte is indicated by a non-ordered liquid crystal that appears white or bright when viewed through cross polar lenses and areas where analyte is not bound remain ordered and appear dark when viewed through cross polar lenses.
116. The method of claim 105 , wherein the presence of an analyte is indicated by a disordered liquid crystal that appears white or bright when viewed through cross polar lenses and areas where no analyte is bound maintain homeotropic orientation and appear dark.
117. The method of claim 105 , wherein said mesogens are selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline).
118. The method of claim 105 , wherein the presence of an analyte on said second substrate is indicated by a difference in the orientation of said mesogens.
119. The method of claim 118 , wherein said difference in the orientation of said mesogens is detected by a method selected from the group consisting of visual detection, optical detection, spectroscopy, light transmission, and electrical detection.
120. The method of claim 105 , wherein said transferring step further comprises the step of eluting said analyte from said first substrate.
121. The method of claim 1 OS, further comprising the step of contacting the analyte-recognition moiety complex with a secondary binding agent.
122. The method of claim 121 , wherein said secondary binding agent is selected from the group consisting of a peptide, polypeptide, protein, carbohydrate, and nucleic acid.
123. The method of claim 121 , wherein said secondary binding agent is avidin or biotin.
124. The method of claim 121 , wherein the presence of said secondary binding agent enhances the detection of said analyte after transfer to said second substrate.
125. The method of claim 122 , wherein said secondary binding agent is complexed with a lipid.
126. The method of claim 125 , wherein said secondary binding agent is displayed on a liposome.
127. A kit comprising:
a) a first substrate displaying a recognition moiety, wherein said recognition moiety interacts with an analyte;
b) a second substrate comprising a surface configured to receive said analyte interacting with said recognition moiety;
c) a vial containing mesogens; and
d) instructions for detecting said analyte.
128. The kit of claim 127 , wherein is said first substrate is selected from the group consisting of a stamp, a bead, and column media.
129. A method for detecting analytes comprising:
a) providing:
i) a sample suspected of containing of an analyte;
ii) a detection device comprising a substrate comprising at least one electrode and at least one detection region;
iii) mesogens;
b) applying an electrical potential to the at least one electrode to transport said analyte to said substrate;
c) contacting said substrate with said mesogens, wherein the presence of said analyte is indicated by a difference in alignment of said mesogens over said at least one detection region.
130. The method of claim 129 , wherein said electrical potential is an alternating current.
131. The method of claim 129 , wherein said transport occurs via dielectrophoresis.
132. The method of claim 129 , wherein said difference in said alignment of said mesogens is selected from the group consisting of a change in color, a change in texture, a change in tilt, and homeotropic orientation.
133. The method of claim 129 , wherein said difference in alignment of said mesogens is detected by a method selected from the group consisting of visual detection, optical detection, spectroscopy, light transmission, and electrical detection.
134. The method of claim 129 , wherein said analyte is selected from the group consisting of a protein, peptide, polypeptide, nucleic acid, organic molecule, inorganic molecule, virus, bacteria, liposome, cell, and fungus.
135. The method of claim 129 , wherein said substrate is selected from the group consisting of metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials.
136. The method of claim 135 , wherein said polymeric materials are selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, PDMS, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate and polyisocyanoacrylate.
137. The method of claim 129 , wherein said mesogen is selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline) and combinations thereof.
138. The method of claim 137 , wherein said mesogen is 5CB.
139. The method of claim 129 , wherein said detection region comprises a recognition moiety.
140. The method of claim 129 , wherein said recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of an peptide, polypeptide, protein, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, organic molecule, and inorganic molecule.
141. The method of claim 140 , wherein said protein is an antigen binding protein.
142. The method of claim 129 , wherein said substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions.
143. The method of claim 142 , wherein said plurality of detection regions display the same recognition moiety.
144. The method of claim 142 , wherein said plurality of detection regions display different recognition moieties.
145. The method of claim 129 , wherein said detection device further comprises a second substrate arranged opposite said first substrate to form a cell.
146. The method of claim 129 , wherein said sample is selected from the group consisting of biological fluids, tissue homogenates, feces, vesicular fluids, swabs of orifices or tissues, and media in which virus has been cultured or prepared.
147. The method of claim 146 , wherein said biological fluid is selected from the group consisting of cerebral-spinal fluid, urine, serum, plasma, nasal secretions, sputum, semen and saliva.
148. The method of claim 129 , further comprising the step of detecting analyte binding by measuring the impedance of said detection device, wherein a change in capacitance is indicative of analyte binding.
149. The method of claim 148 , wherein said impedance is capacitance or resistance.
150. The method of claim 148 , wherein said measuring is in real-time.
151. A device for detecting an analyte comprising a first substrate comprising at least one electrode and at least one detection region, wherein said at least one electrode is configured to provide an electrical potential to attract an analyte to said substrate and to determine the presence of said analyte by measuring electrical properties of the device, and
a second substrate oriented opposite of said first substrate, wherein said first substrate and said second substrate form a chamber for containing a liquid crystal.
152. The device of claim 151 , wherein said electrical property is impedance.
153. The device of claim 152 , wherein said impedance is capacitance or resistance.
154. The device of claim 153 , wherein said impedance is capacitance.
155. The device of claim 151 , wherein said substrate is selected from the group consisting of metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials.
156. The device of claim 155 , wherein said polymeric materials are selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, PDMS, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate and polyisocyanoacrylate.
157. The device of claim 151 further comprising mesogens, wherein said mesogens are selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline) and combinations thereof.
158. The device of claim 151 , wherein said detection region comprises a recognition moiety.
159. The device of claim 158 , wherein said recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of an peptide, polypeptide, protein, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, organic molecule, and inorganic molecule.
160. The device of claim 159 , wherein said protein is an antigen binding protein.
161. The device of claim 151 , wherein said first substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions.
162. The device of claim 161 , wherein said plurality of detection regions display the same recognition moiety.
163. The device of claim 161 , wherein said plurality of detection regions display different recognition moieties.
164. The device of claim 151 , wherein said at least one electrode is selected from the group consisting of interdigitated, hyperbolic, triangular and rectangular electrodes.
165. The device of claim 151 , wherein said first substrate comprises at least two electrodes.
166. A system for detection of an analyte comprising the detection device of claim 151 and a readout device, said readout device comprising an opening configured to receive said detection device and an electrical circuit that contacts said at least one electrode when said detection device is in contact with said readout device.
167. The system of claim 166 , wherein said readout device interfaces with a computer processor.
168. The system of claim 166 , wherein said readout device comprises an electronic display.
169. The system of claim 166 , wherein said readout device comprises an LCD display.
170. The system of claim 166 , wherein said electric circuit is an oscillator circuit.
171. The system of claim 170 , wherein said oscillator circuit comprises a microprocessor.
172. The system of claim 166 , wherein said readout device comprises a microprocessor configured to measure electrical capacitance.
173. The system of claim 166 , wherein said readout device comprises a power source.
174. A method of detecting an analyte comprising:
a) providing a sample suspected of containing an analyte, a substrate having a surface comprising polyimide, and mesogens;
b) contacting said surface comprising polyimide with said sample suspected of containing an analyte;
c) contacting said surface comprising polyimide with said mesogens, wherein the presence of said analyte is indicated by difference in the orientation of said mesogens.
175. The method of claim 174 , wherein said analyte non-specifically interacts with said surface comprising polyimide.
176. The method of claim 175 , wherein said surface comprising polyimide displays a recognition moiety.
177. The method of claim 174 , wherein said recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, lipid, organic molecule and inorganic molecule.
178. The method of claim 174 , wherein said mesogens are selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline).
179. The method of claim 174 , wherein said polyimide is rubbed.
180. The method of claim 179 , wherein said polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7210, Nissan 3510, Nissan 410, Nissan 3140, Nissan 5291, and Japan Synthetic Rubber JALS 146-R19.
181. The method of claim 174 wherein said polyimide homeotropically orients said mesogens.
182. The method of claim 181 , wherein said polyimide is selected from the group consisting of Nissan 7511L and SE 1211.
183. The method of claim 174 , wherein the presence of analyte is indicated by a disordered liquid crystal that appears white or bright when viewed through cross polar lenses and areas where analyte is not bound remain ordered and appear dark when viewed through cross polar lenses.
184. The method of claim 174 , wherein the presence of an analyte is indicated by a disordered liquid crystal that appears white or bright when viewed through cross polar lenses and areas where no analyte is bound maintain homeotropic orientation and appear dark.
185. The method of claim 185 , wherein said homeotropic orientation of said liquid crystal is detected by a method selected from the group consisting of visual detection, optical detection, spectroscopy, light transmission, and electrical detection.
186. A method of detecting binding interaction between a ligand and its binding partner comprising:
a) providing a ligand and a binding partner, wherein at least one of said ligand molecule and said binding partner molecule are complexed with a lipid, and mesogens;
b) contacting said ligand molecule and said binding partner molecule under conditions such that said ligand molecule and said binding partner molecule interact to form a ligand-binding partner complex;
c) detecting said ligand-binding partner complex by contacting said complex with mesogens.
187. The method of claim 186 , wherein said mesogens are homeotropically oriented.
188. The method of claim 186 , wherein said binding partner is recognition moiety.
189. The method of claim 186 , wherein said ligand is an analyte.
190. The method of claim 186 , wherein said detecting step further comprising contacting said complex to a substrate prior to contacting with said mesogens.
191. The method of claim 187 , wherein said homeotropic alignment of said mesogens is detected by a method selected from the group consisting of visual detection, optical detection, spectroscopy, light transmission, and electrical detection.
192. The method of claim 189 , wherein said analyte is selected from the group consisting of a protein, peptide, polypeptide, nucleic acid, organic molecule, inorganic molecule, virus, bacteria, liposome, cell, and fungus.
193. The method of claim 190 , wherein said substrate is selected from the group consisting of metal films, glass, silicon, diamond and polymeric materials.
194. The method of claim 193 , wherein said polymeric materials are selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, PDMS, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate and polyisocyanoacrylate.
195. The method of claim 186 , wherein said mesogen is selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline) and combinations thereof.
196. The method of claim 129 , wherein said substrate comprises a detection region comprising a recognition moiety.
197. The method of claim 196 , wherein said recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of an peptide, polypeptide, protein, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, organic molecule, and inorganic molecule.
198. The method of claim 197 , wherein said protein is an antigen binding protein.
199. The method of claim 196 , wherein said substrate comprises a plurality of detection regions.
200. The method of claim 199 , wherein said plurality of detection regions display the same recognition moiety.
201. The method of claim 199 , wherein said plurality of detection regions display different recognition moieties.
202. A kit for detecting an analyte comprising:
a) a recognition moiety complexed with a lipid;
b) a vial containing mesogens; and
c) instructions for detecting said analyte.
203. The kit of claim 202 , further comprising a substrate.
204. A system for detecting an analyte comprising:
a) a recognition moiety complexed with a lipid; and
b) a liquid crystal.
205. The system of claim 204 , further comprising a substrate.
206. The system of claim 204 , wherein said recognition moiety is selected from the group consisting of a protein, polypeptide, peptide, nucleic acid, carbohydrate, organic molecule and inorganic molecule.
207. The system of claim 205 , wherein said substrate is selected from the group consisting of silicon, glass, polymer, diamond, and metal.
208. The system of claim 205 , wherein said substrate does not orient said liquid crystal.
209. The system of claim 204 , wherein said mesogens are selected from the group consisting of E7, MLC, 5CB (4-n-pentyl-4′-cyanobiphenyl), 8CB (4-cyano-4′octylbiphenyl), BL093, TL 216, ZLI 5800, MLC 6613, and MBBA ((p-methoxybenzylidene)-p-butylaniline).
Priority Applications (9)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| EP04779058A EP1654390B1 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2004-07-23 | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
| AU2004262301A AU2004262301A1 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2004-07-23 | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
| US10/897,626 US20050064395A1 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2004-07-23 | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
| CA002533659A CA2533659A1 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2004-07-23 | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
| JP2006521943A JP4950663B2 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2004-07-23 | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
| PCT/US2004/023823 WO2005012872A2 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2004-07-23 | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
| US11/328,040 US7531366B2 (en) | 2004-07-23 | 2006-01-09 | Bead based assays using a liquid crystal reporter |
| US12/550,733 US8988620B2 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2009-08-31 | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
| US14/663,000 US9816147B2 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2015-03-19 | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US49012203P | 2003-07-25 | 2003-07-25 | |
| US51870603P | 2003-11-10 | 2003-11-10 | |
| US54151604P | 2004-02-03 | 2004-02-03 | |
| US10/897,626 US20050064395A1 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2004-07-23 | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
Related Child Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US11/328,040 Continuation-In-Part US7531366B2 (en) | 2004-07-23 | 2006-01-09 | Bead based assays using a liquid crystal reporter |
| US12/550,733 Continuation US8988620B2 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2009-08-31 | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20050064395A1 true US20050064395A1 (en) | 2005-03-24 |
Family
ID=34317676
Family Applications (3)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US10/897,626 Abandoned US20050064395A1 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2004-07-23 | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
| US12/550,733 Expired - Fee Related US8988620B2 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2009-08-31 | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
| US14/663,000 Expired - Fee Related US9816147B2 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2015-03-19 | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
Family Applications After (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US12/550,733 Expired - Fee Related US8988620B2 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2009-08-31 | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
| US14/663,000 Expired - Fee Related US9816147B2 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2015-03-19 | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
Country Status (6)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (3) | US20050064395A1 (en) |
| EP (1) | EP1654390B1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP4950663B2 (en) |
| AU (1) | AU2004262301A1 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2533659A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2005012872A2 (en) |
Cited By (40)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US7018838B2 (en) | 2002-05-22 | 2006-03-28 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Substrates, devices, and methods for cellular assays |
| US20060252031A1 (en) * | 2004-07-23 | 2006-11-09 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Bead based assays using a liquid crystal reporter |
| WO2007023430A1 (en) * | 2005-08-26 | 2007-03-01 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N. V. | Substrate material for handling and analysing samples |
| US20070178534A1 (en) * | 2002-05-22 | 2007-08-02 | Christopher Murphy | Substrates, devices, and methods for cellular assays |
| WO2008072166A1 (en) * | 2006-12-12 | 2008-06-19 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Method and apparatus for cell analysis |
| US20080160539A1 (en) * | 2006-08-07 | 2008-07-03 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Substrates, devices, and methods for cellular assays |
| WO2008103430A3 (en) * | 2007-02-22 | 2008-10-09 | Univ North Carolina | Methods and systems for multiforce high throughput screening |
| US20080255007A1 (en) * | 2005-08-26 | 2008-10-16 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Substrate Material For Handling and Analyzing Samples |
| WO2008105824A3 (en) * | 2006-08-29 | 2008-10-23 | Nanosphere Inc | Direct detection of ligand-antiligand interactions by nanoscale switching |
| US20090009723A1 (en) * | 2004-07-16 | 2009-01-08 | Keller Kurtis P | Methods, Systems, and Computer Program Products for Full Spectrum Projection |
| US20090029353A1 (en) * | 2003-12-08 | 2009-01-29 | Maki Wusi C | Molecular detector |
| US20090226934A1 (en) * | 2008-03-04 | 2009-09-10 | Hill Jeffery C | Process for the detection of analytes |
| US20090260995A1 (en) * | 2008-04-16 | 2009-10-22 | Keith Warriner | Polymer based biosensor |
| US7662572B2 (en) | 2005-08-25 | 2010-02-16 | Platypus Technologies, Llc. | Compositions and liquid crystals |
| US20100046821A1 (en) * | 2008-05-09 | 2010-02-25 | General Electric Company | Motion correction in tomographic images |
| WO2010042070A1 (en) * | 2008-10-06 | 2010-04-15 | National University Of Singapore | Bio-assay using liquid crystals |
| US20100093096A1 (en) * | 2008-09-15 | 2010-04-15 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Detection of vapor phase compounds by changes in physical properties of a liquid crystal |
| US20110007261A1 (en) * | 2009-04-22 | 2011-01-13 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Analyte detection using liquid crystals |
| US20110086363A1 (en) * | 2009-10-06 | 2011-04-14 | Bulent Mutus | Method and apparatus to conduct kinetic analysis of platelet function in whole blood samples |
| US20110191235A1 (en) * | 2005-11-18 | 2011-08-04 | Dmitriy Glinberg | Hybrid cross-margining |
| US20120237925A1 (en) * | 2011-03-14 | 2012-09-20 | Zymo Research Corporation | Portable Sample Disruptor Apparatus, Kits, and Methods |
| US20130224780A1 (en) * | 2012-02-27 | 2013-08-29 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Liquid crystal device for screening cleaners of biofouling or for validating cleaning processes |
| EP2443459A4 (en) * | 2009-06-19 | 2013-09-18 | Univ Arizona | CONNECTION ARRANGEMENTS FOR SAMPLE PROFILE |
| US8586368B2 (en) | 2009-06-25 | 2013-11-19 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Methods and systems for using actuated surface-attached posts for assessing biofluid rheology |
| US8988620B2 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2015-03-24 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
| US9103794B2 (en) | 2001-08-27 | 2015-08-11 | Platypus Technologies Llc | Substrates, devices, and methods for quantitative liquid crystal assays |
| US20150315265A1 (en) * | 2014-05-01 | 2015-11-05 | Kaohsiung Medical University | Secondary antibody detected epitope and preparation of same |
| WO2016026916A3 (en) * | 2014-08-19 | 2016-05-19 | Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne (Epfl) | Phase transfer based chemical sensing |
| CN106070140A (en) * | 2016-08-02 | 2016-11-09 | 安徽宜桐机械有限公司 | One Electron-bean insect sterilizating device grown tobacco |
| US9952149B2 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2018-04-24 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Methods, systems, and computer readable media for determining physical properties of a specimen in a portable point of care diagnostic device |
| US9968935B2 (en) | 2007-08-20 | 2018-05-15 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Devices for cell assays |
| CN110596375A (en) * | 2019-10-17 | 2019-12-20 | 清华大学深圳国际研究生院 | Microplate, high sensitivity immunofluorescence detection method based on microplate |
| US10758886B2 (en) | 2015-09-14 | 2020-09-01 | Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University | Conditioned surfaces for in situ molecular array synthesis |
| WO2021251914A1 (en) | 2020-06-09 | 2021-12-16 | Gi̇gabi̇omol Bi̇yoteknoloji̇ Sanayi̇ Ve Ti̇caret Li̇mi̇ted Şi̇rketi̇ | Microorganism concentration method with elastic polymers |
| US11371990B2 (en) | 2016-11-11 | 2022-06-28 | Cowper Sciences Inc. | Methods for identifying candidate biomarkers |
| US11747334B2 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2023-09-05 | Cowper Sciences Inc. | Methods for differential diagnosis of autoimmune diseases |
| US11774446B2 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2023-10-03 | Cowper Sciences Inc. | Methods for diagnosis and treatment of autoimmune diseases |
| US11971410B2 (en) | 2017-09-15 | 2024-04-30 | Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University | Methods of classifying response to immunotherapy for cancer |
| US11976274B2 (en) | 2019-10-02 | 2024-05-07 | Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University | Methods and compositions for identifying neoantigens for use in treating and preventing cancer |
| US12332254B2 (en) | 2019-04-24 | 2025-06-17 | Cornell University | Systems, compositions, and methods for evaluating biomechanical properties of cells |
Families Citing this family (28)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US7691582B2 (en) | 2002-09-27 | 2010-04-06 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Methods of secretory vimentin detection and modulation |
| EP1888781A4 (en) * | 2005-05-06 | 2009-01-21 | Platypus Technologies Llc | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
| US8900851B2 (en) * | 2008-07-22 | 2014-12-02 | The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York | Multi-well platform |
| US8680023B2 (en) * | 2008-08-21 | 2014-03-25 | International Business Machines Corporation | Methods for screening and arraying microrganisms such as viruses using subtractive contact printing background |
| WO2013055317A1 (en) * | 2011-10-11 | 2013-04-18 | Empire Technology Development Llc | Liquid crystals with switchable wettability for cell sorting |
| EP4063854A1 (en) * | 2012-01-11 | 2022-09-28 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Characterization of subvisible particles using a particle analyzer |
| US8932815B2 (en) | 2012-04-16 | 2015-01-13 | Biological Dynamics, Inc. | Nucleic acid sample preparation |
| KR20150014925A (en) | 2012-04-16 | 2015-02-09 | 바이오로지컬 다이나믹스, 인크. | Nucleic acid sample preparation |
| US9995732B2 (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2018-06-12 | Florida State University Research Foundation, Inc. | Evaporative edge lithography of a liposomal drug microarray for cell migration assays |
| US9513222B2 (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2016-12-06 | Florida State University Research Foundation, Inc. | Scalable liposome microarray screening |
| WO2014013456A2 (en) * | 2012-07-17 | 2014-01-23 | Florida State University Research Foundation | Surface supported liposome nanoarrays as biomimetic sensors |
| WO2014176435A2 (en) | 2013-04-25 | 2014-10-30 | Bergo Vladislav B | Microarray compositions and methods of their use |
| US10215753B2 (en) * | 2013-08-05 | 2019-02-26 | University Of Rochester | Method for the topographically-selective passivation of micro- and nanoscale devices |
| US9387489B2 (en) | 2014-04-08 | 2016-07-12 | Biological Dynamics, Inc. | Devices for separation of biological materials |
| US10101265B1 (en) | 2014-11-07 | 2018-10-16 | Board Of Regents For The University Of Nebraska | Birefringence imaging chromatography based on highly ordered 3D nanostructures |
| WO2016132738A1 (en) * | 2015-02-19 | 2016-08-25 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | Detection cell and sensor device using same |
| US20170102577A1 (en) * | 2015-10-09 | 2017-04-13 | Kent State University | Electro-optical devices utilizing alternative transparent conductive oxide layers |
| WO2017165852A1 (en) | 2016-03-24 | 2017-09-28 | Biological Dynamics, Inc. | Disposable fluidic cartridge and components |
| EP3622084A4 (en) | 2017-05-08 | 2021-02-17 | Biological Dynamics, Inc. | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PROCESSING ANALYTICAL INFORMATION |
| GB201709503D0 (en) * | 2017-06-15 | 2017-08-02 | Method and device for assay improvement | |
| KR20200051699A (en) | 2017-09-07 | 2020-05-13 | 아뎁트릭스 코퍼레이션 | Multiplexed bead array for proteomics |
| US11731132B2 (en) | 2017-12-19 | 2023-08-22 | Biological Dynamics, Inc. | Methods and devices for detection of multiple analytes from a biological sample |
| WO2019164734A2 (en) * | 2018-02-26 | 2019-08-29 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Method for detection and separation of enantiomers using vesicle-like nanostructures self-assembled from janus nanoparticles |
| EP3774059B1 (en) | 2018-04-02 | 2025-10-29 | Xzom, Inc. | Device for capturing analytes |
| CN110014167A (en) * | 2019-04-22 | 2019-07-16 | 重庆大学 | Gold-based silver ball surface reinforcing material and detection method of furfural in transformer oil |
| US11493514B2 (en) | 2020-07-20 | 2022-11-08 | United Arab Emirates University | Method and system for virus and protein-antibody interactions detection and monitoring based on optical light intensity and electrical parameters |
| US11619589B2 (en) | 2020-07-20 | 2023-04-04 | United Arab Emirates University | Method and system for detection, quantification and/or identification of an analyte in a specimen based on electrical and/or optical response to an electric field |
| WO2025137589A1 (en) * | 2023-12-22 | 2025-06-26 | Cornell University | Dielectric spectroscopy device containing systems, dielectric spectroscopy devices, and methods thereof |
Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6284197B1 (en) * | 1998-06-05 | 2001-09-04 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Optical amplification of molecular interactions using liquid crystals |
| US7018838B2 (en) * | 2002-05-22 | 2006-03-28 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Substrates, devices, and methods for cellular assays |
Family Cites Families (96)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US2639815A (en) | 1949-07-22 | 1953-05-26 | Alexander E Paluck | Tool rack |
| US3910763A (en) | 1969-10-03 | 1975-10-07 | Us Army | Method of detecting organophosphorus agents using 1-phenyl-1,2,3-butanetrione-2-oxime and cyanide indicating composition |
| US3645693A (en) | 1969-11-03 | 1972-02-29 | Us Army | Chemical detector |
| US3883398A (en) | 1973-05-07 | 1975-05-13 | Bellco Glass Inc | Microculture slide chamber |
| JPS5638924B2 (en) | 1973-12-20 | 1981-09-09 | ||
| GB1501718A (en) | 1974-12-23 | 1978-02-22 | Suwa Seikosha Kk | Nematic liquid crystal material |
| US4285697A (en) | 1978-09-26 | 1981-08-25 | Neary Michael P | Food spoilage indicator |
| US4297879A (en) * | 1979-07-02 | 1981-11-03 | Howells Anthony P | Well logging correlation method and apparatus |
| DE3209178A1 (en) | 1982-03-13 | 1983-09-15 | Merck Patent Gmbh, 6100 Darmstadt | POLYHALOGEN FLAVORS |
| ATE34618T1 (en) | 1982-09-02 | 1988-06-15 | Hettich Andreas Fa | CENTRIFUGATION CHAMBERS FOR THE CYTODIAGNOSTIC PREPARATION OF EPITHELIAL CELLS AND THEIR USE. |
| US4597942A (en) | 1983-05-25 | 1986-07-01 | Graphic Controls Canada Ltd. | Device to indicate the concentration of ethylene oxide in the workplace |
| AU596987B2 (en) | 1985-08-30 | 1990-05-24 | Tosoh Corporation | Automated immunoassay analyser |
| US5063024A (en) | 1985-10-07 | 1991-11-05 | Labsystems Oy | Method and apparatus for immunological determinations |
| US5059394A (en) | 1986-08-13 | 1991-10-22 | Lifescan, Inc. | Analytical device for the automated determination of analytes in fluids |
| US4795253A (en) | 1987-04-24 | 1989-01-03 | Mobay Corporation | Remote sensing gas analyzer |
| DE3842657A1 (en) | 1988-12-19 | 1990-06-21 | Merck Patent Gmbh | METHOD AND MEANS FOR DETERMINING MALEIMID GROUPS |
| US4927879A (en) | 1988-02-25 | 1990-05-22 | Purdue Research Foundation | Method for solid phase membrane mimetics |
| US5700637A (en) | 1988-05-03 | 1997-12-23 | Isis Innovation Limited | Apparatus and method for analyzing polynucleotide sequences and method of generating oligonucleotide arrays |
| US5191064A (en) * | 1988-09-30 | 1993-03-02 | The Research Foundation For Microbial Diseases (Osaka University) | Non-a, non-b hepatitis virus antigen peptide |
| US5925525A (en) | 1989-06-07 | 1999-07-20 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Method of identifying nucleotide differences |
| US5073294A (en) | 1990-03-07 | 1991-12-17 | Hercules Incorporated | Process of preparing compositions having multiple oriented mesogens |
| US5104804A (en) | 1990-06-04 | 1992-04-14 | Molecular Devices Corporation | Cell assay device used in a microphysiometer |
| US5141718A (en) | 1990-10-30 | 1992-08-25 | Millipore Corporation | Test plate apparatus |
| US5370841A (en) | 1990-11-26 | 1994-12-06 | Mcdonnell; Joseph A. | Microwave leakage detector |
| JPH0564660A (en) | 1991-05-21 | 1993-03-19 | Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd | Medical catheter and making thereof |
| US5474796A (en) | 1991-09-04 | 1995-12-12 | Protogene Laboratories, Inc. | Method and apparatus for conducting an array of chemical reactions on a support surface |
| US6017696A (en) | 1993-11-01 | 2000-01-25 | Nanogen, Inc. | Methods for electronic stringency control for molecular biological analysis and diagnostics |
| US6051380A (en) | 1993-11-01 | 2000-04-18 | Nanogen, Inc. | Methods and procedures for molecular biological analysis and diagnostics |
| JP3939338B2 (en) | 1991-11-22 | 2007-07-04 | アフィメトリックス, インコーポレイテッド | Combinatorial strategies for polymer synthesis. |
| US5355215A (en) | 1992-09-30 | 1994-10-11 | Environmental Research Institute Of Michigan | Method and apparatus for quantitative fluorescence measurements |
| US5858659A (en) | 1995-11-29 | 1999-01-12 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Polymorphism detection |
| US6045996A (en) | 1993-10-26 | 2000-04-04 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Hybridization assays on oligonucleotide arrays |
| US6068818A (en) | 1993-11-01 | 2000-05-30 | Nanogen, Inc. | Multicomponent devices for molecular biological analysis and diagnostics |
| US5601980A (en) | 1994-09-23 | 1997-02-11 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Manufacturing method and apparatus for biological probe arrays using vision-assisted micropipetting |
| US5599919A (en) | 1994-12-09 | 1997-02-04 | Fox Chase Cancer Center | Nucleic acid encoding a transiently-expressed kinetochore protein, and methods of use |
| GB2297549B (en) | 1995-02-06 | 1999-06-30 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Direactive mesogenic compound |
| US6884357B2 (en) | 1995-02-21 | 2005-04-26 | Iqbal Waheed Siddiqi | Apparatus and method for processing magnetic particles |
| US20030127396A1 (en) | 1995-02-21 | 2003-07-10 | Siddiqi Iqbal Waheed | Apparatus and method for processing magnetic particles |
| JP3788519B2 (en) | 1996-06-28 | 2006-06-21 | カリパー・ライフ・サイエンシズ・インコーポレーテッド | High-throughput screening assay system for microscale fluid devices |
| US6001311A (en) | 1997-02-05 | 1999-12-14 | Protogene Laboratories, Inc. | Apparatus for diverse chemical synthesis using two-dimensional array |
| GB9704623D0 (en) | 1997-03-06 | 1997-04-23 | Sharp Kk | Liquid crytal optical element and liquid crystal device incorporating same |
| US6171780B1 (en) | 1997-06-02 | 2001-01-09 | Aurora Biosciences Corporation | Low fluorescence assay platforms and related methods for drug discovery |
| DE19753271A1 (en) | 1997-12-01 | 1999-06-02 | Sued Chemie Ag | Color developer pigment for carbonless papers |
| US5908786A (en) | 1997-12-12 | 1999-06-01 | Akzo Nobel, N.V. | Blood coagulation monitoring device with liquid crystal and gradient heater |
| US6858423B1 (en) | 1998-06-05 | 2005-02-22 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Optical Amplification of molecular interactions using liquid crystals |
| US6171802B1 (en) | 1998-06-10 | 2001-01-09 | Kent State University | Detection and amplification of ligands |
| US20020052002A1 (en) | 1998-06-10 | 2002-05-02 | Niehaus Gary D. | Detection and amplification of ligands |
| US6576478B1 (en) | 1998-07-14 | 2003-06-10 | Zyomyx, Inc. | Microdevices for high-throughput screening of biomolecules |
| US6468657B1 (en) | 1998-12-04 | 2002-10-22 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Controllable ion-exchange membranes |
| US6277489B1 (en) | 1998-12-04 | 2001-08-21 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Support for high performance affinity chromatography and other uses |
| US6288392B1 (en) | 1999-01-19 | 2001-09-11 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Quantitative characterization of obliquely-deposited substrates of gold by atomic force microscopy: influence of substrate topography on anchoring of liquid crystals |
| WO2000050570A2 (en) | 1999-02-23 | 2000-08-31 | University Of British Columbia | Compositions and methods for modulating growth or differentiation of growth-factor dependent cells |
| US6413587B1 (en) | 1999-03-02 | 2002-07-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method for forming polymer brush pattern on a substrate surface |
| US6242266B1 (en) | 1999-04-30 | 2001-06-05 | Agilent Technologies Inc. | Preparation of biopolymer arrays |
| US6586257B1 (en) | 1999-10-12 | 2003-07-01 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Multiwell scanner and scanning method |
| CA2395318C (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2007-05-01 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Method and apparatus for detection of microscopic pathogens |
| CA2394966C (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2007-01-09 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Biochemical blocking layer for liquid crystal assay |
| US6444254B1 (en) | 2000-03-03 | 2002-09-03 | Duke University | Microstamping activated polymer surfaces |
| WO2001070389A2 (en) | 2000-03-17 | 2001-09-27 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Cell patterning technique |
| US6586628B2 (en) | 2000-05-10 | 2003-07-01 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary Of Agriculture | 3-Methoxybenzyl thiourea derivatives and improved lipid compositions containing same |
| US7374906B2 (en) | 2000-11-08 | 2008-05-20 | Surface Logix, Inc. | Biological assays using gradients formed in microfluidic systems |
| US7371563B2 (en) | 2000-11-08 | 2008-05-13 | Surface Logix, Inc. | Peelable and resealable devices for biochemical assays |
| US6844184B2 (en) | 2000-11-08 | 2005-01-18 | Surface Logix, Inc. | Device for arraying biomolecules and for monitoring cell motility in real-time |
| WO2002052045A1 (en) | 2000-12-26 | 2002-07-04 | Aviva Biosciences | Active and biocompatible platforms prepared by polymerization of surface coating films |
| US6527115B2 (en) | 2001-02-02 | 2003-03-04 | Omnisonics Medical Technologies, Inc. | Dispensation and disposal container for medical devices |
| US7135143B2 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2006-11-14 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Detecting compounds with liquid crystals |
| AU2002258528A1 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2002-09-24 | Burnstein Technologies, Inc. | Methods of decreasing non-specific binding in dual bead assays and system apparatus for detecting medical targets |
| JP2002273219A (en) * | 2001-03-23 | 2002-09-24 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Catching body and inspection apparatus using the same |
| US6811752B2 (en) | 2001-05-15 | 2004-11-02 | Biocrystal, Ltd. | Device having microchambers and microfluidics |
| AU2002257289A1 (en) | 2001-05-17 | 2002-11-25 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Device and method for three-dimensional spatial localization and functional interconnection of different types of cells |
| US7666661B2 (en) * | 2001-08-27 | 2010-02-23 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Substrates, devices, and methods for quantitative liquid crystal assays |
| DE60233235D1 (en) | 2001-09-04 | 2009-09-17 | Wisconsin Alumni Res Found | FLÜSSIGKRISTALLUMSCHALTMECHANISMUS |
| EP1425090A2 (en) | 2001-09-07 | 2004-06-09 | Corning Incorporated | MICROCOLUMN−PLATFORM BASED ARRAY FOR HIGH−THROUGHPUT ANALYSIS |
| US7390463B2 (en) | 2001-09-07 | 2008-06-24 | Corning Incorporated | Microcolumn-based, high-throughput microfluidic device |
| US20030099993A1 (en) | 2001-10-04 | 2003-05-29 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Detection of DNA hybridization on surfaces |
| US20080187949A1 (en) | 2001-10-26 | 2008-08-07 | Millipore Corporation | Multiplexed assays of cell migration |
| US20040009583A1 (en) | 2002-02-05 | 2004-01-15 | Genome Therapeutics Corporation | Seal for microtiter plate and methods of use thereof |
| US6982171B2 (en) | 2002-03-12 | 2006-01-03 | Surface Logix, Inc. | Cell motility and chemotaxis test device and methods of using same |
| US7807348B2 (en) | 2002-03-20 | 2010-10-05 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Optical imaging of nanostructured substrates |
| US7312085B2 (en) | 2002-04-01 | 2007-12-25 | Fluidigm Corporation | Microfluidic particle-analysis systems |
| US7125592B2 (en) | 2002-04-10 | 2006-10-24 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Detecting interactions at biomimetic interfaces with liquid crystals |
| US7470533B2 (en) | 2002-12-20 | 2008-12-30 | Acea Biosciences | Impedance based devices and methods for use in assays |
| WO2004044583A1 (en) | 2002-11-08 | 2004-05-27 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Surfaces with gradients in surface topography |
| WO2005010160A2 (en) | 2003-07-17 | 2005-02-03 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Liquid crystals with reduced toxicity and applications thereof |
| WO2005012872A2 (en) * | 2003-07-25 | 2005-02-10 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
| CA2539436A1 (en) | 2003-09-23 | 2005-09-01 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Using liquid crystals to detect affinity microcontact printed biomolecules |
| US7795007B2 (en) | 2003-09-23 | 2010-09-14 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Detection of post-translationally modified peptides with liquid crystals |
| EP1687396A2 (en) | 2003-11-10 | 2006-08-09 | Platypus Technologies, LLC | Substrates, devices, and methods for cellular assays |
| US20070004046A1 (en) | 2005-07-01 | 2007-01-04 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Detection of analytes |
| US7531366B2 (en) | 2004-07-23 | 2009-05-12 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Bead based assays using a liquid crystal reporter |
| EP1888781A4 (en) | 2005-05-06 | 2009-01-21 | Platypus Technologies Llc | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
| US7662572B2 (en) | 2005-08-25 | 2010-02-16 | Platypus Technologies, Llc. | Compositions and liquid crystals |
| US7910382B2 (en) | 2005-10-31 | 2011-03-22 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Device and methods for liquid crystal-based bioagent detection |
| WO2007120302A2 (en) | 2005-11-30 | 2007-10-25 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Liquid crystalline substrates for culturing cells |
| US7842499B2 (en) | 2006-08-07 | 2010-11-30 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Substrates, devices, and methods for cellular assays |
| EP2193365A4 (en) | 2007-08-20 | 2015-05-13 | Platypus Technologies Llc | IMPROVED DEVICES FOR CELLULAR ASSAYS |
-
2004
- 2004-07-23 WO PCT/US2004/023823 patent/WO2005012872A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2004-07-23 JP JP2006521943A patent/JP4950663B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2004-07-23 AU AU2004262301A patent/AU2004262301A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2004-07-23 EP EP04779058A patent/EP1654390B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2004-07-23 CA CA002533659A patent/CA2533659A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2004-07-23 US US10/897,626 patent/US20050064395A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2009
- 2009-08-31 US US12/550,733 patent/US8988620B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2015
- 2015-03-19 US US14/663,000 patent/US9816147B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Patent Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6284197B1 (en) * | 1998-06-05 | 2001-09-04 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Optical amplification of molecular interactions using liquid crystals |
| US7018838B2 (en) * | 2002-05-22 | 2006-03-28 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Substrates, devices, and methods for cellular assays |
Cited By (68)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US9103794B2 (en) | 2001-08-27 | 2015-08-11 | Platypus Technologies Llc | Substrates, devices, and methods for quantitative liquid crystal assays |
| US9797843B2 (en) | 2001-08-27 | 2017-10-24 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Substrates, devices, and methods for quantitative liquid crystal assays |
| US20070178534A1 (en) * | 2002-05-22 | 2007-08-02 | Christopher Murphy | Substrates, devices, and methods for cellular assays |
| US7018838B2 (en) | 2002-05-22 | 2006-03-28 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Substrates, devices, and methods for cellular assays |
| US8268614B2 (en) | 2002-05-22 | 2012-09-18 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Method for assaying cell movement |
| US8988620B2 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2015-03-24 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
| US9816147B2 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2017-11-14 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Liquid crystal based analyte detection |
| US8512974B2 (en) | 2003-11-10 | 2013-08-20 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Method for assaying cell movement |
| US20090029353A1 (en) * | 2003-12-08 | 2009-01-29 | Maki Wusi C | Molecular detector |
| US8152305B2 (en) | 2004-07-16 | 2012-04-10 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Methods, systems, and computer program products for full spectrum projection |
| US20090009723A1 (en) * | 2004-07-16 | 2009-01-08 | Keller Kurtis P | Methods, Systems, and Computer Program Products for Full Spectrum Projection |
| US20060252031A1 (en) * | 2004-07-23 | 2006-11-09 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Bead based assays using a liquid crystal reporter |
| US7531366B2 (en) | 2004-07-23 | 2009-05-12 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Bead based assays using a liquid crystal reporter |
| US7662572B2 (en) | 2005-08-25 | 2010-02-16 | Platypus Technologies, Llc. | Compositions and liquid crystals |
| US20080255007A1 (en) * | 2005-08-26 | 2008-10-16 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Substrate Material For Handling and Analyzing Samples |
| US20080220437A1 (en) * | 2005-08-26 | 2008-09-11 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Substrate Material for Handling and Analysing Samples |
| WO2007023430A1 (en) * | 2005-08-26 | 2007-03-01 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N. V. | Substrate material for handling and analysing samples |
| US20110191235A1 (en) * | 2005-11-18 | 2011-08-04 | Dmitriy Glinberg | Hybrid cross-margining |
| US20080160539A1 (en) * | 2006-08-07 | 2008-07-03 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Substrates, devices, and methods for cellular assays |
| US7842499B2 (en) | 2006-08-07 | 2010-11-30 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Substrates, devices, and methods for cellular assays |
| WO2008105824A3 (en) * | 2006-08-29 | 2008-10-23 | Nanosphere Inc | Direct detection of ligand-antiligand interactions by nanoscale switching |
| WO2008072166A1 (en) * | 2006-12-12 | 2008-06-19 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Method and apparatus for cell analysis |
| WO2008103430A3 (en) * | 2007-02-22 | 2008-10-09 | Univ North Carolina | Methods and systems for multiforce high throughput screening |
| US20100101308A1 (en) * | 2007-02-22 | 2010-04-29 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Methods and systems for multiforce high throughput screening |
| US8490469B2 (en) | 2007-02-22 | 2013-07-23 | The University Of North Carolina | Methods and systems for multiforce high throughput screening |
| US9968935B2 (en) | 2007-08-20 | 2018-05-15 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Devices for cell assays |
| US20090226934A1 (en) * | 2008-03-04 | 2009-09-10 | Hill Jeffery C | Process for the detection of analytes |
| US20090260995A1 (en) * | 2008-04-16 | 2009-10-22 | Keith Warriner | Polymer based biosensor |
| US20100046821A1 (en) * | 2008-05-09 | 2010-02-25 | General Electric Company | Motion correction in tomographic images |
| US20100093096A1 (en) * | 2008-09-15 | 2010-04-15 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Detection of vapor phase compounds by changes in physical properties of a liquid crystal |
| US9341576B2 (en) | 2008-09-15 | 2016-05-17 | Platypus Technologies, Llc | Detection of vapor phase compounds by changes in physical properties of a liquid crystal |
| US8178355B2 (en) | 2008-09-15 | 2012-05-15 | Platypus Technologies, Llc. | Detection of vapor phase compounds by changes in physical properties of a liquid crystal |
| WO2010042070A1 (en) * | 2008-10-06 | 2010-04-15 | National University Of Singapore | Bio-assay using liquid crystals |
| US9080973B2 (en) * | 2009-04-22 | 2015-07-14 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Analyte detection using liquid crystals |
| US20110007261A1 (en) * | 2009-04-22 | 2011-01-13 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Analyte detection using liquid crystals |
| US9341570B2 (en) | 2009-04-22 | 2016-05-17 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Analyte detection using liquid crystals |
| US8969255B2 (en) | 2009-06-19 | 2015-03-03 | The Arizona Board Of Regents | Compound arrays for sample profiling |
| US9709558B2 (en) | 2009-06-19 | 2017-07-18 | Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University | Compound arrays for sample profiling |
| EP2443459A4 (en) * | 2009-06-19 | 2013-09-18 | Univ Arizona | CONNECTION ARRANGEMENTS FOR SAMPLE PROFILE |
| US10422793B2 (en) | 2009-06-19 | 2019-09-24 | Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University | Compound arrays for sample profiling |
| US8586368B2 (en) | 2009-06-25 | 2013-11-19 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Methods and systems for using actuated surface-attached posts for assessing biofluid rheology |
| US9612185B2 (en) | 2009-06-25 | 2017-04-04 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Methods and systems for using actuated surface-attached posts for assessing biofluid rheology |
| US9238869B2 (en) | 2009-06-25 | 2016-01-19 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Methods and systems for using actuated surface-attached posts for assessing biofluid rheology |
| US20110086363A1 (en) * | 2009-10-06 | 2011-04-14 | Bulent Mutus | Method and apparatus to conduct kinetic analysis of platelet function in whole blood samples |
| US20120237925A1 (en) * | 2011-03-14 | 2012-09-20 | Zymo Research Corporation | Portable Sample Disruptor Apparatus, Kits, and Methods |
| US9410115B2 (en) * | 2011-03-14 | 2016-08-09 | Zymo Research Corporation | Portable sample disruptor apparatus, kits, and methods |
| US9150826B2 (en) * | 2011-03-14 | 2015-10-06 | Zymo Research Corporation | Portable sample disruptor apparatus, kits, and methods |
| US20140342439A1 (en) * | 2011-03-14 | 2014-11-20 | Zymo Research Corporation | Portable sample disruptor apparatus, kits, and methods |
| US9372142B2 (en) * | 2012-02-27 | 2016-06-21 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Liquid crystal device and method for screening protein stabilizing agents or optimal protein concentrations to prevent unfolding |
| US20130224780A1 (en) * | 2012-02-27 | 2013-08-29 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Liquid crystal device for screening cleaners of biofouling or for validating cleaning processes |
| US9952149B2 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2018-04-24 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Methods, systems, and computer readable media for determining physical properties of a specimen in a portable point of care diagnostic device |
| US20150315265A1 (en) * | 2014-05-01 | 2015-11-05 | Kaohsiung Medical University | Secondary antibody detected epitope and preparation of same |
| US9458243B2 (en) * | 2014-05-01 | 2016-10-04 | Kaohsiung Medical University | Secondary antibody detected epitope and preparation of same |
| TWI593967B (en) * | 2014-05-01 | 2017-08-01 | 高雄醫學大學 | Secondary antibody detected epitope and use thereof |
| WO2016026916A3 (en) * | 2014-08-19 | 2016-05-19 | Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne (Epfl) | Phase transfer based chemical sensing |
| US10758886B2 (en) | 2015-09-14 | 2020-09-01 | Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University | Conditioned surfaces for in situ molecular array synthesis |
| US11747334B2 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2023-09-05 | Cowper Sciences Inc. | Methods for differential diagnosis of autoimmune diseases |
| US11774446B2 (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2023-10-03 | Cowper Sciences Inc. | Methods for diagnosis and treatment of autoimmune diseases |
| CN106070140A (en) * | 2016-08-02 | 2016-11-09 | 安徽宜桐机械有限公司 | One Electron-bean insect sterilizating device grown tobacco |
| US11371990B2 (en) | 2016-11-11 | 2022-06-28 | Cowper Sciences Inc. | Methods for identifying candidate biomarkers |
| US11971410B2 (en) | 2017-09-15 | 2024-04-30 | Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University | Methods of classifying response to immunotherapy for cancer |
| US12025615B2 (en) | 2017-09-15 | 2024-07-02 | Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University | Methods of classifying response to immunotherapy for cancer |
| US12332254B2 (en) | 2019-04-24 | 2025-06-17 | Cornell University | Systems, compositions, and methods for evaluating biomechanical properties of cells |
| US11976274B2 (en) | 2019-10-02 | 2024-05-07 | Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University | Methods and compositions for identifying neoantigens for use in treating and preventing cancer |
| US12018252B2 (en) | 2019-10-02 | 2024-06-25 | Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University | Methods and compositions for identifying neoantigens for use in treating cancer |
| CN110596375A (en) * | 2019-10-17 | 2019-12-20 | 清华大学深圳国际研究生院 | Microplate, high sensitivity immunofluorescence detection method based on microplate |
| EP4162063A4 (en) * | 2020-06-09 | 2023-11-22 | Bio T Biyoteknoloji Çözümleri Ve Üretim Anonim Sirketi | METHOD FOR CONCENTRATING MICROORGANISMS WITH ELASTIC POLYMERS |
| WO2021251914A1 (en) | 2020-06-09 | 2021-12-16 | Gi̇gabi̇omol Bi̇yoteknoloji̇ Sanayi̇ Ve Ti̇caret Li̇mi̇ted Şi̇rketi̇ | Microorganism concentration method with elastic polymers |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CA2533659A1 (en) | 2005-03-10 |
| EP1654390B1 (en) | 2009-11-11 |
| WO2005012872A3 (en) | 2006-01-26 |
| US20150203925A1 (en) | 2015-07-23 |
| EP1654390A4 (en) | 2008-02-06 |
| AU2004262301A1 (en) | 2005-02-10 |
| US20100009344A1 (en) | 2010-01-14 |
| US8988620B2 (en) | 2015-03-24 |
| US9816147B2 (en) | 2017-11-14 |
| JP2007507688A (en) | 2007-03-29 |
| JP4950663B2 (en) | 2012-06-13 |
| EP1654390A2 (en) | 2006-05-10 |
| WO2005012872A2 (en) | 2005-02-10 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US9816147B2 (en) | Liquid crystal based analyte detection | |
| US20070042505A1 (en) | Liquid crystal based analyte detection | |
| US7531366B2 (en) | Bead based assays using a liquid crystal reporter | |
| US9797843B2 (en) | Substrates, devices, and methods for quantitative liquid crystal assays | |
| Saha et al. | How antibody surface coverage on nanoparticles determines the activity and kinetics of antigen capturing for biosensing | |
| Porter et al. | SERS as a bioassay platform: fundamentals, design, and applications | |
| US20210349035A1 (en) | Pathogen monitoring | |
| KR20110096739A (en) | Method for producing antigen-immobilized immunofluorescent slide and immunofluorescent slide produced thereby | |
| Shao et al. | Cerebrospinal fluid leak detection with a carbon nanotube-based field-effect transistor biosensing platform | |
| Tan et al. | Development of protein A functionalized microcantilever immunosensors for the analyses of small molecules at parts per trillion levels | |
| Patil et al. | Carboxylated/oxidized diamond nanoparticles for quantifying immunoglobulin G antibodies using mass spectrometry | |
| KR101195253B1 (en) | Preparation method of antigen-immobilized immuno- fluorescence slide and the immuno-fluoroscence slide made by the method | |
| US20250362294A1 (en) | Rapid detection tests and methods of forming the same | |
| EP2634579B1 (en) | Method for performing immuno-assays in zero gravity | |
| Omidfar et al. | Development of a new sensitive immunostrip assay based on mesoporous silica and colloidal Au nanoparticles | |
| US11726078B2 (en) | Device for rapid detection of tuberculosis-lipoarabinomannan (TB-LAM) with enhanced sensitivity | |
| KR101195254B1 (en) | Preparation method of antigen-immobilized immuno- fluorescence slide and the immuno-fluoroscence slide made by the method | |
| CA2594531A1 (en) | Bead based assays using a liquid crystal reporter | |
| EP1971691A2 (en) | Bead based assays using a liquid crystal reporter | |
| KR20110104461A (en) | Method for producing antigen-immobilized immunofluorescent slide and immunofluorescent slide produced thereby |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: PLATYPUS TECHNOLOGIES, LLC, WISCONSIN Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:ISRAEL, BARBARA A.;ABBOTT, NICHOLAS;MURPHY, CHRISTOPHER;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:016043/0424;SIGNING DATES FROM 20041108 TO 20041119 |
|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |